CLI v1.0.168

CliClient/package-lock.json

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 {
   "name": "joplin",
-  "version": "1.0.167",
+  "version": "1.0.168",
   "lockfileVersion": 1,
   "requires": true,
   "dependencies": {

CliClient/package.json

@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
     ],
     "owner": "Laurent Cozic"
   },
-  "version": "1.0.167",
+  "version": "1.0.168",
   "bin": {
     "joplin": "./main.js"
   },

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite-autoconf-3330000/INSTALL

@@ -0,0 +1,370 @@
+Installation Instructions
+*************************
+
+Copyright (C) 1994-1996, 1999-2002, 2004-2011 Free Software Foundation,
+Inc.
+
+   Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
+are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
+notice and this notice are preserved.  This file is offered as-is,
+without warranty of any kind.
+
+Basic Installation
+==================
+
+   Briefly, the shell commands `./configure; make; make install' should
+configure, build, and install this package.  The following
+more-detailed instructions are generic; see the `README' file for
+instructions specific to this package.  Some packages provide this
+`INSTALL' file but do not implement all of the features documented
+below.  The lack of an optional feature in a given package is not
+necessarily a bug.  More recommendations for GNU packages can be found
+in *note Makefile Conventions: (standards)Makefile Conventions.
+
+   The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
+various system-dependent variables used during compilation.  It uses
+those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
+It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
+definitions.  Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
+you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
+file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
+debugging `configure').
+
+   It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache'
+and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves
+the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring.  Caching is
+disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale
+cache files.
+
+   If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
+to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
+diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
+be considered for the next release.  If you are using the cache, and at
+some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
+may remove or edit it.
+
+   The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create
+`configure' by a program called `autoconf'.  You need `configure.ac' if
+you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version
+of `autoconf'.
+
+   The simplest way to compile this package is:
+
+  1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
+     `./configure' to configure the package for your system.
+
+     Running `configure' might take a while.  While running, it prints
+     some messages telling which features it is checking for.
+
+  2. Type `make' to compile the package.
+
+  3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
+     the package, generally using the just-built uninstalled binaries.
+
+  4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
+     documentation.  When installing into a prefix owned by root, it is
+     recommended that the package be configured and built as a regular
+     user, and only the `make install' phase executed with root
+     privileges.
+
+  5. Optionally, type `make installcheck' to repeat any self-tests, but
+     this time using the binaries in their final installed location.
+     This target does not install anything.  Running this target as a
+     regular user, particularly if the prior `make install' required
+     root privileges, verifies that the installation completed
+     correctly.
+
+  6. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
+     source code directory by typing `make clean'.  To also remove the
+     files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
+     a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'.  There is
+     also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
+     for the package's developers.  If you use it, you may have to get
+     all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
+     with the distribution.
+
+  7. Often, you can also type `make uninstall' to remove the installed
+     files again.  In practice, not all packages have tested that
+     uninstallation works correctly, even though it is required by the
+     GNU Coding Standards.
+
+  8. Some packages, particularly those that use Automake, provide `make
+     distcheck', which can by used by developers to test that all other
+     targets like `make install' and `make uninstall' work correctly.
+     This target is generally not run by end users.
+
+Compilers and Options
+=====================
+
+   Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
+the `configure' script does not know about.  Run `./configure --help'
+for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
+
+   You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters
+by setting variables in the command line or in the environment.  Here
+is an example:
+
+     ./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix
+
+   *Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
+
+Compiling For Multiple Architectures
+====================================
+
+   You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
+same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
+own directory.  To do this, you can use GNU `make'.  `cd' to the
+directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
+the `configure' script.  `configure' automatically checks for the
+source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.  This
+is known as a "VPATH" build.
+
+   With a non-GNU `make', it is safer to compile the package for one
+architecture at a time in the source code directory.  After you have
+installed the package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before
+reconfiguring for another architecture.
+
+   On MacOS X 10.5 and later systems, you can create libraries and
+executables that work on multiple system types--known as "fat" or
+"universal" binaries--by specifying multiple `-arch' options to the
+compiler but only a single `-arch' option to the preprocessor.  Like
+this:
+
+     ./configure CC="gcc -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
+                 CXX="g++ -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
+                 CPP="gcc -E" CXXCPP="g++ -E"
+
+   This is not guaranteed to produce working output in all cases, you
+may have to build one architecture at a time and combine the results
+using the `lipo' tool if you have problems.
+
+Installation Names
+==================
+
+   By default, `make install' installs the package's commands under
+`/usr/local/bin', include files under `/usr/local/include', etc.  You
+can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving
+`configure' the option `--prefix=PREFIX', where PREFIX must be an
+absolute file name.
+
+   You can specify separate installation prefixes for
+architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files.  If you
+pass the option `--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to `configure', the package uses
+PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
+Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix.
+
+   In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
+options like `--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular
+kinds of files.  Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
+you can set and what kinds of files go in them.  In general, the
+default for these options is expressed in terms of `${prefix}', so that
+specifying just `--prefix' will affect all of the other directory
+specifications that were not explicitly provided.
+
+   The most portable way to affect installation locations is to pass the
+correct locations to `configure'; however, many packages provide one or
+both of the following shortcuts of passing variable assignments to the
+`make install' command line to change installation locations without
+having to reconfigure or recompile.
+
+   The first method involves providing an override variable for each
+affected directory.  For example, `make install
+prefix=/alternate/directory' will choose an alternate location for all
+directory configuration variables that were expressed in terms of
+`${prefix}'.  Any directories that were specified during `configure',
+but not in terms of `${prefix}', must each be overridden at install
+time for the entire installation to be relocated.  The approach of
+makefile variable overrides for each directory variable is required by
+the GNU Coding Standards, and ideally causes no recompilation.
+However, some platforms have known limitations with the semantics of
+shared libraries that end up requiring recompilation when using this
+method, particularly noticeable in packages that use GNU Libtool.
+
+   The second method involves providing the `DESTDIR' variable.  For
+example, `make install DESTDIR=/alternate/directory' will prepend
+`/alternate/directory' before all installation names.  The approach of
+`DESTDIR' overrides is not required by the GNU Coding Standards, and
+does not work on platforms that have drive letters.  On the other hand,
+it does better at avoiding recompilation issues, and works well even
+when some directory options were not specified in terms of `${prefix}'
+at `configure' time.
+
+Optional Features
+=================
+
+   If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
+with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
+option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
+
+   Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
+`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
+They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
+is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System).  The
+`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
+package recognizes.
+
+   For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
+find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
+you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
+`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
+
+   Some packages offer the ability to configure how verbose the
+execution of `make' will be.  For these packages, running `./configure
+--enable-silent-rules' sets the default to minimal output, which can be
+overridden with `make V=1'; while running `./configure
+--disable-silent-rules' sets the default to verbose, which can be
+overridden with `make V=0'.
+
+Particular systems
+==================
+
+   On HP-UX, the default C compiler is not ANSI C compatible.  If GNU
+CC is not installed, it is recommended to use the following options in
+order to use an ANSI C compiler:
+
+     ./configure CC="cc -Ae -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=500"
+
+and if that doesn't work, install pre-built binaries of GCC for HP-UX.
+
+   HP-UX `make' updates targets which have the same time stamps as
+their prerequisites, which makes it generally unusable when shipped
+generated files such as `configure' are involved.  Use GNU `make'
+instead.
+
+   On OSF/1 a.k.a. Tru64, some versions of the default C compiler cannot
+parse its `<wchar.h>' header file.  The option `-nodtk' can be used as
+a workaround.  If GNU CC is not installed, it is therefore recommended
+to try
+
+     ./configure CC="cc"
+
+and if that doesn't work, try
+
+     ./configure CC="cc -nodtk"
+
+   On Solaris, don't put `/usr/ucb' early in your `PATH'.  This
+directory contains several dysfunctional programs; working variants of
+these programs are available in `/usr/bin'.  So, if you need `/usr/ucb'
+in your `PATH', put it _after_ `/usr/bin'.
+
+   On Haiku, software installed for all users goes in `/boot/common',
+not `/usr/local'.  It is recommended to use the following options:
+
+     ./configure --prefix=/boot/common
+
+Specifying the System Type
+==========================
+
+   There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out
+automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package
+will run on.  Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the
+_same_ architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
+a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
+`--build=TYPE' option.  TYPE can either be a short name for the system
+type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
+
+     CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
+
+where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
+
+     OS
+     KERNEL-OS
+
+   See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field.  If
+`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
+need to know the machine type.
+
+   If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
+use the option `--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will
+produce code for.
+
+   If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
+platform different from the build platform, you should specify the
+"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will
+eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'.
+
+Sharing Defaults
+================
+
+   If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
+you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
+default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
+`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
+`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists.  Or, you can set the
+`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
+A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
+
+Defining Variables
+==================
+
+   Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
+environment passed to `configure'.  However, some packages may run
+configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
+variables may be lost.  In order to avoid this problem, you should set
+them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'.  For example:
+
+     ./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
+
+causes the specified `gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
+overridden in the site shell script).
+
+Unfortunately, this technique does not work for `CONFIG_SHELL' due to
+an Autoconf bug.  Until the bug is fixed you can use this workaround:
+
+     CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash /bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
+
+`configure' Invocation
+======================
+
+   `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
+operates.
+
+`--help'
+`-h'
+     Print a summary of all of the options to `configure', and exit.
+
+`--help=short'
+`--help=recursive'
+     Print a summary of the options unique to this package's
+     `configure', and exit.  The `short' variant lists options used
+     only in the top level, while the `recursive' variant lists options
+     also present in any nested packages.
+
+`--version'
+`-V'
+     Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
+     script, and exit.
+
+`--cache-file=FILE'
+     Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
+     traditionally `config.cache'.  FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to
+     disable caching.
+
+`--config-cache'
+`-C'
+     Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'.
+
+`--quiet'
+`--silent'
+`-q'
+     Do not print messages saying which checks are being made.  To
+     suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
+     messages will still be shown).
+
+`--srcdir=DIR'
+     Look for the package's source code in directory DIR.  Usually
+     `configure' can determine that directory automatically.
+
+`--prefix=DIR'
+     Use DIR as the installation prefix.  *note Installation Names::
+     for more details, including other options available for fine-tuning
+     the installation locations.
+
+`--no-create'
+`-n'
+     Run the configure checks, but stop before creating any output
+     files.
+
+`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.  Run
+`configure --help' for more details.
+

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite-autoconf-3330000/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+
+AM_CFLAGS = @BUILD_CFLAGS@ 
+lib_LTLIBRARIES = libsqlite3.la
+libsqlite3_la_SOURCES = sqlite3.c
+libsqlite3_la_LDFLAGS = -no-undefined -version-info 8:6:8
+
+bin_PROGRAMS = sqlite3
+sqlite3_SOURCES = shell.c sqlite3.h
+EXTRA_sqlite3_SOURCES = sqlite3.c
+sqlite3_LDADD = @EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ@ @READLINE_LIBS@
+sqlite3_DEPENDENCIES = @EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ@
+sqlite3_CFLAGS = $(AM_CFLAGS) -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBPAGE_VTAB -DSQLITE_ENABLE_STMTVTAB -DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB $(SHELL_CFLAGS)
+
+include_HEADERS = sqlite3.h sqlite3ext.h
+
+EXTRA_DIST = sqlite3.1 tea Makefile.msc sqlite3.rc sqlite3rc.h README.txt Replace.cs Makefile.fallback
+pkgconfigdir = ${libdir}/pkgconfig
+pkgconfig_DATA = sqlite3.pc
+
+man_MANS = sqlite3.1

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite-autoconf-3330000/Makefile.fallback

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#!/usr/bin/make
+#
+# If the configure script does not work, then this Makefile is available
+# as a backup.  Manually configure the variables below.
+#
+# Note:  This makefile works out-of-the-box on MacOS 10.2 (Jaguar)
+#
+CC = gcc
+CFLAGS = -O0 -I.
+LIBS = -lz
+COPTS += -D_BSD_SOURCE
+COPTS += -DSQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE=0
+COPTS += -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0
+COPTS += -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+COPTS += -DSQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC
+COPTS += -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
+
+sqlite3:	shell.c sqlite3.c
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(COPTS) -o sqlite3 shell.c sqlite3.c $(LIBS)

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite-autoconf-3330000/README.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+This package contains:
+
+ * the SQLite library amalgamation source code file: sqlite3.c
+ * the sqlite3.h and sqlite3ext.h header files that define the C-language
+   interface to the sqlite3.c library file
+ * the shell.c file used to build the sqlite3 command-line shell program
+ * autoconf/automake installation infrastucture for building on POSIX
+   compliant systems
+ * a Makefile.msc, sqlite3.rc, and Replace.cs for building with Microsoft
+   Visual C++ on Windows
+
+SUMMARY OF HOW TO BUILD
+=======================
+
+  Unix:      ./configure; make
+  Windows:   nmake /f Makefile.msc
+
+BUILDING ON POSIX
+=================
+
+The generic installation instructions for autoconf/automake are found
+in the INSTALL file.
+
+The following SQLite specific boolean options are supported:
+
+  --enable-readline           use readline in shell tool   [default=yes]
+  --enable-threadsafe         build a thread-safe library  [default=yes]
+  --enable-dynamic-extensions support loadable extensions  [default=yes]
+
+The default value for the CFLAGS variable (options passed to the C
+compiler) includes debugging symbols in the build, resulting in larger
+binaries than are necessary. Override it on the configure command
+line like this:
+
+  $ CFLAGS="-Os" ./configure
+
+to produce a smaller installation footprint.
+
+Other SQLite compilation parameters can also be set using CFLAGS. For
+example:
+
+  $ CFLAGS="-Os -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0" ./configure
+
+
+BUILDING WITH MICROSOFT VISUAL C++
+==================================
+
+To compile for Windows using Microsoft Visual C++:
+
+  $ nmake /f Makefile.msc
+
+Using Microsoft Visual C++ 2005 (or later) is recommended.  Several Windows
+platform variants may be built by adding additional macros to the NMAKE
+command line.
+
+Building for WinRT 8.0
+----------------------
+
+  FOR_WINRT=1
+
+Using Microsoft Visual C++ 2012 (or later) is required.  When using the
+above, something like the following macro will need to be added to the
+NMAKE command line as well:
+
+  "NSDKLIBPATH=%WindowsSdkDir%\..\8.0\lib\win8\um\x86"
+
+Building for WinRT 8.1
+----------------------
+
+  FOR_WINRT=1
+
+Using Microsoft Visual C++ 2013 (or later) is required.  When using the
+above, something like the following macro will need to be added to the
+NMAKE command line as well:
+
+  "NSDKLIBPATH=%WindowsSdkDir%\..\8.1\lib\winv6.3\um\x86"
+
+Building for UWP 10.0
+---------------------
+
+  FOR_WINRT=1 FOR_UWP=1
+
+Using Microsoft Visual C++ 2015 (or later) is required.  When using the
+above, something like the following macros will need to be added to the
+NMAKE command line as well:
+
+  "NSDKLIBPATH=%WindowsSdkDir%\..\10\lib\10.0.10586.0\um\x86"
+  "PSDKLIBPATH=%WindowsSdkDir%\..\10\lib\10.0.10586.0\um\x86"
+  "NUCRTLIBPATH=%UniversalCRTSdkDir%\..\10\lib\10.0.10586.0\ucrt\x86"
+
+Building for the Windows 10 SDK
+-------------------------------
+
+  FOR_WIN10=1
+
+Using Microsoft Visual C++ 2015 (or later) is required.  When using the
+above, no other macros should be needed on the NMAKE command line.
+
+Other preprocessor defines
+--------------------------
+
+Additionally, preprocessor defines may be specified by using the OPTS macro
+on the NMAKE command line.  However, not all possible preprocessor defines
+may be specified in this manner as some require the amalgamation to be built
+with them enabled (see http://www.sqlite.org/compile.html). For example, the
+following will work:
+
+  "OPTS=-DSQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4=1 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1=1"
+
+However, the following will not compile unless the amalgamation was built
+with it enabled:
+
+  "OPTS=-DSQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT=1"

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite-autoconf-3330000/Replace.cs

@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+/*
+** 2016 February 26
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C# code to perform regular expression replacements
+** using the standard input and output channels.
+*/
+
+using System;
+using System.Diagnostics;
+using System.IO;
+using System.Reflection;
+using System.Runtime.InteropServices;
+using System.Text.RegularExpressions;
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#region Assembly Metadata
+[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Replace Tool")]
+[assembly: AssemblyDescription("Replace text using standard input/output.")]
+[assembly: AssemblyCompany("SQLite Development Team")]
+[assembly: AssemblyProduct("SQLite")]
+[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Public Domain")]
+[assembly: ComVisible(false)]
+[assembly: Guid("95a0513f-8863-48cd-a76f-cb80868cb578")]
+[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")]
+
+#if DEBUG
+[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("Debug")]
+#else
+[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("Release")]
+#endif
+#endregion
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+namespace Replace
+{
+    /// <summary>
+    /// This enumeration is used to represent all the possible exit codes from
+    /// this tool.
+    /// </summary>
+    internal enum ExitCode
+    {
+        /// <summary>
+        /// The file download was a success.
+        /// </summary>
+        Success = 0,
+
+        /// <summary>
+        /// The command line arguments are missing (i.e. null).  Generally,
+        /// this should not happen.
+        /// </summary>
+        MissingArgs = 1,
+
+        /// <summary>
+        /// The wrong number of command line arguments was supplied.
+        /// </summary>
+        WrongNumArgs = 2,
+
+        /// <summary>
+        /// The "matchingOnly" flag could not be converted to a value of the
+        /// <see cref="Boolean"/> type.
+        /// </summary>
+        BadMatchingOnlyFlag = 3,
+
+        /// <summary>
+        /// An exception was caught in <see cref="Main" />.  Generally, this
+        /// should not happen.
+        /// </summary>
+        Exception = 4
+    }
+
+    ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+    internal static class Replace
+    {
+        #region Private Support Methods
+        /// <summary>
+        /// This method displays an error message to the console and/or
+        /// displays the command line usage information for this tool.
+        /// </summary>
+        /// <param name="message">
+        /// The error message to display, if any.
+        /// </param>
+        /// <param name="usage">
+        /// Non-zero to display the command line usage information.
+        /// </param>
+        private static void Error(
+            string message,
+            bool usage
+            )
+        {
+            if (message != null)
+                Console.WriteLine(message);
+
+            string fileName = Path.GetFileName(
+                Process.GetCurrentProcess().MainModule.FileName);
+
+            Console.WriteLine(String.Format(
+                "usage: {0} <regExPattern> <regExSubSpec> <matchingOnly>",
+                fileName));
+        }
+        #endregion
+
+        ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+        #region Program Entry Point
+        /// <summary>
+        /// This is the entry-point for this tool.  It handles processing the
+        /// command line arguments, reading from the standard input channel,
+        /// replacing any matching lines of text, and writing to the standard
+        /// output channel.
+        /// </summary>
+        /// <param name="args">
+        /// The command line arguments.
+        /// </param>
+        /// <returns>
+        /// Zero upon success; non-zero on failure.  This will be one of the
+        /// values from the <see cref="ExitCode" /> enumeration.
+        /// </returns>
+        private static int Main(
+            string[] args
+            )
+        {
+            //
+            // NOTE: Sanity check the command line arguments.
+            //
+            if (args == null)
+            {
+                Error(null, true);
+                return (int)ExitCode.MissingArgs;
+            }
+
+            if (args.Length != 3)
+            {
+                Error(null, true);
+                return (int)ExitCode.WrongNumArgs;
+            }
+
+            try
+            {
+                //
+                // NOTE: Create a regular expression from the first command
+                //       line argument.  Then, grab the replacement string,
+                //       which is the second argument.
+                //
+                Regex regEx = new Regex(args[0]);
+                string replacement = args[1];
+
+                //
+                // NOTE: Attempt to convert the third argument to a boolean.
+                //
+                bool matchingOnly;
+
+                if (!bool.TryParse(args[2], out matchingOnly))
+                {
+                    Error(null, true);
+                    return (int)ExitCode.BadMatchingOnlyFlag;
+                }
+
+                //
+                // NOTE: Grab the standard input and output channels from the
+                //       console.
+                //
+                TextReader inputTextReader = Console.In;
+                TextWriter outputTextWriter = Console.Out;
+
+                //
+                // NOTE: Loop until end-of-file is hit on the standard input
+                //       stream.
+                //
+                while (true)
+                {
+                    //
+                    // NOTE: Read a line from the standard input channel.  If
+                    //       null is returned here, there is no more input and
+                    //       we are done.
+                    //
+                    string inputLine = inputTextReader.ReadLine();
+
+                    if (inputLine == null)
+                        break;
+
+                    //
+                    // NOTE: Perform regular expression replacements on this
+                    //       line, if any.  Then, write the modified line to
+                    //       the standard output channel.
+                    //
+                    string outputLine = regEx.Replace(inputLine, replacement);
+
+                    if (!matchingOnly || !String.Equals(
+                            inputLine, outputLine, StringComparison.Ordinal))
+                    {
+                        outputTextWriter.WriteLine(outputLine);
+                    }
+                }
+
+                //
+                // NOTE: At this point, everything has succeeded.
+                //
+                return (int)ExitCode.Success;
+            }
+            catch (Exception e)
+            {
+                //
+                // NOTE: An exception was caught.  Report it via the console
+                //       and return failure.
+                //
+                Error(e.ToString(), false);
+                return (int)ExitCode.Exception;
+            }
+        }
+        #endregion
+    }
+}

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite-autoconf-3330000/compile

@@ -0,0 +1,347 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'.
+
+scriptversion=2012-10-14.11; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
+# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
+# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
+
+nl='
+'
+
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.  Quoting is
+# there to prevent tools from complaining about whitespace usage.
+IFS=" ""	$nl"
+
+file_conv=
+
+# func_file_conv build_file lazy
+# Convert a $build file to $host form and store it in $file
+# Currently only supports Windows hosts. If the determined conversion
+# type is listed in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion will
+# take place.
+func_file_conv ()
+{
+  file=$1
+  case $file in
+    / | /[!/]*) # absolute file, and not a UNC file
+      if test -z "$file_conv"; then
+	# lazily determine how to convert abs files
+	case `uname -s` in
+	  MINGW*)
+	    file_conv=mingw
+	    ;;
+	  CYGWIN*)
+	    file_conv=cygwin
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    file_conv=wine
+	    ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      case $file_conv/,$2, in
+	*,$file_conv,*)
+	  ;;
+	mingw/*)
+	  file=`cmd //C echo "$file " | sed -e 's/"\(.*\) " *$/\1/'`
+	  ;;
+	cygwin/*)
+	  file=`cygpath -m "$file" || echo "$file"`
+	  ;;
+	wine/*)
+	  file=`winepath -w "$file" || echo "$file"`
+	  ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+  esac
+}
+
+# func_cl_dashL linkdir
+# Make cl look for libraries in LINKDIR
+func_cl_dashL ()
+{
+  func_file_conv "$1"
+  if test -z "$lib_path"; then
+    lib_path=$file
+  else
+    lib_path="$lib_path;$file"
+  fi
+  linker_opts="$linker_opts -LIBPATH:$file"
+}
+
+# func_cl_dashl library
+# Do a library search-path lookup for cl
+func_cl_dashl ()
+{
+  lib=$1
+  found=no
+  save_IFS=$IFS
+  IFS=';'
+  for dir in $lib_path $LIB
+  do
+    IFS=$save_IFS
+    if $shared && test -f "$dir/$lib.dll.lib"; then
+      found=yes
+      lib=$dir/$lib.dll.lib
+      break
+    fi
+    if test -f "$dir/$lib.lib"; then
+      found=yes
+      lib=$dir/$lib.lib
+      break
+    fi
+    if test -f "$dir/lib$lib.a"; then
+      found=yes
+      lib=$dir/lib$lib.a
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS=$save_IFS
+
+  if test "$found" != yes; then
+    lib=$lib.lib
+  fi
+}
+
+# func_cl_wrapper cl arg...
+# Adjust compile command to suit cl
+func_cl_wrapper ()
+{
+  # Assume a capable shell
+  lib_path=
+  shared=:
+  linker_opts=
+  for arg
+  do
+    if test -n "$eat"; then
+      eat=
+    else
+      case $1 in
+	-o)
+	  # configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
+	  eat=1
+	  case $2 in
+	    *.o | *.[oO][bB][jJ])
+	      func_file_conv "$2"
+	      set x "$@" -Fo"$file"
+	      shift
+	      ;;
+	    *)
+	      func_file_conv "$2"
+	      set x "$@" -Fe"$file"
+	      shift
+	      ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	-I)
+	  eat=1
+	  func_file_conv "$2" mingw
+	  set x "$@" -I"$file"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	-I*)
+	  func_file_conv "${1#-I}" mingw
+	  set x "$@" -I"$file"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	-l)
+	  eat=1
+	  func_cl_dashl "$2"
+	  set x "$@" "$lib"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	-l*)
+	  func_cl_dashl "${1#-l}"
+	  set x "$@" "$lib"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	-L)
+	  eat=1
+	  func_cl_dashL "$2"
+	  ;;
+	-L*)
+	  func_cl_dashL "${1#-L}"
+	  ;;
+	-static)
+	  shared=false
+	  ;;
+	-Wl,*)
+	  arg=${1#-Wl,}
+	  save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
+	  for flag in $arg; do
+	    IFS="$save_ifs"
+	    linker_opts="$linker_opts $flag"
+	  done
+	  IFS="$save_ifs"
+	  ;;
+	-Xlinker)
+	  eat=1
+	  linker_opts="$linker_opts $2"
+	  ;;
+	-*)
+	  set x "$@" "$1"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	*.cc | *.CC | *.cxx | *.CXX | *.[cC]++)
+	  func_file_conv "$1"
+	  set x "$@" -Tp"$file"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	*.c | *.cpp | *.CPP | *.lib | *.LIB | *.Lib | *.OBJ | *.obj | *.[oO])
+	  func_file_conv "$1" mingw
+	  set x "$@" "$file"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  set x "$@" "$1"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+      esac
+    fi
+    shift
+  done
+  if test -n "$linker_opts"; then
+    linker_opts="-link$linker_opts"
+  fi
+  exec "$@" $linker_opts
+  exit 1
+}
+
+eat=
+
+case $1 in
+  '')
+     echo "$0: No command.  Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
+     exit 1;
+     ;;
+  -h | --h*)
+    cat <<\EOF
+Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
+
+Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'.
+Remove '-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining
+arguments, and rename the output as expected.
+
+If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the
+right script to run: please start by reading the file 'INSTALL'.
+
+Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
+EOF
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+  -v | --v*)
+    echo "compile $scriptversion"
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+  cl | *[/\\]cl | cl.exe | *[/\\]cl.exe )
+    func_cl_wrapper "$@"      # Doesn't return...
+    ;;
+esac
+
+ofile=
+cfile=
+
+for arg
+do
+  if test -n "$eat"; then
+    eat=
+  else
+    case $1 in
+      -o)
+	# configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
+	# So we strip '-o arg' only if arg is an object.
+	eat=1
+	case $2 in
+	  *.o | *.obj)
+	    ofile=$2
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    set x "$@" -o "$2"
+	    shift
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      *.c)
+	cfile=$1
+	set x "$@" "$1"
+	shift
+	;;
+      *)
+	set x "$@" "$1"
+	shift
+	;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  shift
+done
+
+if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then
+  # If no '-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a
+  # pattern rule where we don't need one.  That is ok -- this is a
+  # normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle.  If no
+  # '.c' file was seen then we are probably linking.  That is also
+  # ok.
+  exec "$@"
+fi
+
+# Name of file we expect compiler to create.
+cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed 's|^.*[\\/]||; s|^[a-zA-Z]:||; s/\.c$/.o/'`
+
+# Create the lock directory.
+# Note: use '[/\\:.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name
+# that we are using for the .o file.  Also, base the name on the expected
+# object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build.
+lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/\\:.-]|_|g'`.d
+while true; do
+  if mkdir "$lockdir" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    break
+  fi
+  sleep 1
+done
+# FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap.
+trap "rmdir '$lockdir'; exit 1" 1 2 15
+
+# Run the compile.
+"$@"
+ret=$?
+
+if test -f "$cofile"; then
+  test "$cofile" = "$ofile" || mv "$cofile" "$ofile"
+elif test -f "${cofile}bj"; then
+  test "${cofile}bj" = "$ofile" || mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile"
+fi
+
+rmdir "$lockdir"
+exit $ret
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite-autoconf-3330000/configure.ac

@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Supports the following non-standard switches.
+#
+#   --enable-threadsafe
+#   --enable-readline
+#   --enable-editline
+#   --enable-static-shell
+#   --enable-dynamic-extensions
+#
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.61)
+AC_INIT(sqlite, 3.33.0, http://www.sqlite.org)
+AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([sqlite3.c])
+AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([.])
+
+# Use automake.
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([foreign])
+
+AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
+
+# Check for required programs.
+AC_PROG_CC
+AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
+AC_PROG_MKDIR_P
+
+# Check for library functions that SQLite can optionally use.
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS([fdatasync usleep fullfsync localtime_r gmtime_r])
+AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R
+
+AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile sqlite3.pc])
+BUILD_CFLAGS=
+AC_SUBST(BUILD_CFLAGS)
+
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Two options to enable readline compatible libraries: 
+#
+#   --enable-editline
+#   --enable-readline
+#
+# Both are enabled by default. If, after command line processing both are
+# still enabled, the script searches for editline first and automatically
+# disables readline if it is found. So, to use readline explicitly, the
+# user must pass "--disable-editline". To disable command line editing
+# support altogether, "--disable-editline --disable-readline".
+#
+# When searching for either library, check for headers before libraries 
+# as some distros supply packages that contain libraries but not header
+# files, which come as a separate development package.
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(editline, [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-editline],[use BSD libedit])])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(readline, [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-readline],[use readline])])
+
+AS_IF([ test x"$enable_editline" != xno ],[
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS([editline/readline.h],[
+    sLIBS=$LIBS
+    LIBS=""
+    AC_SEARCH_LIBS([readline],[edit],[
+      AC_DEFINE([HAVE_EDITLINE],1,Define to use BSD editline)
+      READLINE_LIBS="$LIBS -ltinfo"
+      enable_readline=no
+    ],[],[-ltinfo])
+    AS_UNSET(ac_cv_search_readline)
+    LIBS=$sLIBS
+  ])
+])
+
+AS_IF([ test x"$enable_readline" != xno ],[
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS([readline/readline.h],[
+    sLIBS=$LIBS
+    LIBS=""
+    AC_SEARCH_LIBS(tgetent, termcap curses ncurses ncursesw, [], [])
+    AC_SEARCH_LIBS(readline,[readline edit], [
+      AC_DEFINE([HAVE_READLINE],1,Define to use readline or wrapper)
+      READLINE_LIBS=$LIBS
+    ])
+    LIBS=$sLIBS
+  ])
+])
+
+AC_SUBST(READLINE_LIBS)
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-threadsafe
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(threadsafe, [AS_HELP_STRING(
+  [--enable-threadsafe], [build a thread-safe library [default=yes]])], 
+  [], [enable_threadsafe=yes])
+if test x"$enable_threadsafe" != "xno"; then
+  BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -D_REENTRANT=1 -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=1"
+  AC_SEARCH_LIBS(pthread_create, pthread)
+  AC_SEARCH_LIBS(pthread_mutexattr_init, pthread)
+fi
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-dynamic-extensions
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(dynamic-extensions, [AS_HELP_STRING(
+  [--enable-dynamic-extensions], [support loadable extensions [default=yes]])], 
+  [], [enable_dynamic_extensions=yes])
+if test x"$enable_dynamic_extensions" != "xno"; then
+  AC_SEARCH_LIBS(dlopen, dl)
+else
+  BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1"
+fi
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for whether to support dynamic extensions])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($enable_dynamic_extensions)
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-fts4
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(fts4, [AS_HELP_STRING(
+  [--enable-fts4], [include fts4 support [default=yes]])], 
+  [], [enable_fts4=yes])
+if test x"$enable_fts4" = "xyes"; then
+  BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4"
+fi
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-fts3
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(fts3, [AS_HELP_STRING(
+  [--enable-fts3], [include fts3 support [default=no]])], 
+  [], [])
+if test x"$enable_fts3" = "xyes" -a x"$enable_fts4" = "xno"; then
+  BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3"
+fi
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-fts5
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(fts5, [AS_HELP_STRING(
+  [--enable-fts5], [include fts5 support [default=yes]])], 
+  [], [enable_fts5=yes])
+if test x"$enable_fts5" = "xyes"; then
+  AC_SEARCH_LIBS(log, m)
+  BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5"
+fi
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-json1
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(json1, [AS_HELP_STRING(
+  [--enable-json1], [include json1 support [default=yes]])], 
+  [],[enable_json1=yes])
+if test x"$enable_json1" = "xyes"; then
+  BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1"
+fi
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-rtree
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(rtree, [AS_HELP_STRING(
+  [--enable-rtree], [include rtree support [default=yes]])], 
+  [], [enable_rtree=yes])
+if test x"$enable_rtree" = "xyes"; then
+  BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE -DSQLITE_ENABLE_GEOPOLY"
+fi
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-session
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(session, [AS_HELP_STRING(
+  [--enable-session], [enable the session extension [default=no]])], 
+  [], [])
+if test x"$enable_session" = "xyes"; then
+  BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION -DSQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK"
+fi
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-debug
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug, [AS_HELP_STRING(
+  [--enable-debug], [build with debugging features enabled [default=no]])], 
+  [], [])
+if test x"$enable_debug" = "xyes"; then
+  BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_DEBUG -DSQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE -DSQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE"
+  CFLAGS="-g -O0"
+fi
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-static-shell
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(static-shell, [AS_HELP_STRING(
+  [--enable-static-shell], 
+  [statically link libsqlite3 into shell tool [default=yes]])], 
+  [], [enable_static_shell=yes])
+if test x"$enable_static_shell" = "xyes"; then
+  EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ=sqlite3-sqlite3.$OBJEXT
+else
+  EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ=libsqlite3.la
+fi
+AC_SUBST(EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ)
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(posix_fallocate)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(zlib.h,[
+  AC_SEARCH_LIBS(deflate,z,[BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_HAVE_ZLIB"])
+])
+
+AC_SEARCH_LIBS(system,,,[SHELL_CFLAGS="-DSQLITE_NOHAVE_SYSTEM"])
+AC_SUBST(SHELL_CFLAGS)
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# UPDATE: Maybe it's better if users just set CFLAGS before invoking
+# configure. This option doesn't really add much...
+#
+#   --enable-tempstore
+#
+# AC_ARG_ENABLE(tempstore, [AS_HELP_STRING(
+#   [--enable-tempstore], 
+#   [in-memory temporary tables (never, no, yes, always) [default=no]])], 
+#   [], [enable_tempstore=no])
+# AC_MSG_CHECKING([for whether or not to store temp tables in-memory])
+# case "$enable_tempstore" in
+#   never )  TEMP_STORE=0 ;;
+#   no )     TEMP_STORE=1 ;;
+#   always ) TEMP_STORE=3 ;;
+#   yes )    TEMP_STORE=3 ;;
+#   * )
+#     TEMP_STORE=1
+#     enable_tempstore=yes
+#   ;;
+# esac
+# AC_MSG_RESULT($enable_tempstore)
+# AC_SUBST(TEMP_STORE)
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_OUTPUT

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite-autoconf-3330000/depcomp

@@ -0,0 +1,791 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
+
+scriptversion=2016-01-11.22; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>.
+
+case $1 in
+  '')
+    echo "$0: No command.  Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
+    exit 1;
+    ;;
+  -h | --h*)
+    cat <<\EOF
+Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
+
+Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
+as side-effects.
+
+Environment variables:
+  depmode     Dependency tracking mode.
+  source      Source file read by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
+  object      Object file output by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
+  DEPDIR      directory where to store dependencies.
+  depfile     Dependency file to output.
+  tmpdepfile  Temporary file to use when outputting dependencies.
+  libtool     Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
+
+Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
+EOF
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+  -v | --v*)
+    echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+esac
+
+# Get the directory component of the given path, and save it in the
+# global variables '$dir'.  Note that this directory component will
+# be either empty or ending with a '/' character.  This is deliberate.
+set_dir_from ()
+{
+  case $1 in
+    */*) dir=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`;;
+      *) dir=;;
+  esac
+}
+
+# Get the suffix-stripped basename of the given path, and save it the
+# global variable '$base'.
+set_base_from ()
+{
+  base=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`
+}
+
+# If no dependency file was actually created by the compiler invocation,
+# we still have to create a dummy depfile, to avoid errors with the
+# Makefile "include basename.Plo" scheme.
+make_dummy_depfile ()
+{
+  echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+}
+
+# Factor out some common post-processing of the generated depfile.
+# Requires the auxiliary global variable '$tmpdepfile' to be set.
+aix_post_process_depfile ()
+{
+  # If the compiler actually managed to produce a dependency file,
+  # post-process it.
+  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
+    # Each line is of the form 'foo.o: dependency.h'.
+    # Do two passes, one to just change these to
+    #   $object: dependency.h
+    # and one to simply output
+    #   dependency.h:
+    # which is needed to avoid the deleted-header problem.
+    { sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile"
+      sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:[$tab ]*,," -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile"
+    } > "$depfile"
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  else
+    make_dummy_depfile
+  fi
+}
+
+# A tabulation character.
+tab='	'
+# A newline character.
+nl='
+'
+# Character ranges might be problematic outside the C locale.
+# These definitions help.
+upper=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
+lower=abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
+digits=0123456789
+alpha=${upper}${lower}
+
+if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
+  echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
+depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
+  sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
+tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
+
+rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+
+# Avoid interferences from the environment.
+gccflag= dashmflag=
+
+# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags.  We
+# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
+# to make depend.m4 easier to write.  Note that we *cannot* use a case
+# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
+if test "$depmode" = hp; then
+  # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
+  gccflag=-M
+  depmode=gcc
+fi
+
+if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
+  # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
+  dashmflag=-xM
+  depmode=dashmstdout
+fi
+
+cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -"
+if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then
+  # This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation.
+  # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
+  # slashes to satisfy depend.m4
+  cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
+  depmode=msvisualcpp
+fi
+
+if test "$depmode" = msvc7msys; then
+  # This is just like msvc7 but w/o cygpath translation.
+  # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
+  # slashes to satisfy depend.m4
+  cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
+  depmode=msvc7
+fi
+
+if test "$depmode" = xlc; then
+  # IBM C/C++ Compilers xlc/xlC can output gcc-like dependency information.
+  gccflag=-qmakedep=gcc,-MF
+  depmode=gcc
+fi
+
+case "$depmode" in
+gcc3)
+## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
+## we want.  Yay!  Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
+## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff.  Hmm.
+## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon
+## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they
+## appear in depend2.am.  Note that the slowdown incurred here
+## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this.
+  for arg
+  do
+    case $arg in
+    -c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;;
+    *)  set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;;
+    esac
+    shift # fnord
+    shift # $arg
+  done
+  "$@"
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
+  ;;
+
+gcc)
+## Note that this doesn't just cater to obsosete pre-3.x GCC compilers.
+## but also to in-use compilers like IMB xlc/xlC and the HP C compiler.
+## (see the conditional assignment to $gccflag above).
+## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc.  Here's
+## why we pick this rather obscure method:
+## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
+##   up in a subdir.  Having to rename by hand is ugly.
+##   (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
+## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
+##   -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say).  Also, it might not be
+##   supported by the other compilers which use the 'gcc' depmode.
+## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
+##   than renaming).
+  if test -z "$gccflag"; then
+    gccflag=-MD,
+  fi
+  "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+  # The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive
+  # letters.
+  sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
+      -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+## This next piece of magic avoids the "deleted header file" problem.
+## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
+## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
+## typically no way to rebuild the header).  We avoid this by adding
+## dummy dependencies for each header file.  Too bad gcc doesn't do
+## this for us directly.
+## Some versions of gcc put a space before the ':'.  On the theory
+## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
+## well.  hp depmode also adds that space, but also prefixes the VPATH
+## to the object.  Take care to not repeat it in the output.
+## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+  tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
+    | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e "s|.*$object$||" -e '/:$/d' \
+    | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+hp)
+  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
+  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
+  # since it is checked for above.
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+
+sgi)
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
+  else
+    "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
+  fi
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+
+  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then  # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
+    echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+    # Clip off the initial element (the dependent).  Don't try to be
+    # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
+    # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
+    # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5).  We also remove comment lines;
+    # the IRIX cc adds comments like '#:fec' to the end of the
+    # dependency line.
+    tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
+      | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' \
+      | tr "$nl" ' ' >> "$depfile"
+    echo >> "$depfile"
+    # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
+    tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
+      | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
+      >> "$depfile"
+  else
+    make_dummy_depfile
+  fi
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+xlc)
+  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
+  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
+  # since it is checked for above.
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+
+aix)
+  # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
+  # in a .u file.  In older versions, this file always lives in the
+  # current directory.  Also, the AIX compiler puts '$object:' at the
+  # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
+  # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
+  set_dir_from "$object"
+  set_base_from "$object"
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
+    tmpdepfile2=$base.u
+    tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u
+    "$@" -Wc,-M
+  else
+    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
+    tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u
+    tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u
+    "$@" -M
+  fi
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+
+  for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
+  do
+    test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
+  done
+  aix_post_process_depfile
+  ;;
+
+tcc)
+  # tcc (Tiny C Compiler) understand '-MD -MF file' since version 0.9.26
+  # FIXME: That version still under development at the moment of writing.
+  #        Make that this statement remains true also for stable, released
+  #        versions.
+  # It will wrap lines (doesn't matter whether long or short) with a
+  # trailing '\', as in:
+  #
+  #   foo.o : \
+  #    foo.c \
+  #    foo.h \
+  #
+  # It will put a trailing '\' even on the last line, and will use leading
+  # spaces rather than leading tabs (at least since its commit 0394caf7
+  # "Emit spaces for -MD").
+  "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  # Each non-empty line is of the form 'foo.o : \' or ' dep.h \'.
+  # We have to change lines of the first kind to '$object: \'.
+  sed -e "s|.*:|$object :|" < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+  # And for each line of the second kind, we have to emit a 'dep.h:'
+  # dummy dependency, to avoid the deleted-header problem.
+  sed -n -e 's|^  *\(.*\) *\\$|\1:|p' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+## The order of this option in the case statement is important, since the
+## shell code in configure will try each of these formats in the order
+## listed in this file.  A plain '-MD' option would be understood by many
+## compilers, so we must ensure this comes after the gcc and icc options.
+pgcc)
+  # Portland's C compiler understands '-MD'.
+  # Will always output deps to 'file.d' where file is the root name of the
+  # source file under compilation, even if file resides in a subdirectory.
+  # The object file name does not affect the name of the '.d' file.
+  # pgcc 10.2 will output
+  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
+  # and will wrap long lines using '\' :
+  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
+  #     sub/foo.h ... \
+  #     ...
+  set_dir_from "$object"
+  # Use the source, not the object, to determine the base name, since
+  # that's sadly what pgcc will do too.
+  set_base_from "$source"
+  tmpdepfile=$base.d
+
+  # For projects that build the same source file twice into different object
+  # files, the pgcc approach of using the *source* file root name can cause
+  # problems in parallel builds.  Use a locking strategy to avoid stomping on
+  # the same $tmpdepfile.
+  lockdir=$base.d-lock
+  trap "
+    echo '$0: caught signal, cleaning up...' >&2
+    rmdir '$lockdir'
+    exit 1
+  " 1 2 13 15
+  numtries=100
+  i=$numtries
+  while test $i -gt 0; do
+    # mkdir is a portable test-and-set.
+    if mkdir "$lockdir" 2>/dev/null; then
+      # This process acquired the lock.
+      "$@" -MD
+      stat=$?
+      # Release the lock.
+      rmdir "$lockdir"
+      break
+    else
+      # If the lock is being held by a different process, wait
+      # until the winning process is done or we timeout.
+      while test -d "$lockdir" && test $i -gt 0; do
+        sleep 1
+        i=`expr $i - 1`
+      done
+    fi
+    i=`expr $i - 1`
+  done
+  trap - 1 2 13 15
+  if test $i -le 0; then
+    echo "$0: failed to acquire lock after $numtries attempts" >&2
+    echo "$0: check lockdir '$lockdir'" >&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
+  # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'.
+  # Do two passes, one to just change these to
+  # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
+  sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+  # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+  # correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+  sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" \
+    | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+hp2)
+  # The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64
+  # compilers, which have integrated preprocessors.  The correct option
+  # to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named
+  # 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that
+  # happens to be.
+  # Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there.
+  set_dir_from  "$object"
+  set_base_from "$object"
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
+    tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d
+    "$@" -Wc,+Maked
+  else
+    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
+    tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
+    "$@" +Maked
+  fi
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+     rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
+     exit $stat
+  fi
+
+  for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
+  do
+    test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
+  done
+  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
+    sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+    # Add 'dependent.h:' lines.
+    sed -ne '2,${
+               s/^ *//
+               s/ \\*$//
+               s/$/:/
+               p
+             }' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+  else
+    make_dummy_depfile
+  fi
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2"
+  ;;
+
+tru64)
+  # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
+  # effect.  'cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into 'foo.o.d'.
+  # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
+  # dependencies in 'foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
+  # Subdirectories are respected.
+  set_dir_from  "$object"
+  set_base_from "$object"
+
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    # Libtool generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries.  These
+    # two compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
+    # in $dir$base.o.d.  We have to check for both files, because
+    # one of the two compilations can be disabled.  We should prefer
+    # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
+    # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
+    # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
+    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d          # libtool 1.5
+    tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.o.d    # Likewise.
+    tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.d      # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
+    "$@" -Wc,-MD
+  else
+    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
+    tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
+    tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
+    "$@" -MD
+  fi
+
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+
+  for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
+  do
+    test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
+  done
+  # Same post-processing that is required for AIX mode.
+  aix_post_process_depfile
+  ;;
+
+msvc7)
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    showIncludes=-Wc,-showIncludes
+  else
+    showIncludes=-showIncludes
+  fi
+  "$@" $showIncludes > "$tmpdepfile"
+  stat=$?
+  grep -v '^Note: including file: ' "$tmpdepfile"
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+  # The first sed program below extracts the file names and escapes
+  # backslashes for cygpath.  The second sed program outputs the file
+  # name when reading, but also accumulates all include files in the
+  # hold buffer in order to output them again at the end.  This only
+  # works with sed implementations that can handle large buffers.
+  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n '
+/^Note: including file:  *\(.*\)/ {
+  s//\1/
+  s/\\/\\\\/g
+  p
+}' | $cygpath_u | sort -u | sed -n '
+s/ /\\ /g
+s/\(.*\)/'"$tab"'\1 \\/p
+s/.\(.*\) \\/\1:/
+H
+$ {
+  s/.*/'"$tab"'/
+  G
+  p
+}' >> "$depfile"
+  echo >> "$depfile" # make sure the fragment doesn't end with a backslash
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+msvc7msys)
+  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
+  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
+  # since it is checked for above.
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+
+#nosideeffect)
+  # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
+  # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
+
+dashmstdout)
+  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
+  "$@" || exit $?
+
+  # Remove the call to Libtool.
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
+      shift
+    done
+    shift
+  fi
+
+  # Remove '-o $object'.
+  IFS=" "
+  for arg
+  do
+    case $arg in
+    -o)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    $object)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    *)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+      shift # fnord
+      shift # $arg
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+  test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
+  # Require at least two characters before searching for ':'
+  # in the target name.  This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
+  # a dependency such as 'c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target 'c' otherwise.
+  "$@" $dashmflag |
+    sed "s|^[$tab ]*[^:$tab ][^:][^:]*:[$tab ]*|$object: |" > "$tmpdepfile"
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+  # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this sed invocation
+  # correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+  tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
+    | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \
+    | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+dashXmstdout)
+  # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4.  It is never actually
+  # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+
+makedepend)
+  "$@" || exit $?
+  # Remove any Libtool call
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
+      shift
+    done
+    shift
+  fi
+  # X makedepend
+  shift
+  cleared=no eat=no
+  for arg
+  do
+    case $cleared in
+    no)
+      set ""; shift
+      cleared=yes ;;
+    esac
+    if test $eat = yes; then
+      eat=no
+      continue
+    fi
+    case "$arg" in
+    -D*|-I*)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
+    # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand.  Remove
+    # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
+    -arch)
+      eat=yes ;;
+    -*|$object)
+      ;;
+    *)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'`
+  touch "$tmpdepfile"
+  ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  # makedepend may prepend the VPATH from the source file name to the object.
+  # No need to regex-escape $object, excess matching of '.' is harmless.
+  sed "s|^.*\($object *:\)|\1|" "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+  # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process the last invocation
+  # correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+  sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" \
+    | tr ' ' "$nl" \
+    | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \
+    | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
+  ;;
+
+cpp)
+  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
+  "$@" || exit $?
+
+  # Remove the call to Libtool.
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
+      shift
+    done
+    shift
+  fi
+
+  # Remove '-o $object'.
+  IFS=" "
+  for arg
+  do
+    case $arg in
+    -o)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    $object)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    *)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+      shift # fnord
+      shift # $arg
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+  "$@" -E \
+    | sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
+             -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
+    | sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+  cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+  sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+msvisualcpp)
+  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
+  "$@" || exit $?
+
+  # Remove the call to Libtool.
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
+      shift
+    done
+    shift
+  fi
+
+  IFS=" "
+  for arg
+  do
+    case "$arg" in
+    -o)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    $object)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
+        set fnord "$@"
+        shift
+        shift
+        ;;
+    *)
+        set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+        shift
+        shift
+        ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  "$@" -E 2>/dev/null |
+  sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile"
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::'"$tab"'\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
+  echo "$tab" >> "$depfile"
+  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+msvcmsys)
+  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
+  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
+  # since it is checked for above.
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+
+none)
+  exec "$@"
+  ;;
+
+*)
+  echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+esac
+
+exit 0
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite-autoconf-3330000/install-sh

@@ -0,0 +1,508 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# install - install a program, script, or datafile
+
+scriptversion=2014-09-12.12; # UTC
+
+# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
+# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
+# following copyright and license.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
+#
+# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
+# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
+# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
+# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+#
+# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+#
+# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
+# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+#
+# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
+# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
+# tium.
+#
+#
+# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
+#
+# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
+# 'make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
+# when there is no Makefile.
+#
+# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
+# from scratch.
+
+tab='	'
+nl='
+'
+IFS=" $tab$nl"
+
+# Set DOITPROG to "echo" to test this script.
+
+doit=${DOITPROG-}
+doit_exec=${doit:-exec}
+
+# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
+# or use environment vars.
+
+chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
+chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
+chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
+cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
+cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
+mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
+mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
+rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
+stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
+
+posix_mkdir=
+
+# Desired mode of installed file.
+mode=0755
+
+chgrpcmd=
+chmodcmd=$chmodprog
+chowncmd=
+mvcmd=$mvprog
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+stripcmd=
+
+src=
+dst=
+dir_arg=
+dst_arg=
+
+copy_on_change=false
+is_target_a_directory=possibly
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
+
+In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
+In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
+In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
+
+Options:
+     --help     display this help and exit.
+     --version  display version info and exit.
+
+  -c            (ignored)
+  -C            install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
+  -d            create directories instead of installing files.
+  -g GROUP      $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
+  -m MODE       $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
+  -o USER       $chownprog installed files to USER.
+  -s            $stripprog installed files.
+  -t DIRECTORY  install into DIRECTORY.
+  -T            report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
+
+Environment variables override the default commands:
+  CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
+  RMPROG STRIPPROG
+"
+
+while test $# -ne 0; do
+  case $1 in
+    -c) ;;
+
+    -C) copy_on_change=true;;
+
+    -d) dir_arg=true;;
+
+    -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+        shift;;
+
+    --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
+
+    -m) mode=$2
+        case $mode in
+          *' '* | *"$tab"* | *"$nl"* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
+            echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
+            exit 1;;
+        esac
+        shift;;
+
+    -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+        shift;;
+
+    -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
+
+    -t)
+        is_target_a_directory=always
+        dst_arg=$2
+        # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
+        case $dst_arg in
+          -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
+        esac
+        shift;;
+
+    -T) is_target_a_directory=never;;
+
+    --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
+
+    --) shift
+        break;;
+
+    -*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
+        exit 1;;
+
+    *)  break;;
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+# We allow the use of options -d and -T together, by making -d
+# take the precedence; this is for compatibility with GNU install.
+
+if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+  if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
+    echo "$0: target directory not allowed when installing a directory." >&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+fi
+
+if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
+  # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
+  # When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
+  # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination.  Remove it from $@.
+  for arg
+  do
+    if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
+      # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
+      set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
+      shift # fnord
+    fi
+    shift # arg
+    dst_arg=$arg
+    # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
+    case $dst_arg in
+      -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
+    esac
+  done
+fi
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+  if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+    echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+  # It's OK to call 'install-sh -d' without argument.
+  # This can happen when creating conditional directories.
+  exit 0
+fi
+
+if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+  if test $# -gt 1 || test "$is_target_a_directory" = always; then
+    if test ! -d "$dst_arg"; then
+      echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is not a directory." >&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+  fi
+fi
+
+if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+  do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
+  trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
+  trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
+  trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
+  trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
+
+  # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
+  # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
+  case $mode in
+    # Optimize common cases.
+    *644) cp_umask=133;;
+    *755) cp_umask=22;;
+
+    *[0-7])
+      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+        u_plus_rw=
+      else
+        u_plus_rw='% 200'
+      fi
+      cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
+    *)
+      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+        u_plus_rw=
+      else
+        u_plus_rw=,u+rw
+      fi
+      cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+for src
+do
+  # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
+  case $src in
+    -* | [=\(\)!]) src=./$src;;
+  esac
+
+  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+    dst=$src
+    dstdir=$dst
+    test -d "$dstdir"
+    dstdir_status=$?
+  else
+
+    # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
+    # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
+    # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+    if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
+      echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+
+    if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
+      echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+    dst=$dst_arg
+
+    # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
+    # if double slashes aren't ignored.
+    if test -d "$dst"; then
+      if test "$is_target_a_directory" = never; then
+        echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
+        exit 1
+      fi
+      dstdir=$dst
+      dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
+      dstdir_status=0
+    else
+      dstdir=`dirname "$dst"`
+      test -d "$dstdir"
+      dstdir_status=$?
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  obsolete_mkdir_used=false
+
+  if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
+    case $posix_mkdir in
+      '')
+        # Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
+        # This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
+        umask=`umask`
+        case $stripcmd.$umask in
+          # Optimize common cases.
+          *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
+          .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
+
+          *[0-7])
+            mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
+              - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
+              - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
+            `;;
+          *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
+        esac
+
+        # With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
+        # Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
+        if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+          mkdir_mode=-m$mode
+        else
+          mkdir_mode=
+        fi
+
+        posix_mkdir=false
+        case $umask in
+          *[123567][0-7][0-7])
+            # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
+            # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
+            ;;
+          *)
+            # $RANDOM is not portable (e.g. dash);  use it when possible to
+            # lower collision chance
+            tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
+            trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
+
+            # As "mkdir -p" follows symlinks and we work in /tmp possibly;  so
+            # create the $tmpdir first (and fail if unsuccessful) to make sure
+            # that nobody tries to guess the $tmpdir name.
+            if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
+                $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode "$tmpdir" &&
+                exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/a/b") >/dev/null 2>&1
+            then
+              if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
+                   # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
+                   # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
+                   # other-writable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
+                   # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
+                   test_tmpdir="$tmpdir/a"
+                   ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"`
+                   case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
+                     d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
+                     d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
+                     *) false;;
+                   esac &&
+                   $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$test_tmpdir" && {
+                     ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"`
+                     test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
+                   }
+                 }
+              then posix_mkdir=:
+              fi
+              rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir"
+            else
+              # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
+              rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null
+            fi
+            trap '' 0;;
+        esac;;
+    esac
+
+    if
+      $posix_mkdir && (
+        umask $mkdir_umask &&
+        $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
+      )
+    then :
+    else
+
+      # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
+      # or it failed possibly due to a race condition.  Create the
+      # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
+
+      case $dstdir in
+        /*) prefix='/';;
+        [-=\(\)!]*) prefix='./';;
+        *)  prefix='';;
+      esac
+
+      oIFS=$IFS
+      IFS=/
+      set -f
+      set fnord $dstdir
+      shift
+      set +f
+      IFS=$oIFS
+
+      prefixes=
+
+      for d
+      do
+        test X"$d" = X && continue
+
+        prefix=$prefix$d
+        if test -d "$prefix"; then
+          prefixes=
+        else
+          if $posix_mkdir; then
+            (umask=$mkdir_umask &&
+             $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
+            # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+            test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
+          else
+            case $prefix in
+              *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
+              *) qprefix=$prefix;;
+            esac
+            prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
+          fi
+        fi
+        prefix=$prefix/
+      done
+
+      if test -n "$prefixes"; then
+        # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+        (umask $mkdir_umask &&
+         eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
+          test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
+        obsolete_mkdir_used=true
+      fi
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
+    { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
+      test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
+  else
+
+    # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
+    dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
+    rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
+
+    # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
+    trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
+
+    # Copy the file name to the temp name.
+    (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
+
+    # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
+    #
+    # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
+    # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+    # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
+    #
+    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
+
+    # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
+    if $copy_on_change &&
+       old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst"     2>/dev/null` &&
+       new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp"  2>/dev/null` &&
+       set -f &&
+       set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
+       set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
+       set +f &&
+       test "$old" = "$new" &&
+       $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
+    then
+      rm -f "$dsttmp"
+    else
+      # Rename the file to the real destination.
+      $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
+
+      # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
+      # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
+      # support -f.
+      {
+        # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
+        # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
+        # systems and the destination file might be busy for other
+        # reasons.  In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
+        # file should still install successfully.
+        {
+          test ! -f "$dst" ||
+          $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
+          { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
+            { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
+          } ||
+          { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
+            (exit 1); exit 1
+          }
+        } &&
+
+        # Now rename the file to the real destination.
+        $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
+      }
+    fi || exit 1
+
+    trap '' 0
+  fi
+done
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite-autoconf-3330000/missing

@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Common wrapper for a few potentially missing GNU programs.
+
+scriptversion=2013-10-28.13; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Originally written by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+  echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information"
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+case $1 in
+
+  --is-lightweight)
+    # Used by our autoconf macros to check whether the available missing
+    # script is modern enough.
+    exit 0
+    ;;
+
+  --run)
+    # Back-compat with the calling convention used by older automake.
+    shift
+    ;;
+
+  -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
+    echo "\
+$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
+
+Run 'PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...', returning a proper advice when this fails due
+to PROGRAM being missing or too old.
+
+Options:
+  -h, --help      display this help and exit
+  -v, --version   output version information and exit
+
+Supported PROGRAM values:
+  aclocal   autoconf  autoheader   autom4te  automake  makeinfo
+  bison     yacc      flex         lex       help2man
+
+Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes 'gnu-', 'gnu', and
+'g' are ignored when checking the name.
+
+Send bug reports to <bug-automake@gnu.org>."
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+
+  -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
+    echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)"
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+
+  -*)
+    echo 1>&2 "$0: unknown '$1' option"
+    echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information"
+    exit 1
+    ;;
+
+esac
+
+# Run the given program, remember its exit status.
+"$@"; st=$?
+
+# If it succeeded, we are done.
+test $st -eq 0 && exit 0
+
+# Also exit now if we it failed (or wasn't found), and '--version' was
+# passed; such an option is passed most likely to detect whether the
+# program is present and works.
+case $2 in --version|--help) exit $st;; esac
+
+# Exit code 63 means version mismatch.  This often happens when the user
+# tries to use an ancient version of a tool on a file that requires a
+# minimum version.
+if test $st -eq 63; then
+  msg="probably too old"
+elif test $st -eq 127; then
+  # Program was missing.
+  msg="missing on your system"
+else
+  # Program was found and executed, but failed.  Give up.
+  exit $st
+fi
+
+perl_URL=http://www.perl.org/
+flex_URL=http://flex.sourceforge.net/
+gnu_software_URL=http://www.gnu.org/software
+
+program_details ()
+{
+  case $1 in
+    aclocal|automake)
+      echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Automake package:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/automake>"
+      echo "It also requires GNU Autoconf, GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf>"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>"
+      echo "<$perl_URL>"
+      ;;
+    autoconf|autom4te|autoheader)
+      echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Autoconf package:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf/>"
+      echo "It also requires GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>"
+      echo "<$perl_URL>"
+      ;;
+  esac
+}
+
+give_advice ()
+{
+  # Normalize program name to check for.
+  normalized_program=`echo "$1" | sed '
+    s/^gnu-//; t
+    s/^gnu//; t
+    s/^g//; t'`
+
+  printf '%s\n' "'$1' is $msg."
+
+  configure_deps="'configure.ac' or m4 files included by 'configure.ac'"
+  case $normalized_program in
+    autoconf*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified 'configure.ac',"
+      echo "or m4 files included by it."
+      program_details 'autoconf'
+      ;;
+    autoheader*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acconfig.h' or"
+      echo "$configure_deps."
+      program_details 'autoheader'
+      ;;
+    automake*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified 'Makefile.am' or"
+      echo "$configure_deps."
+      program_details 'automake'
+      ;;
+    aclocal*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acinclude.m4' or"
+      echo "$configure_deps."
+      program_details 'aclocal'
+      ;;
+   autom4te*)
+      echo "You might have modified some maintainer files that require"
+      echo "the 'autom4te' program to be rebuilt."
+      program_details 'autom4te'
+      ;;
+    bison*|yacc*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.y' file."
+      echo "You may want to install the GNU Bison package:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/bison/>"
+      ;;
+    lex*|flex*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.l' file."
+      echo "You may want to install the Fast Lexical Analyzer package:"
+      echo "<$flex_URL>"
+      ;;
+    help2man*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified a dependency" \
+           "of a man page."
+      echo "You may want to install the GNU Help2man package:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/help2man/>"
+    ;;
+    makeinfo*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.texi' file, or"
+      echo "any other file indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual."
+      echo "You might want to install the Texinfo package:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/texinfo/>"
+      echo "The spurious makeinfo call might also be the consequence of"
+      echo "using a buggy 'make' (AIX, DU, IRIX), in which case you might"
+      echo "want to install GNU make:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/make/>"
+      ;;
+    *)
+      echo "You might have modified some files without having the proper"
+      echo "tools for further handling them.  Check the 'README' file, it"
+      echo "often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing"
+      echo "this package.  You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in"
+      echo "case some other package contains this missing '$1' program."
+      ;;
+  esac
+}
+
+give_advice "$1" | sed -e '1s/^/WARNING: /' \
+                       -e '2,$s/^/         /' >&2
+
+# Propagate the correct exit status (expected to be 127 for a program
+# not found, 63 for a program that failed due to version mismatch).
+exit $st
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite-autoconf-3330000/sqlite3.1

@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
+.\"                                      Hey, EMACS: -*- nroff -*-
+.\" First parameter, NAME, should be all caps
+.\" Second parameter, SECTION, should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection
+.\" other parameters are allowed: see man(7), man(1)
+.TH SQLITE3 1 "Fri Oct 31 10:41:31 EDT 2014"
+.\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage.
+.\"
+.\" Some roff macros, for reference:
+.\" .nh        disable hyphenation
+.\" .hy        enable hyphenation
+.\" .ad l      left justify
+.\" .ad b      justify to both left and right margins
+.\" .nf        disable filling
+.\" .fi        enable filling
+.\" .br        insert line break
+.\" .sp <n>    insert n+1 empty lines
+.\" for manpage-specific macros, see man(7)
+.SH NAME
+.B sqlite3 
+\- A command line interface for SQLite version 3
+
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B sqlite3
+.RI [ options ]
+.RI [ databasefile ]
+.RI [ SQL ]
+
+.SH SUMMARY
+.PP
+.B sqlite3
+is a terminal-based front-end to the SQLite library that can evaluate
+queries interactively and display the results in multiple formats.
+.B sqlite3
+can also be used within shell scripts and other applications to provide
+batch processing features.
+
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+To start a
+.B sqlite3
+interactive session, invoke the
+.B sqlite3
+command and optionally provide the name of a database file.  If the
+database file does not exist, it will be created.  If the database file
+does exist, it will be opened.
+
+For example, to create a new database file named "mydata.db", create
+a table named "memos" and insert a couple of records into that table:
+.sp
+$ 
+.B sqlite3 mydata.db
+.br
+SQLite version 3.8.8
+.br
+Enter ".help" for instructions
+.br
+sqlite>
+.B create table memos(text, priority INTEGER);
+.br
+sqlite>
+.B insert into memos values('deliver project description', 10);
+.br
+sqlite>
+.B insert into memos values('lunch with Christine', 100);
+.br
+sqlite>
+.B select * from memos;
+.br
+deliver project description|10
+.br
+lunch with Christine|100
+.br
+sqlite>
+.sp
+
+If no database name is supplied, the ATTACH sql command can be used
+to attach to existing or create new database files.  ATTACH can also
+be used to attach to multiple databases within the same interactive
+session.  This is useful for migrating data between databases,
+possibly changing the schema along the way.
+
+Optionally, a SQL statement or set of SQL statements can be supplied as
+a single argument.  Multiple statements should be separated by
+semi-colons.
+
+For example:
+.sp
+$ 
+.B sqlite3 -line mydata.db 'select * from memos where priority > 20;'
+.br
+    text = lunch with Christine
+.br
+priority = 100
+.br
+.sp
+
+.SS SQLITE META-COMMANDS
+.PP
+The interactive interpreter offers a set of meta-commands that can be
+used to control the output format, examine the currently attached
+database files, or perform administrative operations upon the
+attached databases (such as rebuilding indices).   Meta-commands are
+always prefixed with a dot (.).
+
+A list of available meta-commands can be viewed at any time by issuing
+the '.help' command.  For example:
+.sp
+sqlite>
+.B .help
+.nf
+.tr %.
+%backup ?DB? FILE      Backup DB (default "main") to FILE
+%bail on|off           Stop after hitting an error.  Default OFF
+%clone NEWDB           Clone data into NEWDB from the existing database
+%databases             List names and files of attached databases
+%dump ?TABLE? ...      Dump the database in an SQL text format
+                         If TABLE specified, only dump tables matching
+                         LIKE pattern TABLE.
+%echo on|off           Turn command echo on or off
+%eqp on|off            Enable or disable automatic EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
+%exit                  Exit this program
+%explain ?on|off?      Turn output mode suitable for EXPLAIN on or off.
+                         With no args, it turns EXPLAIN on.
+%fullschema            Show schema and the content of sqlite_stat tables
+%headers on|off        Turn display of headers on or off
+%help                  Show this message
+%import FILE TABLE     Import data from FILE into TABLE
+%indices ?TABLE?       Show names of all indices
+                         If TABLE specified, only show indices for tables
+                         matching LIKE pattern TABLE.
+%load FILE ?ENTRY?     Load an extension library
+%log FILE|off          Turn logging on or off.  FILE can be stderr/stdout
+%mode MODE ?TABLE?     Set output mode where MODE is one of:
+                         csv      Comma-separated values
+                         column   Left-aligned columns.  (See .width)
+                         html     HTML <table> code
+                         insert   SQL insert statements for TABLE
+                         line     One value per line
+                         list     Values delimited by .separator string
+                         tabs     Tab-separated values
+                         tcl      TCL list elements
+%nullvalue STRING      Use STRING in place of NULL values
+%once FILENAME         Output for the next SQL command only to FILENAME
+%open ?FILENAME?       Close existing database and reopen FILENAME
+%output ?FILENAME?     Send output to FILENAME or stdout
+%print STRING...       Print literal STRING
+%prompt MAIN CONTINUE  Replace the standard prompts
+%quit                  Exit this program
+%read FILENAME         Execute SQL in FILENAME
+%restore ?DB? FILE     Restore content of DB (default "main") from FILE
+%save FILE             Write in-memory database into FILE
+%schema ?TABLE?        Show the CREATE statements
+                         If TABLE specified, only show tables matching
+                         LIKE pattern TABLE.
+%separator STRING ?NL? Change separator used by output mode and .import
+                         NL is the end-of-line mark for CSV
+%shell CMD ARGS...     Run CMD ARGS... in a system shell
+%show                  Show the current values for various settings
+%stats on|off          Turn stats on or off
+%system CMD ARGS...    Run CMD ARGS... in a system shell
+%tables ?TABLE?        List names of tables
+                         If TABLE specified, only list tables matching
+                         LIKE pattern TABLE.
+%timeout MS            Try opening locked tables for MS milliseconds
+%timer on|off          Turn SQL timer on or off
+%trace FILE|off        Output each SQL statement as it is run
+%vfsname ?AUX?         Print the name of the VFS stack
+%width NUM1 NUM2 ...   Set column widths for "column" mode
+                         Negative values right-justify
+sqlite>
+.sp
+.fi
+.SH OPTIONS
+.B sqlite3
+has the following options:
+.TP
+.B \-bail
+Stop after hitting an error.
+.TP
+.B \-batch
+Force batch I/O.
+.TP
+.B \-column
+Query results will be displayed in a table like form, using
+whitespace characters to separate the columns and align the
+output.
+.TP
+.BI \-cmd\  command
+run
+.I command
+before reading stdin
+.TP
+.B \-csv
+Set output mode to CSV (comma separated values).
+.TP
+.B \-echo
+Print commands before execution.
+.TP
+.BI \-init\  file
+Read and execute commands from
+.I file
+, which can contain a mix of SQL statements and meta-commands.
+.TP
+.B \-[no]header
+Turn headers on or off.
+.TP
+.B \-help
+Show help on options and exit.
+.TP
+.B \-html
+Query results will be output as simple HTML tables.
+.TP
+.B \-interactive
+Force interactive I/O.
+.TP
+.B \-line
+Query results will be displayed with one value per line, rows
+separated by a blank line.  Designed to be easily parsed by
+scripts or other programs
+.TP
+.B \-list
+Query results will be displayed with the separator (|, by default)
+character between each field value.  The default.
+.TP
+.BI \-mmap\  N
+Set default mmap size to
+.I N
+\.
+.TP
+.BI \-nullvalue\  string
+Set string used to represent NULL values.  Default is ''
+(empty string).
+.TP
+.BI \-separator\  separator
+Set output field separator.  Default is '|'.
+.TP
+.B \-stats
+Print memory stats before each finalize.
+.TP
+.B \-version
+Show SQLite version.
+.TP
+.BI \-vfs\  name
+Use
+.I name
+as the default VFS.
+
+
+.SH INIT FILE
+.B sqlite3
+reads an initialization file to set the configuration of the
+interactive environment.  Throughout initialization, any previously
+specified setting can be overridden.  The sequence of initialization is
+as follows:
+
+o The default configuration is established as follows:
+
+.sp
+.nf
+.cc |
+mode            = LIST
+separator       = "|"
+main prompt     = "sqlite> "
+continue prompt = "   ...> "
+|cc .
+.sp
+.fi
+
+o If the file 
+.B ~/.sqliterc
+exists, it is processed first.
+can be found in the user's home directory, it is
+read and processed.  It should generally only contain meta-commands.
+
+o If the -init option is present, the specified file is processed.
+
+o All other command line options are processed.
+
+.SH SEE ALSO
+http://www.sqlite.org/cli.html
+.br
+The sqlite3-doc package.
+.SH AUTHOR
+This manual page was originally written by Andreas Rottmann
+<rotty@debian.org>, for the Debian GNU/Linux system (but may be used
+by others). It was subsequently revised by Bill Bumgarner <bbum@mac.com> and
+further updated by Laszlo Boszormenyi <gcs@debian.hu> .

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite-autoconf-3330000/sqlite3.pc.in

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# Package Information for pkg-config
+
+prefix=@prefix@
+exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
+libdir=@libdir@
+includedir=@includedir@
+
+Name: SQLite
+Description: SQL database engine
+Version: @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+Libs: -L${libdir} -lsqlite3
+Libs.private: @LIBS@
+Cflags: -I${includedir}

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite-autoconf-3330000/sqlite3.rc

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+** 2012 September 2
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code and resources that are specific to Windows.
+*/
+
+#if !defined(_WIN32_WCE)
+#include "winresrc.h"
+#else
+#include "windows.h"
+#endif /* !defined(_WIN32_WCE) */
+
+#if !defined(VS_FF_NONE)
+#  define VS_FF_NONE            0x00000000L
+#endif /* !defined(VS_FF_NONE) */
+
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+#include "sqlite3rc.h"
+
+/*
+ * English (U.S.) resources
+ */
+
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+LANGUAGE LANG_ENGLISH, SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US
+#pragma code_page(1252)
+#endif /* defined(_WIN32) */
+
+/*
+ * Icon
+ */
+
+#if !defined(RC_VERONLY)
+#define IDI_SQLITE 101
+
+IDI_SQLITE ICON "..\\art\\sqlite370.ico"
+#endif /* !defined(RC_VERONLY) */
+
+/*
+ * Version
+ */
+
+VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO
+  FILEVERSION SQLITE_RESOURCE_VERSION
+  PRODUCTVERSION SQLITE_RESOURCE_VERSION
+  FILEFLAGSMASK VS_FFI_FILEFLAGSMASK
+#if defined(_DEBUG)
+  FILEFLAGS VS_FF_DEBUG
+#else
+  FILEFLAGS VS_FF_NONE
+#endif /* defined(_DEBUG) */
+  FILEOS VOS__WINDOWS32
+  FILETYPE VFT_DLL
+  FILESUBTYPE VFT2_UNKNOWN
+BEGIN
+  BLOCK "StringFileInfo"
+  BEGIN
+    BLOCK "040904b0"
+    BEGIN
+      VALUE "CompanyName", "SQLite Development Team"
+      VALUE "FileDescription", "SQLite is a software library that implements a self-contained, serverless, zero-configuration, transactional SQL database engine."
+      VALUE "FileVersion", SQLITE_VERSION
+      VALUE "InternalName", "sqlite3"
+      VALUE "LegalCopyright", "http://www.sqlite.org/copyright.html"
+      VALUE "ProductName", "SQLite"
+      VALUE "ProductVersion", SQLITE_VERSION
+      VALUE "SourceId", SQLITE_SOURCE_ID
+    END
+  END
+  BLOCK "VarFileInfo"
+  BEGIN
+    VALUE "Translation", 0x409, 0x4b0
+  END
+END

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite-autoconf-3330000/sqlite3ext.h

@@ -0,0 +1,659 @@
+/*
+** 2006 June 7
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by
+** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into
+** an SQLite instance.  Shared libraries that intend to be loaded
+** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of 
+** sqlite3.h.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE3EXT_H
+#define SQLITE3EXT_H
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+
+/*
+** The following structure holds pointers to all of the SQLite API
+** routines.
+**
+** WARNING:  In order to maintain backwards compatibility, add new
+** interfaces to the end of this structure only.  If you insert new
+** interfaces in the middle of this structure, then older different
+** versions of SQLite will not be able to load each other's shared
+** libraries!
+*/
+struct sqlite3_api_routines {
+  void * (*aggregate_context)(sqlite3_context*,int nBytes);
+  int  (*aggregate_count)(sqlite3_context*);
+  int  (*bind_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int n,void(*)(void*));
+  int  (*bind_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,double);
+  int  (*bind_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
+  int  (*bind_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,sqlite_int64);
+  int  (*bind_null)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  int  (*bind_parameter_count)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int  (*bind_parameter_index)(sqlite3_stmt*,const char*zName);
+  const char * (*bind_parameter_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  int  (*bind_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int n,void(*)(void*));
+  int  (*bind_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  int  (*bind_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*busy_handler)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*);
+  int  (*busy_timeout)(sqlite3*,int ms);
+  int  (*changes)(sqlite3*);
+  int  (*close)(sqlite3*);
+  int  (*collation_needed)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,
+                           int eTextRep,const char*));
+  int  (*collation_needed16)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,
+                             int eTextRep,const void*));
+  const void * (*column_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  int  (*column_bytes)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  int  (*column_bytes16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  int  (*column_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
+  const char * (*column_database_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const void * (*column_database_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const char * (*column_decltype)(sqlite3_stmt*,int i);
+  const void * (*column_decltype16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  double  (*column_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  int  (*column_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  sqlite_int64  (*column_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  const char * (*column_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const void * (*column_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const char * (*column_origin_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const void * (*column_origin_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const char * (*column_table_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const void * (*column_table_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const unsigned char * (*column_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  const void * (*column_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  int  (*column_type)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  sqlite3_value* (*column_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  void * (*commit_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*),void*);
+  int  (*complete)(const char*sql);
+  int  (*complete16)(const void*sql);
+  int  (*create_collation)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,
+                           int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*));
+  int  (*create_collation16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,void*,
+                             int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*));
+  int  (*create_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,
+                          void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                          void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                          void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*));
+  int  (*create_function16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,int,void*,
+                            void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                            void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                            void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*));
+  int (*create_module)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*);
+  int  (*data_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
+  sqlite3 * (*db_handle)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int (*declare_vtab)(sqlite3*,const char*);
+  int  (*enable_shared_cache)(int);
+  int  (*errcode)(sqlite3*db);
+  const char * (*errmsg)(sqlite3*);
+  const void * (*errmsg16)(sqlite3*);
+  int  (*exec)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3_callback,void*,char**);
+  int  (*expired)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int  (*finalize)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
+  void  (*free)(void*);
+  void  (*free_table)(char**result);
+  int  (*get_autocommit)(sqlite3*);
+  void * (*get_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int);
+  int  (*get_table)(sqlite3*,const char*,char***,int*,int*,char**);
+  int  (*global_recover)(void);
+  void  (*interruptx)(sqlite3*);
+  sqlite_int64  (*last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*);
+  const char * (*libversion)(void);
+  int  (*libversion_number)(void);
+  void *(*malloc)(int);
+  char * (*mprintf)(const char*,...);
+  int  (*open)(const char*,sqlite3**);
+  int  (*open16)(const void*,sqlite3**);
+  int  (*prepare)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**);
+  int  (*prepare16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**);
+  void * (*profile)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),void*);
+  void  (*progress_handler)(sqlite3*,int,int(*)(void*),void*);
+  void *(*realloc)(void*,int);
+  int  (*reset)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
+  void  (*result_blob)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  void  (*result_double)(sqlite3_context*,double);
+  void  (*result_error)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int);
+  void  (*result_error16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int);
+  void  (*result_int)(sqlite3_context*,int);
+  void  (*result_int64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite_int64);
+  void  (*result_null)(sqlite3_context*);
+  void  (*result_text)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  void  (*result_text16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  void  (*result_text16be)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  void  (*result_text16le)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  void  (*result_value)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_value*);
+  void * (*rollback_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*),void*);
+  int  (*set_authorizer)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,
+                         const char*,const char*),void*);
+  void  (*set_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int,void*,void (*)(void*));
+  char * (*xsnprintf)(int,char*,const char*,...);
+  int  (*step)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int  (*table_column_metadata)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,
+                                char const**,char const**,int*,int*,int*);
+  void  (*thread_cleanup)(void);
+  int  (*total_changes)(sqlite3*);
+  void * (*trace)(sqlite3*,void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*),void*);
+  int  (*transfer_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*,sqlite3_stmt*);
+  void * (*update_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,int ,char const*,char const*,
+                                         sqlite_int64),void*);
+  void * (*user_data)(sqlite3_context*);
+  const void * (*value_blob)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*value_bytes)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*value_bytes16)(sqlite3_value*);
+  double  (*value_double)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*value_int)(sqlite3_value*);
+  sqlite_int64  (*value_int64)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*value_numeric_type)(sqlite3_value*);
+  const unsigned char * (*value_text)(sqlite3_value*);
+  const void * (*value_text16)(sqlite3_value*);
+  const void * (*value_text16be)(sqlite3_value*);
+  const void * (*value_text16le)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*value_type)(sqlite3_value*);
+  char *(*vmprintf)(const char*,va_list);
+  /* Added ??? */
+  int (*overload_function)(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
+  /* Added by 3.3.13 */
+  int (*prepare_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**);
+  int (*prepare16_v2)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**);
+  int (*clear_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  /* Added by 3.4.1 */
+  int (*create_module_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*,
+                          void (*xDestroy)(void *));
+  /* Added by 3.5.0 */
+  int (*bind_zeroblob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
+  int (*blob_bytes)(sqlite3_blob*);
+  int (*blob_close)(sqlite3_blob*);
+  int (*blob_open)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64,
+                   int,sqlite3_blob**);
+  int (*blob_read)(sqlite3_blob*,void*,int,int);
+  int (*blob_write)(sqlite3_blob*,const void*,int,int);
+  int (*create_collation_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,
+                             int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
+                             void(*)(void*));
+  int (*file_control)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*);
+  sqlite3_int64 (*memory_highwater)(int);
+  sqlite3_int64 (*memory_used)(void);
+  sqlite3_mutex *(*mutex_alloc)(int);
+  void (*mutex_enter)(sqlite3_mutex*);
+  void (*mutex_free)(sqlite3_mutex*);
+  void (*mutex_leave)(sqlite3_mutex*);
+  int (*mutex_try)(sqlite3_mutex*);
+  int (*open_v2)(const char*,sqlite3**,int,const char*);
+  int (*release_memory)(int);
+  void (*result_error_nomem)(sqlite3_context*);
+  void (*result_error_toobig)(sqlite3_context*);
+  int (*sleep)(int);
+  void (*soft_heap_limit)(int);
+  sqlite3_vfs *(*vfs_find)(const char*);
+  int (*vfs_register)(sqlite3_vfs*,int);
+  int (*vfs_unregister)(sqlite3_vfs*);
+  int (*xthreadsafe)(void);
+  void (*result_zeroblob)(sqlite3_context*,int);
+  void (*result_error_code)(sqlite3_context*,int);
+  int (*test_control)(int, ...);
+  void (*randomness)(int,void*);
+  sqlite3 *(*context_db_handle)(sqlite3_context*);
+  int (*extended_result_codes)(sqlite3*,int);
+  int (*limit)(sqlite3*,int,int);
+  sqlite3_stmt *(*next_stmt)(sqlite3*,sqlite3_stmt*);
+  const char *(*sql)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int (*status)(int,int*,int*,int);
+  int (*backup_finish)(sqlite3_backup*);
+  sqlite3_backup *(*backup_init)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3*,const char*);
+  int (*backup_pagecount)(sqlite3_backup*);
+  int (*backup_remaining)(sqlite3_backup*);
+  int (*backup_step)(sqlite3_backup*,int);
+  const char *(*compileoption_get)(int);
+  int (*compileoption_used)(const char*);
+  int (*create_function_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,
+                            void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                            void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                            void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
+                            void(*xDestroy)(void*));
+  int (*db_config)(sqlite3*,int,...);
+  sqlite3_mutex *(*db_mutex)(sqlite3*);
+  int (*db_status)(sqlite3*,int,int*,int*,int);
+  int (*extended_errcode)(sqlite3*);
+  void (*log)(int,const char*,...);
+  sqlite3_int64 (*soft_heap_limit64)(sqlite3_int64);
+  const char *(*sourceid)(void);
+  int (*stmt_status)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
+  int (*strnicmp)(const char*,const char*,int);
+  int (*unlock_notify)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void**,int),void*);
+  int (*wal_autocheckpoint)(sqlite3*,int);
+  int (*wal_checkpoint)(sqlite3*,const char*);
+  void *(*wal_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int),void*);
+  int (*blob_reopen)(sqlite3_blob*,sqlite3_int64);
+  int (*vtab_config)(sqlite3*,int op,...);
+  int (*vtab_on_conflict)(sqlite3*);
+  /* Version 3.7.16 and later */
+  int (*close_v2)(sqlite3*);
+  const char *(*db_filename)(sqlite3*,const char*);
+  int (*db_readonly)(sqlite3*,const char*);
+  int (*db_release_memory)(sqlite3*);
+  const char *(*errstr)(int);
+  int (*stmt_busy)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int (*stmt_readonly)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int (*stricmp)(const char*,const char*);
+  int (*uri_boolean)(const char*,const char*,int);
+  sqlite3_int64 (*uri_int64)(const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64);
+  const char *(*uri_parameter)(const char*,const char*);
+  char *(*xvsnprintf)(int,char*,const char*,va_list);
+  int (*wal_checkpoint_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int*,int*);
+  /* Version 3.8.7 and later */
+  int (*auto_extension)(void(*)(void));
+  int (*bind_blob64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,sqlite3_uint64,
+                     void(*)(void*));
+  int (*bind_text64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,sqlite3_uint64,
+                      void(*)(void*),unsigned char);
+  int (*cancel_auto_extension)(void(*)(void));
+  int (*load_extension)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,char**);
+  void *(*malloc64)(sqlite3_uint64);
+  sqlite3_uint64 (*msize)(void*);
+  void *(*realloc64)(void*,sqlite3_uint64);
+  void (*reset_auto_extension)(void);
+  void (*result_blob64)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,sqlite3_uint64,
+                        void(*)(void*));
+  void (*result_text64)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64,
+                         void(*)(void*), unsigned char);
+  int (*strglob)(const char*,const char*);
+  /* Version 3.8.11 and later */
+  sqlite3_value *(*value_dup)(const sqlite3_value*);
+  void (*value_free)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int (*result_zeroblob64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_uint64);
+  int (*bind_zeroblob64)(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_uint64);
+  /* Version 3.9.0 and later */
+  unsigned int (*value_subtype)(sqlite3_value*);
+  void (*result_subtype)(sqlite3_context*,unsigned int);
+  /* Version 3.10.0 and later */
+  int (*status64)(int,sqlite3_int64*,sqlite3_int64*,int);
+  int (*strlike)(const char*,const char*,unsigned int);
+  int (*db_cacheflush)(sqlite3*);
+  /* Version 3.12.0 and later */
+  int (*system_errno)(sqlite3*);
+  /* Version 3.14.0 and later */
+  int (*trace_v2)(sqlite3*,unsigned,int(*)(unsigned,void*,void*,void*),void*);
+  char *(*expanded_sql)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  /* Version 3.18.0 and later */
+  void (*set_last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*,sqlite3_int64);
+  /* Version 3.20.0 and later */
+  int (*prepare_v3)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,unsigned int,
+                    sqlite3_stmt**,const char**);
+  int (*prepare16_v3)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,unsigned int,
+                      sqlite3_stmt**,const void**);
+  int (*bind_pointer)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,void*,const char*,void(*)(void*));
+  void (*result_pointer)(sqlite3_context*,void*,const char*,void(*)(void*));
+  void *(*value_pointer)(sqlite3_value*,const char*);
+  int (*vtab_nochange)(sqlite3_context*);
+  int (*value_nochange)(sqlite3_value*);
+  const char *(*vtab_collation)(sqlite3_index_info*,int);
+  /* Version 3.24.0 and later */
+  int (*keyword_count)(void);
+  int (*keyword_name)(int,const char**,int*);
+  int (*keyword_check)(const char*,int);
+  sqlite3_str *(*str_new)(sqlite3*);
+  char *(*str_finish)(sqlite3_str*);
+  void (*str_appendf)(sqlite3_str*, const char *zFormat, ...);
+  void (*str_vappendf)(sqlite3_str*, const char *zFormat, va_list);
+  void (*str_append)(sqlite3_str*, const char *zIn, int N);
+  void (*str_appendall)(sqlite3_str*, const char *zIn);
+  void (*str_appendchar)(sqlite3_str*, int N, char C);
+  void (*str_reset)(sqlite3_str*);
+  int (*str_errcode)(sqlite3_str*);
+  int (*str_length)(sqlite3_str*);
+  char *(*str_value)(sqlite3_str*);
+  /* Version 3.25.0 and later */
+  int (*create_window_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,
+                            void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                            void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
+                            void (*xValue)(sqlite3_context*),
+                            void (*xInv)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                            void(*xDestroy)(void*));
+  /* Version 3.26.0 and later */
+  const char *(*normalized_sql)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  /* Version 3.28.0 and later */
+  int (*stmt_isexplain)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int (*value_frombind)(sqlite3_value*);
+  /* Version 3.30.0 and later */
+  int (*drop_modules)(sqlite3*,const char**);
+  /* Version 3.31.0 and later */
+  sqlite3_int64 (*hard_heap_limit64)(sqlite3_int64);
+  const char *(*uri_key)(const char*,int);
+  const char *(*filename_database)(const char*);
+  const char *(*filename_journal)(const char*);
+  const char *(*filename_wal)(const char*);
+  /* Version 3.32.0 and later */
+  char *(*create_filename)(const char*,const char*,const char*,
+                           int,const char**);
+  void (*free_filename)(char*);
+  sqlite3_file *(*database_file_object)(const char*);
+};
+
+/*
+** This is the function signature used for all extension entry points.  It
+** is also defined in the file "loadext.c".
+*/
+typedef int (*sqlite3_loadext_entry)(
+  sqlite3 *db,                       /* Handle to the database. */
+  char **pzErrMsg,                   /* Used to set error string on failure. */
+  const sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk /* Extension API function pointers. */
+);
+
+/*
+** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are
+** redirected through the global sqlite3_api structure.
+**
+** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file
+** (part of the main SQLite library - not an extension) so that
+** it can get access to the sqlite3_api_routines structure
+** definition.  But the main library does not want to redefine
+** the API.  So the redefinition macros are only valid if the
+** SQLITE_CORE macros is undefined.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
+#define sqlite3_aggregate_context      sqlite3_api->aggregate_context
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+#define sqlite3_aggregate_count        sqlite3_api->aggregate_count
+#endif
+#define sqlite3_bind_blob              sqlite3_api->bind_blob
+#define sqlite3_bind_double            sqlite3_api->bind_double
+#define sqlite3_bind_int               sqlite3_api->bind_int
+#define sqlite3_bind_int64             sqlite3_api->bind_int64
+#define sqlite3_bind_null              sqlite3_api->bind_null
+#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count   sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_count
+#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index   sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_index
+#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name    sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_name
+#define sqlite3_bind_text              sqlite3_api->bind_text
+#define sqlite3_bind_text16            sqlite3_api->bind_text16
+#define sqlite3_bind_value             sqlite3_api->bind_value
+#define sqlite3_busy_handler           sqlite3_api->busy_handler
+#define sqlite3_busy_timeout           sqlite3_api->busy_timeout
+#define sqlite3_changes                sqlite3_api->changes
+#define sqlite3_close                  sqlite3_api->close
+#define sqlite3_collation_needed       sqlite3_api->collation_needed
+#define sqlite3_collation_needed16     sqlite3_api->collation_needed16
+#define sqlite3_column_blob            sqlite3_api->column_blob
+#define sqlite3_column_bytes           sqlite3_api->column_bytes
+#define sqlite3_column_bytes16         sqlite3_api->column_bytes16
+#define sqlite3_column_count           sqlite3_api->column_count
+#define sqlite3_column_database_name   sqlite3_api->column_database_name
+#define sqlite3_column_database_name16 sqlite3_api->column_database_name16
+#define sqlite3_column_decltype        sqlite3_api->column_decltype
+#define sqlite3_column_decltype16      sqlite3_api->column_decltype16
+#define sqlite3_column_double          sqlite3_api->column_double
+#define sqlite3_column_int             sqlite3_api->column_int
+#define sqlite3_column_int64           sqlite3_api->column_int64
+#define sqlite3_column_name            sqlite3_api->column_name
+#define sqlite3_column_name16          sqlite3_api->column_name16
+#define sqlite3_column_origin_name     sqlite3_api->column_origin_name
+#define sqlite3_column_origin_name16   sqlite3_api->column_origin_name16
+#define sqlite3_column_table_name      sqlite3_api->column_table_name
+#define sqlite3_column_table_name16    sqlite3_api->column_table_name16
+#define sqlite3_column_text            sqlite3_api->column_text
+#define sqlite3_column_text16          sqlite3_api->column_text16
+#define sqlite3_column_type            sqlite3_api->column_type
+#define sqlite3_column_value           sqlite3_api->column_value
+#define sqlite3_commit_hook            sqlite3_api->commit_hook
+#define sqlite3_complete               sqlite3_api->complete
+#define sqlite3_complete16             sqlite3_api->complete16
+#define sqlite3_create_collation       sqlite3_api->create_collation
+#define sqlite3_create_collation16     sqlite3_api->create_collation16
+#define sqlite3_create_function        sqlite3_api->create_function
+#define sqlite3_create_function16      sqlite3_api->create_function16
+#define sqlite3_create_module          sqlite3_api->create_module
+#define sqlite3_create_module_v2       sqlite3_api->create_module_v2
+#define sqlite3_data_count             sqlite3_api->data_count
+#define sqlite3_db_handle              sqlite3_api->db_handle
+#define sqlite3_declare_vtab           sqlite3_api->declare_vtab
+#define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache    sqlite3_api->enable_shared_cache
+#define sqlite3_errcode                sqlite3_api->errcode
+#define sqlite3_errmsg                 sqlite3_api->errmsg
+#define sqlite3_errmsg16               sqlite3_api->errmsg16
+#define sqlite3_exec                   sqlite3_api->exec
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+#define sqlite3_expired                sqlite3_api->expired
+#endif
+#define sqlite3_finalize               sqlite3_api->finalize
+#define sqlite3_free                   sqlite3_api->free
+#define sqlite3_free_table             sqlite3_api->free_table
+#define sqlite3_get_autocommit         sqlite3_api->get_autocommit
+#define sqlite3_get_auxdata            sqlite3_api->get_auxdata
+#define sqlite3_get_table              sqlite3_api->get_table
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+#define sqlite3_global_recover         sqlite3_api->global_recover
+#endif
+#define sqlite3_interrupt              sqlite3_api->interruptx
+#define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid      sqlite3_api->last_insert_rowid
+#define sqlite3_libversion             sqlite3_api->libversion
+#define sqlite3_libversion_number      sqlite3_api->libversion_number
+#define sqlite3_malloc                 sqlite3_api->malloc
+#define sqlite3_mprintf                sqlite3_api->mprintf
+#define sqlite3_open                   sqlite3_api->open
+#define sqlite3_open16                 sqlite3_api->open16
+#define sqlite3_prepare                sqlite3_api->prepare
+#define sqlite3_prepare16              sqlite3_api->prepare16
+#define sqlite3_prepare_v2             sqlite3_api->prepare_v2
+#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2           sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2
+#define sqlite3_profile                sqlite3_api->profile
+#define sqlite3_progress_handler       sqlite3_api->progress_handler
+#define sqlite3_realloc                sqlite3_api->realloc
+#define sqlite3_reset                  sqlite3_api->reset
+#define sqlite3_result_blob            sqlite3_api->result_blob
+#define sqlite3_result_double          sqlite3_api->result_double
+#define sqlite3_result_error           sqlite3_api->result_error
+#define sqlite3_result_error16         sqlite3_api->result_error16
+#define sqlite3_result_int             sqlite3_api->result_int
+#define sqlite3_result_int64           sqlite3_api->result_int64
+#define sqlite3_result_null            sqlite3_api->result_null
+#define sqlite3_result_text            sqlite3_api->result_text
+#define sqlite3_result_text16          sqlite3_api->result_text16
+#define sqlite3_result_text16be        sqlite3_api->result_text16be
+#define sqlite3_result_text16le        sqlite3_api->result_text16le
+#define sqlite3_result_value           sqlite3_api->result_value
+#define sqlite3_rollback_hook          sqlite3_api->rollback_hook
+#define sqlite3_set_authorizer         sqlite3_api->set_authorizer
+#define sqlite3_set_auxdata            sqlite3_api->set_auxdata
+#define sqlite3_snprintf               sqlite3_api->xsnprintf
+#define sqlite3_step                   sqlite3_api->step
+#define sqlite3_table_column_metadata  sqlite3_api->table_column_metadata
+#define sqlite3_thread_cleanup         sqlite3_api->thread_cleanup
+#define sqlite3_total_changes          sqlite3_api->total_changes
+#define sqlite3_trace                  sqlite3_api->trace
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+#define sqlite3_transfer_bindings      sqlite3_api->transfer_bindings
+#endif
+#define sqlite3_update_hook            sqlite3_api->update_hook
+#define sqlite3_user_data              sqlite3_api->user_data
+#define sqlite3_value_blob             sqlite3_api->value_blob
+#define sqlite3_value_bytes            sqlite3_api->value_bytes
+#define sqlite3_value_bytes16          sqlite3_api->value_bytes16
+#define sqlite3_value_double           sqlite3_api->value_double
+#define sqlite3_value_int              sqlite3_api->value_int
+#define sqlite3_value_int64            sqlite3_api->value_int64
+#define sqlite3_value_numeric_type     sqlite3_api->value_numeric_type
+#define sqlite3_value_text             sqlite3_api->value_text
+#define sqlite3_value_text16           sqlite3_api->value_text16
+#define sqlite3_value_text16be         sqlite3_api->value_text16be
+#define sqlite3_value_text16le         sqlite3_api->value_text16le
+#define sqlite3_value_type             sqlite3_api->value_type
+#define sqlite3_vmprintf               sqlite3_api->vmprintf
+#define sqlite3_vsnprintf              sqlite3_api->xvsnprintf
+#define sqlite3_overload_function      sqlite3_api->overload_function
+#define sqlite3_prepare_v2             sqlite3_api->prepare_v2
+#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2           sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2
+#define sqlite3_clear_bindings         sqlite3_api->clear_bindings
+#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob          sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob
+#define sqlite3_blob_bytes             sqlite3_api->blob_bytes
+#define sqlite3_blob_close             sqlite3_api->blob_close
+#define sqlite3_blob_open              sqlite3_api->blob_open
+#define sqlite3_blob_read              sqlite3_api->blob_read
+#define sqlite3_blob_write             sqlite3_api->blob_write
+#define sqlite3_create_collation_v2    sqlite3_api->create_collation_v2
+#define sqlite3_file_control           sqlite3_api->file_control
+#define sqlite3_memory_highwater       sqlite3_api->memory_highwater
+#define sqlite3_memory_used            sqlite3_api->memory_used
+#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc            sqlite3_api->mutex_alloc
+#define sqlite3_mutex_enter            sqlite3_api->mutex_enter
+#define sqlite3_mutex_free             sqlite3_api->mutex_free
+#define sqlite3_mutex_leave            sqlite3_api->mutex_leave
+#define sqlite3_mutex_try              sqlite3_api->mutex_try
+#define sqlite3_open_v2                sqlite3_api->open_v2
+#define sqlite3_release_memory         sqlite3_api->release_memory
+#define sqlite3_result_error_nomem     sqlite3_api->result_error_nomem
+#define sqlite3_result_error_toobig    sqlite3_api->result_error_toobig
+#define sqlite3_sleep                  sqlite3_api->sleep
+#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit        sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit
+#define sqlite3_vfs_find               sqlite3_api->vfs_find
+#define sqlite3_vfs_register           sqlite3_api->vfs_register
+#define sqlite3_vfs_unregister         sqlite3_api->vfs_unregister
+#define sqlite3_threadsafe             sqlite3_api->xthreadsafe
+#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob        sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob
+#define sqlite3_result_error_code      sqlite3_api->result_error_code
+#define sqlite3_test_control           sqlite3_api->test_control
+#define sqlite3_randomness             sqlite3_api->randomness
+#define sqlite3_context_db_handle      sqlite3_api->context_db_handle
+#define sqlite3_extended_result_codes  sqlite3_api->extended_result_codes
+#define sqlite3_limit                  sqlite3_api->limit
+#define sqlite3_next_stmt              sqlite3_api->next_stmt
+#define sqlite3_sql                    sqlite3_api->sql
+#define sqlite3_status                 sqlite3_api->status
+#define sqlite3_backup_finish          sqlite3_api->backup_finish
+#define sqlite3_backup_init            sqlite3_api->backup_init
+#define sqlite3_backup_pagecount       sqlite3_api->backup_pagecount
+#define sqlite3_backup_remaining       sqlite3_api->backup_remaining
+#define sqlite3_backup_step            sqlite3_api->backup_step
+#define sqlite3_compileoption_get      sqlite3_api->compileoption_get
+#define sqlite3_compileoption_used     sqlite3_api->compileoption_used
+#define sqlite3_create_function_v2     sqlite3_api->create_function_v2
+#define sqlite3_db_config              sqlite3_api->db_config
+#define sqlite3_db_mutex               sqlite3_api->db_mutex
+#define sqlite3_db_status              sqlite3_api->db_status
+#define sqlite3_extended_errcode       sqlite3_api->extended_errcode
+#define sqlite3_log                    sqlite3_api->log
+#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64      sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit64
+#define sqlite3_sourceid               sqlite3_api->sourceid
+#define sqlite3_stmt_status            sqlite3_api->stmt_status
+#define sqlite3_strnicmp               sqlite3_api->strnicmp
+#define sqlite3_unlock_notify          sqlite3_api->unlock_notify
+#define sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint     sqlite3_api->wal_autocheckpoint
+#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint         sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint
+#define sqlite3_wal_hook               sqlite3_api->wal_hook
+#define sqlite3_blob_reopen            sqlite3_api->blob_reopen
+#define sqlite3_vtab_config            sqlite3_api->vtab_config
+#define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict       sqlite3_api->vtab_on_conflict
+/* Version 3.7.16 and later */
+#define sqlite3_close_v2               sqlite3_api->close_v2
+#define sqlite3_db_filename            sqlite3_api->db_filename
+#define sqlite3_db_readonly            sqlite3_api->db_readonly
+#define sqlite3_db_release_memory      sqlite3_api->db_release_memory
+#define sqlite3_errstr                 sqlite3_api->errstr
+#define sqlite3_stmt_busy              sqlite3_api->stmt_busy
+#define sqlite3_stmt_readonly          sqlite3_api->stmt_readonly
+#define sqlite3_stricmp                sqlite3_api->stricmp
+#define sqlite3_uri_boolean            sqlite3_api->uri_boolean
+#define sqlite3_uri_int64              sqlite3_api->uri_int64
+#define sqlite3_uri_parameter          sqlite3_api->uri_parameter
+#define sqlite3_uri_vsnprintf          sqlite3_api->xvsnprintf
+#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2      sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint_v2
+/* Version 3.8.7 and later */
+#define sqlite3_auto_extension         sqlite3_api->auto_extension
+#define sqlite3_bind_blob64            sqlite3_api->bind_blob64
+#define sqlite3_bind_text64            sqlite3_api->bind_text64
+#define sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension  sqlite3_api->cancel_auto_extension
+#define sqlite3_load_extension         sqlite3_api->load_extension
+#define sqlite3_malloc64               sqlite3_api->malloc64
+#define sqlite3_msize                  sqlite3_api->msize
+#define sqlite3_realloc64              sqlite3_api->realloc64
+#define sqlite3_reset_auto_extension   sqlite3_api->reset_auto_extension
+#define sqlite3_result_blob64          sqlite3_api->result_blob64
+#define sqlite3_result_text64          sqlite3_api->result_text64
+#define sqlite3_strglob                sqlite3_api->strglob
+/* Version 3.8.11 and later */
+#define sqlite3_value_dup              sqlite3_api->value_dup
+#define sqlite3_value_free             sqlite3_api->value_free
+#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob64      sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob64
+#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64        sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob64
+/* Version 3.9.0 and later */
+#define sqlite3_value_subtype          sqlite3_api->value_subtype
+#define sqlite3_result_subtype         sqlite3_api->result_subtype
+/* Version 3.10.0 and later */
+#define sqlite3_status64               sqlite3_api->status64
+#define sqlite3_strlike                sqlite3_api->strlike
+#define sqlite3_db_cacheflush          sqlite3_api->db_cacheflush
+/* Version 3.12.0 and later */
+#define sqlite3_system_errno           sqlite3_api->system_errno
+/* Version 3.14.0 and later */
+#define sqlite3_trace_v2               sqlite3_api->trace_v2
+#define sqlite3_expanded_sql           sqlite3_api->expanded_sql
+/* Version 3.18.0 and later */
+#define sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid  sqlite3_api->set_last_insert_rowid
+/* Version 3.20.0 and later */
+#define sqlite3_prepare_v3             sqlite3_api->prepare_v3
+#define sqlite3_prepare16_v3           sqlite3_api->prepare16_v3
+#define sqlite3_bind_pointer           sqlite3_api->bind_pointer
+#define sqlite3_result_pointer         sqlite3_api->result_pointer
+#define sqlite3_value_pointer          sqlite3_api->value_pointer
+/* Version 3.22.0 and later */
+#define sqlite3_vtab_nochange          sqlite3_api->vtab_nochange
+#define sqlite3_value_nochange         sqlite3_api->value_nochange
+#define sqlite3_vtab_collation         sqlite3_api->vtab_collation
+/* Version 3.24.0 and later */
+#define sqlite3_keyword_count          sqlite3_api->keyword_count
+#define sqlite3_keyword_name           sqlite3_api->keyword_name
+#define sqlite3_keyword_check          sqlite3_api->keyword_check
+#define sqlite3_str_new                sqlite3_api->str_new
+#define sqlite3_str_finish             sqlite3_api->str_finish
+#define sqlite3_str_appendf            sqlite3_api->str_appendf
+#define sqlite3_str_vappendf           sqlite3_api->str_vappendf
+#define sqlite3_str_append             sqlite3_api->str_append
+#define sqlite3_str_appendall          sqlite3_api->str_appendall
+#define sqlite3_str_appendchar         sqlite3_api->str_appendchar
+#define sqlite3_str_reset              sqlite3_api->str_reset
+#define sqlite3_str_errcode            sqlite3_api->str_errcode
+#define sqlite3_str_length             sqlite3_api->str_length
+#define sqlite3_str_value              sqlite3_api->str_value
+/* Version 3.25.0 and later */
+#define sqlite3_create_window_function sqlite3_api->create_window_function
+/* Version 3.26.0 and later */
+#define sqlite3_normalized_sql         sqlite3_api->normalized_sql
+/* Version 3.28.0 and later */
+#define sqlite3_stmt_isexplain         sqlite3_api->stmt_isexplain
+#define sqlite3_value_frombind         sqlite3_api->value_frombind
+/* Version 3.30.0 and later */
+#define sqlite3_drop_modules           sqlite3_api->drop_modules
+/* Version 3.31.0 and later */
+#define sqlite3_hard_heap_limit64      sqlite3_api->hard_heap_limit64
+#define sqlite3_uri_key                sqlite3_api->uri_key
+#define sqlite3_filename_database      sqlite3_api->filename_database
+#define sqlite3_filename_journal       sqlite3_api->filename_journal
+#define sqlite3_filename_wal           sqlite3_api->filename_wal
+/* Version 3.32.0 and later */
+#define sqlite3_create_filename        sqlite3_api->create_filename
+#define sqlite3_free_filename          sqlite3_api->free_filename
+#define sqlite3_database_file_object   sqlite3_api->database_file_object
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
+  /* This case when the file really is being compiled as a loadable 
+  ** extension */
+# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1     const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api=0;
+# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v)  sqlite3_api=v;
+# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3     \
+    extern const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api;
+#else
+  /* This case when the file is being statically linked into the 
+  ** application */
+# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1     /*no-op*/
+# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v)  (void)v; /* unused parameter */
+# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3     /*no-op*/
+#endif
+
+#endif /* SQLITE3EXT_H */

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite-autoconf-3330000/sqlite3rc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+#ifndef SQLITE_RESOURCE_VERSION
+#define SQLITE_RESOURCE_VERSION 3,33,0
+#endif

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite-autoconf-3330000/tea/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,440 @@
+# Makefile.in --
+#
+#	This file is a Makefile for Sample TEA Extension.  If it has the name
+#	"Makefile.in" then it is a template for a Makefile;  to generate the
+#	actual Makefile, run "./configure", which is a configuration script
+#	generated by the "autoconf" program (constructs like "@foo@" will get
+#	replaced in the actual Makefile.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1999 Scriptics Corporation.
+# Copyright (c) 2002-2005 ActiveState Corporation.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+# RCS: @(#) $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.59 2005/07/26 19:17:02 mdejong Exp $
+
+#========================================================================
+# Add additional lines to handle any additional AC_SUBST cases that
+# have been added in a customized configure script.
+#========================================================================
+
+#SAMPLE_NEW_VAR	= @SAMPLE_NEW_VAR@
+
+#========================================================================
+# Nothing of the variables below this line should need to be changed.
+# Please check the TARGETS section below to make sure the make targets
+# are correct.
+#========================================================================
+
+#========================================================================
+# The names of the source files is defined in the configure script.
+# The object files are used for linking into the final library.
+# This will be used when a dist target is added to the Makefile.
+# It is not important to specify the directory, as long as it is the
+# $(srcdir) or in the generic, win or unix subdirectory.
+#========================================================================
+
+PKG_SOURCES	= @PKG_SOURCES@
+PKG_OBJECTS	= @PKG_OBJECTS@
+
+PKG_STUB_SOURCES = @PKG_STUB_SOURCES@
+PKG_STUB_OBJECTS = @PKG_STUB_OBJECTS@
+
+#========================================================================
+# PKG_TCL_SOURCES identifies Tcl runtime files that are associated with
+# this package that need to be installed, if any.
+#========================================================================
+
+PKG_TCL_SOURCES = @PKG_TCL_SOURCES@
+
+#========================================================================
+# This is a list of public header files to be installed, if any.
+#========================================================================
+
+PKG_HEADERS	= @PKG_HEADERS@
+
+#========================================================================
+# "PKG_LIB_FILE" refers to the library (dynamic or static as per
+# configuration options) composed of the named objects.
+#========================================================================
+
+PKG_LIB_FILE	= @PKG_LIB_FILE@
+PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE = @PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE@
+
+lib_BINARIES	= $(PKG_LIB_FILE)
+BINARIES	= $(lib_BINARIES)
+
+SHELL		= @SHELL@
+
+srcdir		= @srcdir@
+prefix		= @prefix@
+exec_prefix	= @exec_prefix@
+
+bindir		= @bindir@
+libdir		= @libdir@
+datarootdir	= @datarootdir@
+datadir		= @datadir@
+mandir		= @mandir@
+includedir	= @includedir@
+
+DESTDIR		=
+
+PKG_DIR		= $(PACKAGE_NAME)$(PACKAGE_VERSION)
+pkgdatadir	= $(datadir)/$(PKG_DIR)
+pkglibdir	= $(libdir)/$(PKG_DIR)
+pkgincludedir	= $(includedir)/$(PKG_DIR)
+
+top_builddir	= .
+
+INSTALL		= @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM	= @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA	= @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT	= @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+
+PACKAGE_NAME	= @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION	= @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+CC		= @CC@
+CFLAGS_DEFAULT	= @CFLAGS_DEFAULT@
+CFLAGS_WARNING	= @CFLAGS_WARNING@
+CLEANFILES	= @CLEANFILES@
+EXEEXT		= @EXEEXT@
+LDFLAGS_DEFAULT	= @LDFLAGS_DEFAULT@
+MAKE_LIB	= @MAKE_LIB@
+MAKE_SHARED_LIB	= @MAKE_SHARED_LIB@
+MAKE_STATIC_LIB	= @MAKE_STATIC_LIB@
+MAKE_STUB_LIB	= @MAKE_STUB_LIB@
+OBJEXT		= @OBJEXT@
+RANLIB		= @RANLIB@
+RANLIB_STUB	= @RANLIB_STUB@
+SHLIB_CFLAGS	= @SHLIB_CFLAGS@
+SHLIB_LD	= @SHLIB_LD@
+SHLIB_LD_LIBS	= @SHLIB_LD_LIBS@
+STLIB_LD	= @STLIB_LD@
+#TCL_DEFS	= @TCL_DEFS@
+TCL_BIN_DIR	= @TCL_BIN_DIR@
+TCL_SRC_DIR	= @TCL_SRC_DIR@
+#TK_BIN_DIR	= @TK_BIN_DIR@
+#TK_SRC_DIR	= @TK_SRC_DIR@
+
+# This is no longer necessary even for packages that use private Tcl headers
+#TCL_TOP_DIR_NATIVE	= @TCL_TOP_DIR_NATIVE@
+# Not used, but retained for reference of what libs Tcl required
+#TCL_LIBS	= @TCL_LIBS@
+
+#========================================================================
+# TCLLIBPATH seeds the auto_path in Tcl's init.tcl so we can test our
+# package without installing.  The other environment variables allow us
+# to test against an uninstalled Tcl.  Add special env vars that you
+# require for testing here (like TCLX_LIBRARY).
+#========================================================================
+
+EXTRA_PATH	= $(top_builddir):$(TCL_BIN_DIR)
+#EXTRA_PATH	= $(top_builddir):$(TCL_BIN_DIR):$(TK_BIN_DIR)
+TCLLIBPATH	= $(top_builddir)
+TCLSH_ENV	= TCL_LIBRARY=`@CYGPATH@ $(TCL_SRC_DIR)/library` \
+		  @LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@="$(EXTRA_PATH):$(@LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@)" \
+		  PATH="$(EXTRA_PATH):$(PATH)" \
+		  TCLLIBPATH="$(TCLLIBPATH)"
+#		  TK_LIBRARY=`@CYGPATH@ $(TK_SRC_DIR)/library`
+
+TCLSH_PROG	= @TCLSH_PROG@
+TCLSH	= $(TCLSH_ENV) $(TCLSH_PROG)
+
+#WISH_PROG	= @WISH_PROG@
+#WISH	= $(TCLSH_ENV) $(WISH_PROG)
+
+
+SHARED_BUILD	= @SHARED_BUILD@
+
+INCLUDES	= @PKG_INCLUDES@ @TCL_INCLUDES@ -I$(srcdir)/..
+#INCLUDES	= @PKG_INCLUDES@ @TCL_INCLUDES@ @TK_INCLUDES@ @TK_XINCLUDES@
+
+PKG_CFLAGS	= @PKG_CFLAGS@
+
+# TCL_DEFS is not strictly need here, but if you remove it, then you
+# must make sure that configure.in checks for the necessary components
+# that your library may use.  TCL_DEFS can actually be a problem if
+# you do not compile with a similar machine setup as the Tcl core was
+# compiled with.
+#DEFS		= $(TCL_DEFS) @DEFS@ $(PKG_CFLAGS)
+DEFS		= @DEFS@ $(PKG_CFLAGS)
+
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = Makefile pkgIndex.tcl
+
+CPPFLAGS	= @CPPFLAGS@
+LIBS		= @PKG_LIBS@ @LIBS@
+AR		= @AR@
+CFLAGS		= @CFLAGS@
+COMPILE		= $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+
+#========================================================================
+# Start of user-definable TARGETS section
+#========================================================================
+
+#========================================================================
+# TEA TARGETS.  Please note that the "libraries:" target refers to platform
+# independent files, and the "binaries:" target inclues executable programs and
+# platform-dependent libraries.  Modify these targets so that they install
+# the various pieces of your package.  The make and install rules
+# for the BINARIES that you specified above have already been done.
+#========================================================================
+
+all: binaries libraries doc
+
+#========================================================================
+# The binaries target builds executable programs, Windows .dll's, unix
+# shared/static libraries, and any other platform-dependent files.
+# The list of targets to build for "binaries:" is specified at the top
+# of the Makefile, in the "BINARIES" variable.
+#========================================================================
+
+binaries: $(BINARIES)
+
+libraries:
+
+
+#========================================================================
+# Your doc target should differentiate from doc builds (by the developer)
+# and doc installs (see install-doc), which just install the docs on the
+# end user machine when building from source.
+#========================================================================
+
+doc:
+	@echo "If you have documentation to create, place the commands to"
+	@echo "build the docs in the 'doc:' target.  For example:"
+	@echo "        xml2nroff sample.xml > sample.n"
+	@echo "        xml2html sample.xml > sample.html"
+
+install: all install-binaries install-libraries install-doc
+
+install-binaries: binaries install-lib-binaries install-bin-binaries
+
+#========================================================================
+# This rule installs platform-independent files, such as header files.
+# The list=...; for p in $$list handles the empty list case x-platform.
+#========================================================================
+
+install-libraries: libraries
+	@mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)
+	@echo "Installing header files in $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)"
+	@list='$(PKG_HEADERS)'; for i in $$list; do \
+	    echo "Installing $(srcdir)/$$i" ; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$i $(DESTDIR)$(includedir) ; \
+	done;
+
+#========================================================================
+# Install documentation.  Unix manpages should go in the $(mandir)
+# directory.
+#========================================================================
+
+install-doc: doc
+	@mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/mann
+	@echo "Installing documentation in $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)"
+	@list='$(srcdir)/doc/*.n'; for i in $$list; do \
+	    echo "Installing $$i"; \
+	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/mann/`basename $$i`; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/mann ; \
+	done
+
+test: binaries libraries
+	@echo "SQLite TEA distribution does not include tests"
+
+shell: binaries libraries
+	@$(TCLSH) $(SCRIPT)
+
+gdb:
+	$(TCLSH_ENV) gdb $(TCLSH_PROG) $(SCRIPT)
+
+depend:
+
+#========================================================================
+# $(PKG_LIB_FILE) should be listed as part of the BINARIES variable
+# mentioned above.  That will ensure that this target is built when you
+# run "make binaries".
+#
+# The $(PKG_OBJECTS) objects are created and linked into the final
+# library.  In most cases these object files will correspond to the
+# source files above.
+#========================================================================
+
+$(PKG_LIB_FILE): $(PKG_OBJECTS)
+	-rm -f $(PKG_LIB_FILE)
+	${MAKE_LIB}
+	$(RANLIB) $(PKG_LIB_FILE)
+
+$(PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE): $(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)
+	-rm -f $(PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE)
+	${MAKE_STUB_LIB}
+	$(RANLIB_STUB) $(PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE)
+
+#========================================================================
+# We need to enumerate the list of .c to .o lines here.
+#
+# In the following lines, $(srcdir) refers to the toplevel directory
+# containing your extension.  If your sources are in a subdirectory,
+# you will have to modify the paths to reflect this:
+#
+# sample.$(OBJEXT): $(srcdir)/generic/sample.c
+# 	$(COMPILE) -c `@CYGPATH@ $(srcdir)/generic/sample.c` -o $@
+#
+# Setting the VPATH variable to a list of paths will cause the makefile
+# to look into these paths when resolving .c to .obj dependencies.
+# As necessary, add $(srcdir):$(srcdir)/compat:....
+#========================================================================
+
+VPATH = $(srcdir):$(srcdir)/generic:$(srcdir)/unix:$(srcdir)/win
+
+.c.@OBJEXT@:
+	$(COMPILE) -c `@CYGPATH@ $<` -o $@
+
+#========================================================================
+# Distribution creation
+# You may need to tweak this target to make it work correctly.
+#========================================================================
+
+#COMPRESS	= tar cvf $(PKG_DIR).tar $(PKG_DIR); compress $(PKG_DIR).tar
+COMPRESS	= gtar zcvf $(PKG_DIR).tar.gz $(PKG_DIR)
+DIST_ROOT	= /tmp/dist
+DIST_DIR	= $(DIST_ROOT)/$(PKG_DIR)
+
+dist-clean:
+	rm -rf $(DIST_DIR) $(DIST_ROOT)/$(PKG_DIR).tar.*
+
+dist: dist-clean
+	mkdir -p $(DIST_DIR)
+	cp -p $(srcdir)/README* $(srcdir)/license* \
+		$(srcdir)/aclocal.m4 $(srcdir)/configure $(srcdir)/*.in \
+		$(DIST_DIR)/
+	chmod 664 $(DIST_DIR)/Makefile.in $(DIST_DIR)/aclocal.m4
+	chmod 775 $(DIST_DIR)/configure $(DIST_DIR)/configure.in
+
+	for i in $(srcdir)/*.[ch]; do \
+	    if [ -f $$i ]; then \
+		cp -p $$i $(DIST_DIR)/ ; \
+	    fi; \
+	done;
+
+	mkdir $(DIST_DIR)/tclconfig
+	cp $(srcdir)/tclconfig/install-sh $(srcdir)/tclconfig/tcl.m4 \
+		$(DIST_DIR)/tclconfig/
+	chmod 664 $(DIST_DIR)/tclconfig/tcl.m4
+	chmod +x $(DIST_DIR)/tclconfig/install-sh
+
+	list='demos doc generic library mac tests unix win'; \
+	for p in $$list; do \
+	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$p ; then \
+		mkdir $(DIST_DIR)/$$p; \
+		cp -p $(srcdir)/$$p/*.* $(DIST_DIR)/$$p/; \
+	    fi; \
+	done
+
+	(cd $(DIST_ROOT); $(COMPRESS);)
+
+#========================================================================
+# End of user-definable section
+#========================================================================
+
+#========================================================================
+# Don't modify the file to clean here.  Instead, set the "CLEANFILES"
+# variable in configure.in
+#========================================================================
+
+clean:  
+	-test -z "$(BINARIES)" || rm -f $(BINARIES)
+	-rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) core *.core
+	-test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
+
+distclean: clean
+	-rm -f *.tab.c
+	-rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+	-rm -f config.h config.cache config.log config.status
+
+#========================================================================
+# Install binary object libraries.  On Windows this includes both .dll and
+# .lib files.  Because the .lib files are not explicitly listed anywhere,
+# we need to deduce their existence from the .dll file of the same name.
+# Library files go into the lib directory.
+# In addition, this will generate the pkgIndex.tcl
+# file in the install location (assuming it can find a usable tclsh shell)
+#
+# You should not have to modify this target.
+#========================================================================
+
+install-lib-binaries: binaries
+	@mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)
+	@list='$(lib_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f $$p; then \
+	    echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \
+	    stub=`echo $$p|sed -e "s/.*\(stub\).*/\1/"`; \
+	    if test "x$$stub" = "xstub"; then \
+		echo " $(RANLIB_STUB) $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p"; \
+		$(RANLIB_STUB) $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \
+	    else \
+		echo " $(RANLIB) $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p"; \
+		$(RANLIB) $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \
+	    fi; \
+	    ext=`echo $$p|sed -e "s/.*\.//"`; \
+	    if test "x$$ext" = "xdll"; then \
+		lib=`basename $$p|sed -e 's/.[^.]*$$//'`.lib; \
+		if test -f $$lib; then \
+		    echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$lib $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$lib"; \
+	            $(INSTALL_DATA) $$lib $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$lib; \
+		fi; \
+	    fi; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	@list='$(PKG_TCL_SOURCES)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f $(srcdir)/$$p; then \
+	    destp=`basename $$p`; \
+	    echo " Install $$destp $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$destp"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$destp; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	@if test "x$(SHARED_BUILD)" = "x1"; then \
+	    echo " Install pkgIndex.tcl $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) pkgIndex.tcl $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir); \
+	fi
+
+#========================================================================
+# Install binary executables (e.g. .exe files and dependent .dll files)
+# This is for files that must go in the bin directory (located next to
+# wish and tclsh), like dependent .dll files on Windows.
+#
+# You should not have to modify this target, except to define bin_BINARIES
+# above if necessary.
+#========================================================================
+
+install-bin-binaries: binaries
+	@mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)
+	@list='$(bin_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f $$p; then \
+	    echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$p"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$p; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+
+.SUFFIXES: .c .$(OBJEXT)
+
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	cd $(top_builddir) \
+	  && CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+uninstall-binaries:
+	list='$(lib_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \
+	done
+	list='$(PKG_TCL_SOURCES)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  p=`basename $$p`; \
+	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \
+	done
+	list='$(bin_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$p; \
+	done
+
+.PHONY: all binaries clean depend distclean doc install libraries test
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite-autoconf-3330000/tea/README

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+This is the SQLite extension for Tcl using the Tcl Extension
+Architecture (TEA).  For additional information on SQLite see
+
+        http://www.sqlite.org/
+
+
+UNIX BUILD
+==========
+
+Building under most UNIX systems is easy, just run the configure script
+and then run make. For more information about the build process, see
+the tcl/unix/README file in the Tcl src dist. The following minimal
+example will install the extension in the /opt/tcl directory.
+
+	$ cd sqlite-*-tea
+	$ ./configure --prefix=/opt/tcl
+	$ make
+	$ make install
+
+WINDOWS BUILD
+=============
+
+The recommended method to build extensions under windows is to use the
+Msys + Mingw build process. This provides a Unix-style build while
+generating native Windows binaries. Using the Msys + Mingw build tools
+means that you can use the same configure script as per the Unix build
+to create a Makefile. See the tcl/win/README file for the URL of
+the Msys + Mingw download.
+
+If you have VC++ then you may wish to use the files in the win
+subdirectory and build the extension using just VC++. These files have
+been designed to be as generic as possible but will require some
+additional maintenance by the project developer to synchronise with
+the TEA configure.in and Makefile.in files. Instructions for using the
+VC++ makefile are written in the first part of the Makefile.vc
+file.

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite-autoconf-3330000/tea/aclocal.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+#
+# Include the TEA standard macro set
+#
+
+builtin(include,tclconfig/tcl.m4)
+
+#
+# Add here whatever m4 macros you want to define for your package
+#

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite-autoconf-3330000/tea/configure.ac

@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+#!/bin/bash -norc
+dnl	This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to
+dnl	generate the file "configure", which is run during Tcl installation
+dnl	to configure the system for the local environment.
+#
+# RCS: @(#) $Id: configure.in,v 1.43 2005/07/26 19:17:05 mdejong Exp $
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Sample configure.in for Tcl Extensions.  The only places you should
+# need to modify this file are marked by the string __CHANGE__
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# __CHANGE__
+# Set your package name and version numbers here.
+#
+# This initializes the environment with PACKAGE_NAME and PACKAGE_VERSION
+# set as provided.  These will also be added as -D defs in your Makefile
+# so you can encode the package version directly into the source files.
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_INIT([sqlite], [3.33.0])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Call TEA_INIT as the first TEA_ macro to set up initial vars.
+# This will define a ${TEA_PLATFORM} variable == "unix" or "windows"
+# as well as PKG_LIB_FILE and PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_INIT([3.9])
+
+AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(tclconfig)
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Load the tclConfig.sh file
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_PATH_TCLCONFIG
+TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Load the tkConfig.sh file if necessary (Tk extension)
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#TEA_PATH_TKCONFIG
+#TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Handle the --prefix=... option by defaulting to what Tcl gave.
+# Must be called after TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG and before TEA_SETUP_COMPILER.
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_PREFIX
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Standard compiler checks.
+# This sets up CC by using the CC env var, or looks for gcc otherwise.
+# This also calls AC_PROG_CC, AC_PROG_INSTALL and a few others to create
+# the basic setup necessary to compile executables.
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_SETUP_COMPILER
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# __CHANGE__
+# Specify the C source files to compile in TEA_ADD_SOURCES,
+# public headers that need to be installed in TEA_ADD_HEADERS,
+# stub library C source files to compile in TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES,
+# and runtime Tcl library files in TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES.
+# This defines PKG(_STUB)_SOURCES, PKG(_STUB)_OBJECTS, PKG_HEADERS
+# and PKG_TCL_SOURCES.
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_ADD_SOURCES([tclsqlite3.c])
+TEA_ADD_HEADERS([])
+TEA_ADD_INCLUDES([-I\"`\${CYGPATH} \${srcdir}/generic`\"])
+TEA_ADD_LIBS([])
+TEA_ADD_CFLAGS([-DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3=1])
+TEA_ADD_CFLAGS([-DSQLITE_3_SUFFIX_ONLY=1])
+TEA_ADD_CFLAGS([-DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE=1])
+TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES([])
+TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES([])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# The --with-system-sqlite causes the TCL bindings to SQLite to use
+# the system shared library for SQLite rather than statically linking
+# against its own private copy.  This is dangerous and leads to
+# undersirable dependences and is not recommended.
+# Patchs from rmax.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_ARG_WITH([system-sqlite],
+ [AC_HELP_STRING([--with-system-sqlite],
+   [use a system-supplied libsqlite3 instead of the bundled one])],
+ [], [with_system_sqlite=no])
+if test x$with_system_sqlite != xno; then
+ AC_CHECK_HEADER([sqlite3.h],
+   [AC_CHECK_LIB([sqlite3],[sqlite3_initialize],
+     [AC_DEFINE(USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE)
+      LIBS="$LIBS -lsqlite3"])])
+fi
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# __CHANGE__
+# Choose which headers you need.  Extension authors should try very
+# hard to only rely on the Tcl public header files.  Internal headers
+# contain private data structures and are subject to change without
+# notice.
+# This MUST be called after TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG / TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_PUBLIC_TCL_HEADERS
+#TEA_PRIVATE_TCL_HEADERS
+
+#TEA_PUBLIC_TK_HEADERS
+#TEA_PRIVATE_TK_HEADERS
+#TEA_PATH_X
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given.
+# This auto-enables if Tcl was compiled threaded.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_ENABLE_THREADS
+if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1" ; then
+    AC_DEFINE(SQLITE_THREADSAFE, 1, [Trigger sqlite threadsafe build])
+    # Not automatically added by Tcl because its assumed Tcl links to them,
+    # but it may not if it isn't really a threaded build.
+    TEA_ADD_LIBS([$THREADS_LIBS])
+else
+    AC_DEFINE(SQLITE_THREADSAFE, 0, [Trigger sqlite non-threadsafe build])
+fi
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# The statement below defines a collection of symbols related to
+# building as a shared library instead of a static library.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_ENABLE_SHARED
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# This macro figures out what flags to use with the compiler/linker
+# when building shared/static debug/optimized objects.  This information
+# can be taken from the tclConfig.sh file, but this figures it all out.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Set the default compiler switches based on the --enable-symbols option.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Everyone should be linking against the Tcl stub library.  If you
+# can't for some reason, remove this definition.  If you aren't using
+# stubs, you also need to modify the SHLIB_LD_LIBS setting below to
+# link against the non-stubbed Tcl library.  Add Tk too if necessary.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFINE(USE_TCL_STUBS, 1, [Use Tcl stubs])
+#AC_DEFINE(USE_TK_STUBS, 1, [Use Tk stubs])
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Redefine fdatasync as fsync on systems that lack fdatasync
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#AC_CHECK_FUNC(fdatasync, , AC_DEFINE(fdatasync, fsync))
+# Check for library functions that SQLite can optionally use.
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS([fdatasync usleep fullfsync localtime_r gmtime_r])
+
+AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# This macro generates a line to use when building a library.  It
+# depends on values set by the TEA_ENABLE_SHARED, TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS,
+# and TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG macros above.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_MAKE_LIB
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Determine the name of the tclsh and/or wish executables in the
+# Tcl and Tk build directories or the location they were installed
+# into. These paths are used to support running test cases only,
+# the Makefile should not be making use of these paths to generate
+# a pkgIndex.tcl file or anything else at extension build time.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_PROG_TCLSH
+#TEA_PROG_WISH
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Finally, substitute all of the various values into the Makefile.
+# You may alternatively have a special pkgIndex.tcl.in or other files
+# which require substituting th AC variables in.  Include these here.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_OUTPUT([Makefile pkgIndex.tcl])

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite-autoconf-3330000/tea/doc/sqlite3.n

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+.TH sqlite3 n 4.1 "Tcl-Extensions"
+.HS sqlite3 tcl
+.BS
+.SH NAME
+sqlite3 \- an interface to the SQLite3 database engine
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBsqlite3\fI command_name ?filename?\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+SQLite3 is a self-contains, zero-configuration, transactional SQL database
+engine.  This extension provides an easy to use interface for accessing
+SQLite database files from Tcl.
+.PP
+For full documentation see \fIhttp://www.sqlite.org/\fR and
+in particular \fIhttp://www.sqlite.org/tclsqlite.html\fR.

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite-autoconf-3330000/tea/license.terms

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+
+    May you do good and not evil.
+    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite-autoconf-3330000/tea/pkgIndex.tcl.in

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+#
+# Tcl package index file
+#
+# Note sqlite*3* init specifically
+#
+package ifneeded sqlite3 @PACKAGE_VERSION@ \
+    [list load [file join $dir @PKG_LIB_FILE@] Sqlite3]

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite-autoconf-3330000/tea/tclconfig/install-sh

@@ -0,0 +1,528 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# install - install a program, script, or datafile
+
+scriptversion=2011-04-20.01; # UTC
+
+# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
+# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
+# following copyright and license.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
+#
+# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
+# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
+# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
+# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+#
+# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+#
+# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
+# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+#
+# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
+# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
+# tium.
+#
+#
+# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
+#
+# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
+# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
+# when there is no Makefile.
+#
+# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
+# from scratch.
+
+nl='
+'
+IFS=" ""	$nl"
+
+# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
+
+# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
+doit=${DOITPROG-}
+if test -z "$doit"; then
+  doit_exec=exec
+else
+  doit_exec=$doit
+fi
+
+# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
+# or use environment vars.
+
+chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
+chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
+chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
+cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
+cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
+mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
+mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
+rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
+stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
+
+posix_glob='?'
+initialize_posix_glob='
+  test "$posix_glob" != "?" || {
+    if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
+      posix_glob=
+    else
+      posix_glob=:
+    fi
+  }
+'
+
+posix_mkdir=
+
+# Desired mode of installed file.
+mode=0755
+
+chgrpcmd=
+chmodcmd=$chmodprog
+chowncmd=
+mvcmd=$mvprog
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+stripcmd=
+
+src=
+dst=
+dir_arg=
+dst_arg=
+
+copy_on_change=false
+no_target_directory=
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
+
+In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
+In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
+In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
+
+Options:
+     --help     display this help and exit.
+     --version  display version info and exit.
+
+  -c            (ignored)
+  -C            install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
+  -d            create directories instead of installing files.
+  -g GROUP      $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
+  -m MODE       $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
+  -o USER       $chownprog installed files to USER.
+  -s            $stripprog installed files.
+  -S            $stripprog installed files.
+  -t DIRECTORY  install into DIRECTORY.
+  -T            report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
+
+Environment variables override the default commands:
+  CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
+  RMPROG STRIPPROG
+"
+
+while test $# -ne 0; do
+  case $1 in
+    -c) ;;
+
+    -C) copy_on_change=true;;
+
+    -d) dir_arg=true;;
+
+    -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+	shift;;
+
+    --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
+
+    -m) mode=$2
+	case $mode in
+	  *' '* | *'	'* | *'
+'*	  | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
+	    echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
+	    exit 1;;
+	esac
+	shift;;
+
+    -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+	shift;;
+
+    -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
+
+    -S) stripcmd="$stripprog $2"
+	shift;;
+
+    -t) dst_arg=$2
+	shift;;
+
+    -T) no_target_directory=true;;
+
+    --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
+
+    --)	shift
+	break;;
+
+    -*)	echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
+	exit 1;;
+
+    *)  break;;
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
+  # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
+  # When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
+  # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination.  Remove it from $@.
+  for arg
+  do
+    if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
+      # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
+      set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
+      shift # fnord
+    fi
+    shift # arg
+    dst_arg=$arg
+  done
+fi
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+  if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+    echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+  # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument.
+  # This can happen when creating conditional directories.
+  exit 0
+fi
+
+if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+  do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
+  trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
+  trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
+  trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
+  trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
+
+  # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
+  # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
+  case $mode in
+    # Optimize common cases.
+    *644) cp_umask=133;;
+    *755) cp_umask=22;;
+
+    *[0-7])
+      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+	u_plus_rw=
+      else
+	u_plus_rw='% 200'
+      fi
+      cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
+    *)
+      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+	u_plus_rw=
+      else
+	u_plus_rw=,u+rw
+      fi
+      cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+for src
+do
+  # Protect names starting with `-'.
+  case $src in
+    -*) src=./$src;;
+  esac
+
+  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+    dst=$src
+    dstdir=$dst
+    test -d "$dstdir"
+    dstdir_status=$?
+  else
+
+    # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
+    # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
+    # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+    if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
+      echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+
+    if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
+      echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+
+    dst=$dst_arg
+    # Protect names starting with `-'.
+    case $dst in
+      -*) dst=./$dst;;
+    esac
+
+    # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
+    # if double slashes aren't ignored.
+    if test -d "$dst"; then
+      if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then
+	echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
+	exit 1
+      fi
+      dstdir=$dst
+      dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
+      dstdir_status=0
+    else
+      # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails.
+      dstdir=`
+	(dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null ||
+	expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	     X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+	echo X"$dst" |
+	    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 /^X\(\/\).*/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 s/.*/./; q'
+      `
+
+      test -d "$dstdir"
+      dstdir_status=$?
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  obsolete_mkdir_used=false
+
+  if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
+    case $posix_mkdir in
+      '')
+	# Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
+	# This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
+	umask=`umask`
+	case $stripcmd.$umask in
+	  # Optimize common cases.
+	  *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
+	  .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
+
+	  *[0-7])
+	    mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
+	      - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
+	      - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
+	    `;;
+	  *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
+	esac
+
+	# With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
+	# Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
+	if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+	  mkdir_mode=-m$mode
+	else
+	  mkdir_mode=
+	fi
+
+	posix_mkdir=false
+	case $umask in
+	  *[123567][0-7][0-7])
+	    # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
+	    # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
+	    trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
+
+	    if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
+		exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1
+	    then
+	      if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
+		   # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
+		   # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
+		   # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
+		   # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
+		   ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
+		   case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
+		     d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
+		     d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
+		     *) false;;
+		   esac &&
+		   $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && {
+		     ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
+		     test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
+		   }
+		 }
+	      then posix_mkdir=:
+	      fi
+	      rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir"
+	    else
+	      # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
+	      rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null
+	    fi
+	    trap '' 0;;
+	esac;;
+    esac
+
+    if
+      $posix_mkdir && (
+	umask $mkdir_umask &&
+	$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
+      )
+    then :
+    else
+
+      # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
+      # or it failed possibly due to a race condition.  Create the
+      # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
+
+      case $dstdir in
+	/*) prefix='/';;
+	-*) prefix='./';;
+	*)  prefix='';;
+      esac
+
+      eval "$initialize_posix_glob"
+
+      oIFS=$IFS
+      IFS=/
+      $posix_glob set -f
+      set fnord $dstdir
+      shift
+      $posix_glob set +f
+      IFS=$oIFS
+
+      prefixes=
+
+      for d
+      do
+	test -z "$d" && continue
+
+	prefix=$prefix$d
+	if test -d "$prefix"; then
+	  prefixes=
+	else
+	  if $posix_mkdir; then
+	    (umask=$mkdir_umask &&
+	     $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
+	    # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+	    test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
+	  else
+	    case $prefix in
+	      *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
+	      *) qprefix=$prefix;;
+	    esac
+	    prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
+	  fi
+	fi
+	prefix=$prefix/
+      done
+
+      if test -n "$prefixes"; then
+	# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+	(umask $mkdir_umask &&
+	 eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
+	  test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
+	obsolete_mkdir_used=true
+      fi
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
+    { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
+      test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
+  else
+
+    # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
+    dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
+    rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
+
+    # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
+    trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
+
+    # Copy the file name to the temp name.
+    (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
+
+    # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
+    #
+    # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
+    # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+    # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
+    #
+    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
+
+    # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
+    if $copy_on_change &&
+       old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst"	2>/dev/null` &&
+       new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp"	2>/dev/null` &&
+
+       eval "$initialize_posix_glob" &&
+       $posix_glob set -f &&
+       set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
+       set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
+       $posix_glob set +f &&
+
+       test "$old" = "$new" &&
+       $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
+    then
+      rm -f "$dsttmp"
+    else
+      # Rename the file to the real destination.
+      $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
+
+      # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
+      # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
+      # support -f.
+      {
+	# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
+	# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
+	# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
+	# reasons.  In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
+	# file should still install successfully.
+	{
+	  test ! -f "$dst" ||
+	  $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
+	  { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
+	    { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
+	  } ||
+	  { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
+	    (exit 1); exit 1
+	  }
+	} &&
+
+	# Now rename the file to the real destination.
+	$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
+      }
+    fi || exit 1
+
+    trap '' 0
+  fi
+done
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite-autoconf-3330000/tea/win/makefile.vc

@@ -0,0 +1,419 @@
+# makefile.vc --                                               -*- Makefile -*-
+#
+# Microsoft Visual C++ makefile for use with nmake.exe v1.62+ (VC++ 5.0+)
+#
+# This makefile is based upon the Tcl 8.4 Makefile.vc and modified to 
+# make it suitable as a general package makefile. Look for the word EDIT
+# which marks sections that may need modification. As a minumum you will
+# need to change the PROJECT, DOTVERSION and DLLOBJS variables to values
+# relevant to your package.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+# 
+# Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions.
+# Copyright (c) 2001 ActiveState Corporation.
+# Copyright (c) 2001-2002 David Gravereaux.
+# Copyright (c) 2003 Pat Thoyts
+#
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# RCS: @(#)$Id: makefile.vc,v 1.4 2004/07/26 08:22:05 patthoyts Exp $
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if !defined(MSDEVDIR) && !defined(MSVCDIR) && !defined(VCINSTALLDIR) && !defined(MSSDK) && !defined(WINDOWSSDKDIR)
+MSG = ^
+You will need to run vcvars32.bat from Developer Studio, first, to setup^
+the environment.  Jump to this line to read the new instructions.
+!error $(MSG)
+!endif
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# HOW TO USE this makefile:
+#
+# 1)  It is now necessary to have %MSVCDir% set in the environment.  This is
+#     used  as a check to see if vcvars32.bat had been run prior to running
+#     nmake or during the installation of Microsoft Visual C++, MSVCDir had
+#     been set globally and the PATH adjusted.  Either way is valid.
+#
+#     You'll need to run vcvars32.bat contained in the MsDev's vc(98)/bin
+#     directory to setup the proper environment, if needed, for your current
+#     setup.  This is a needed bootstrap requirement and allows the swapping of
+#     different environments to be easier.
+#
+# 2)  To use the Platform SDK (not expressly needed), run setenv.bat after
+#     vcvars32.bat according to the instructions for it.  This can also turn on
+#     the 64-bit compiler, if your SDK has it.
+#
+# 3)  Targets are:
+#	all       -- Builds everything.
+#       <project> -- Builds the project (eg: nmake sample)
+#	test      -- Builds and runs the test suite.
+#	install   -- Installs the built binaries and libraries to $(INSTALLDIR)
+#		     in an appropriate subdirectory.
+#	clean/realclean/distclean -- varying levels of cleaning.
+#
+# 4)  Macros usable on the commandline:
+#	INSTALLDIR=<path>
+#		Sets where to install Tcl from the built binaries.
+#		C:\Progra~1\Tcl is assumed when not specified.
+#
+#	OPTS=static,msvcrt,staticpkg,threads,symbols,profile,loimpact,none
+#		Sets special options for the core.  The default is for none.
+#		Any combination of the above may be used (comma separated).
+#		'none' will over-ride everything to nothing.
+#
+#		static  =  Builds a static library of the core instead of a
+#			   dll.  The shell will be static (and large), as well.
+#		msvcrt  =  Effects the static option only to switch it from
+#			   using libcmt(d) as the C runtime [by default] to
+#			   msvcrt(d). This is useful for static embedding
+#			   support.
+#		staticpkg = Effects the static option only to switch
+#			   tclshXX.exe to have the dde and reg extension linked
+#			   inside it.
+#		threads =  Turns on full multithreading support.
+#		thrdalloc = Use the thread allocator (shared global free pool).
+#		symbols =  Adds symbols for step debugging.
+#		profile =  Adds profiling hooks.  Map file is assumed.
+#		loimpact =  Adds a flag for how NT treats the heap to keep memory
+#			   in use, low.  This is said to impact alloc performance.
+#
+#	STATS=memdbg,compdbg,none
+#		Sets optional memory and bytecode compiler debugging code added
+#		to the core.  The default is for none.  Any combination of the
+#		above may be used (comma separated).  'none' will over-ride
+#		everything to nothing.
+#
+#		memdbg   = Enables the debugging memory allocator.
+#		compdbg  = Enables byte compilation logging.
+#
+#	MACHINE=(IX86|IA64|ALPHA)
+#		Set the machine type used for the compiler, linker, and
+#		resource compiler.  This hook is needed to tell the tools
+#		when alternate platforms are requested.  IX86 is the default
+#		when not specified.
+#
+#	TMP_DIR=<path>
+#	OUT_DIR=<path>
+#		Hooks to allow the intermediate and output directories to be
+#		changed.  $(OUT_DIR) is assumed to be 
+#		$(BINROOT)\(Release|Debug) based on if symbols are requested.
+#		$(TMP_DIR) will de $(OUT_DIR)\<buildtype> by default.
+#
+#	TESTPAT=<file>
+#		Reads the tests requested to be run from this file.
+#
+#	CFG_ENCODING=encoding
+#		name of encoding for configuration information. Defaults
+#		to cp1252
+#
+# 5)  Examples:
+#
+#	Basic syntax of calling nmake looks like this:
+#	nmake [-nologo] -f makefile.vc [target|macrodef [target|macrodef] [...]]
+#
+#                        Standard (no frills)
+#       c:\tcl_src\win\>c:\progra~1\micros~1\vc98\bin\vcvars32.bat
+#       Setting environment for using Microsoft Visual C++ tools.
+#       c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc all
+#       c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc install INSTALLDIR=c:\progra~1\tcl
+#
+#                         Building for Win64
+#       c:\tcl_src\win\>c:\progra~1\micros~1\vc98\bin\vcvars32.bat
+#       Setting environment for using Microsoft Visual C++ tools.
+#       c:\tcl_src\win\>c:\progra~1\platfo~1\setenv.bat /pre64 /RETAIL
+#       Targeting Windows pre64 RETAIL
+#       c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc MACHINE=IA64
+#
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#==============================================================================
+###############################################################################
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if !exist("makefile.vc")
+MSG = ^
+You must run this makefile only from the directory it is in.^
+Please `cd` to its location first.
+!error $(MSG)
+!endif
+
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project specific information (EDIT)
+#
+# You should edit this with the name and version of your project. This
+# information is used to generate the name of the package library and
+# it's install location.
+#
+# For example, the sample extension is  going to build sample04.dll and
+# would install it into $(INSTALLDIR)\lib\sample04
+#
+# You need to specify the object files that need to be linked into your
+# binary here.
+#
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+PROJECT = tclsqlite3
+!include "rules.vc"
+
+# nmakehelp -V <file> <tag> will search the file for tag, skips until a
+#	number and returns all character until a character not in [0-9.ab]
+#	is read.
+
+!if [echo REM = This file is generated from Makefile.vc > versions.vc]
+!endif
+# get project version from row "AC_INIT([sqlite], [3.x.y])"
+!if [echo DOTVERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V ..\configure.ac AC_INIT >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!include "versions.vc"
+
+VERSION         = $(DOTVERSION:.=)
+STUBPREFIX      = $(PROJECT)stub
+
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Target names and paths ( shouldn't need changing )
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+BINROOT		= .
+ROOT            = ..
+
+PRJIMPLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).lib
+PRJLIBNAME	= $(PROJECT).$(EXT)
+PRJLIB		= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PRJLIBNAME)
+
+PRJSTUBLIBNAME	= $(STUBPREFIX)$(VERSION).lib
+PRJSTUBLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PRJSTUBLIBNAME)
+
+### Make sure we use backslash only.
+PRJ_INSTALL_DIR         = $(_INSTALLDIR)\$(PROJECT)$(DOTVERSION)
+LIB_INSTALL_DIR		= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
+BIN_INSTALL_DIR		= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
+DOC_INSTALL_DIR		= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
+SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR	= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
+INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR	= $(_TCLDIR)\include
+
+### The following paths CANNOT have spaces in them.
+GENERICDIR	= $(ROOT)\generic
+WINDIR		= $(ROOT)\win
+LIBDIR          = $(ROOT)\library
+DOCDIR		= $(ROOT)\doc
+TOOLSDIR	= $(ROOT)\tools
+COMPATDIR	= $(ROOT)\compat
+
+### Figure out where the primary source code file(s) is/are.
+!if exist("$(ROOT)\..\..\sqlite3.c") && exist("$(ROOT)\..\..\src\tclsqlite.c")
+SQL_INCLUDES = -I"$(ROOT)\..\.."
+SQLITE_SRCDIR = $(ROOT)\..\..
+TCLSQLITE_SRCDIR = $(ROOT)\..\..\src
+DLLOBJS = $(TMP_DIR)\sqlite3.obj $(TMP_DIR)\tclsqlite.obj
+!else
+TCLSQLITE_SRCDIR = $(ROOT)\generic
+DLLOBJS = $(TMP_DIR)\tclsqlite3.obj
+!endif
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Compile flags
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if !$(DEBUG)
+!if $(OPTIMIZING)
+### This cranks the optimization level to maximize speed
+cdebug	= -O2 -Op -Gs
+!else
+cdebug	=
+!endif
+!else if "$(MACHINE)" == "IA64"
+### Warnings are too many, can't support warnings into errors.
+cdebug	= -Z7 -Od -GZ
+!else
+cdebug	= -Z7 -WX -Od -GZ
+!endif
+
+### Declarations common to all compiler options
+cflags = -nologo -c -W3 -D_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS -YX -Fp$(TMP_DIR)^\
+
+!if $(MSVCRT)
+!if $(DEBUG)
+crt = -MDd
+!else
+crt = -MD
+!endif
+!else
+!if $(DEBUG)
+crt = -MTd
+!else
+crt = -MT
+!endif
+!endif
+
+INCLUDES	= $(SQL_INCLUDES) $(TCL_INCLUDES) -I"$(WINDIR)" \
+                  -I"$(GENERICDIR)" -I"$(ROOT)\.."
+BASE_CLFAGS	= $(cflags) $(cdebug) $(crt) $(INCLUDES) \
+                  -DSQLITE_3_SUFFIX_ONLY=1 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE=1 \
+                  -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3=1 -DSQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED=1
+CON_CFLAGS	= $(cflags) $(cdebug) $(crt) -DCONSOLE -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3=1
+TCL_CFLAGS	= -DBUILD_sqlite -DUSE_TCL_STUBS \
+                  -DPACKAGE_VERSION="\"$(DOTVERSION)\"" $(BASE_CLFAGS) \
+                  $(OPTDEFINES)
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Link flags
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if $(DEBUG)
+ldebug	= -debug:full -debugtype:cv
+!else
+ldebug	= -release -opt:ref -opt:icf,3
+!endif
+
+### Declarations common to all linker options
+lflags	= -nologo -machine:$(MACHINE) $(ldebug)
+
+!if $(PROFILE)
+lflags	= $(lflags) -profile
+!endif
+
+!if $(ALIGN98_HACK) && !$(STATIC_BUILD)
+### Align sections for PE size savings.
+lflags	= $(lflags) -opt:nowin98
+!else if !$(ALIGN98_HACK) && $(STATIC_BUILD)
+### Align sections for speed in loading by choosing the virtual page size.
+lflags	= $(lflags) -align:4096
+!endif
+
+!if $(LOIMPACT)
+lflags	= $(lflags) -ws:aggressive
+!endif
+
+dlllflags = $(lflags) -dll
+conlflags = $(lflags) -subsystem:console
+guilflags = $(lflags) -subsystem:windows
+baselibs   = $(TCLSTUBLIB)
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TclTest flags
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!IF "$(TESTPAT)" != ""
+TESTFLAGS = $(TESTFLAGS) -file $(TESTPAT)
+!ENDIF
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project specific targets (EDIT)
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+all:	    setup $(PROJECT)
+$(PROJECT): setup $(PRJLIB)
+install:    install-binaries install-libraries install-docs
+
+# Tests need to ensure we load the right dll file we
+# have to handle the output differently on Win9x.
+#
+!if "$(OS)" == "Windows_NT"  || "$(MSVCDIR)" == "IDE"
+test: setup $(PROJECT)
+        set TCL_LIBRARY=$(ROOT)/library
+        $(TCLSH) <<
+load $(PRJLIB:\=/)
+cd "$(ROOT)/tests"
+set argv "$(TESTFLAGS)"
+source all.tcl
+<<
+!else
+test: setup $(PROJECT)
+        echo Please wait while the test results are collected
+        set TCL_LIBRARY=$(ROOT)/library
+        $(TCLSH) << >tests.log
+load $(PRJLIB:\=/)
+cd "$(ROOT)/tests"
+set argv "$(TESTFLAGS)"
+source all.tcl
+<<
+        type tests.log | more
+!endif
+
+setup:
+	@if not exist $(OUT_DIR)\nul mkdir $(OUT_DIR)
+	@if not exist $(TMP_DIR)\nul mkdir $(TMP_DIR)
+
+$(PRJLIB): $(DLLOBJS)
+	$(link32) $(dlllflags) -out:$@ $(baselibs) @<<
+$**
+<<
+	-@del $*.exp
+
+$(PRJSTUBLIB): $(PRJSTUBOBJS)
+	$(lib32) -nologo -out:$@ $(PRJSTUBOBJS)
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Implicit rules
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+$(TMP_DIR)\sqlite3.obj:		$(SQLITE_SRCDIR)\sqlite3.c
+	$(cc32) $(TCL_CFLAGS) -DBUILD_$(PROJECT) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ \
+		-c $(SQLITE_SRCDIR)\sqlite3.c
+
+$(TMP_DIR)\tclsqlite.obj:	$(TCLSQLITE_SRCDIR)\tclsqlite.c
+	$(cc32) $(TCL_CFLAGS) -DBUILD_$(PROJECT) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ \
+		-c $(TCLSQLITE_SRCDIR)\tclsqlite.c
+
+$(TMP_DIR)\tclsqlite3.obj:	$(TCLSQLITE_SRCDIR)\tclsqlite3.c
+	$(cc32) $(TCL_CFLAGS) -DBUILD_$(PROJECT) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ \
+		-c $(TCLSQLITE_SRCDIR)\tclsqlite3.c
+
+{$(WINDIR)}.rc{$(TMP_DIR)}.res:
+	$(rc32) -fo $@ -r -i "$(GENERICDIR)" -D__WIN32__ \
+!if $(DEBUG)
+	-d DEBUG \
+!endif
+!if $(TCL_THREADS)
+	-d TCL_THREADS \
+!endif
+!if $(STATIC_BUILD)
+	-d STATIC_BUILD \
+!endif
+	$<
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES:.c .rc
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Installation. (EDIT)
+#
+# You may need to modify this section to reflect the final distribution
+# of your files and possibly to generate documentation.
+#
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+install-binaries:
+	@echo Installing binaries to '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'
+	@if not exist "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"
+	@$(CPY) $(PRJLIB) "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" >NUL
+
+install-libraries:
+        @echo Installing libraries to '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'
+        @if exist $(LIBDIR) $(CPY) $(LIBDIR)\*.tcl "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"
+        @echo Installing package index in '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'
+        @type << >"$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl"
+package ifneeded $(PROJECT) $(DOTVERSION) \
+    [list load [file join $$dir $(PRJLIBNAME)] sqlite3]
+<<
+
+install-docs:
+	@echo Installing documentation files to '$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)'
+	@if exist $(DOCDIR) $(CPY) $(DOCDIR)\*.n "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)"
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Clean up
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+clean:
+	@if exist $(TMP_DIR)\nul $(RMDIR) $(TMP_DIR)
+	@if exist $(WINDIR)\version.vc del $(WINDIR)\version.vc
+
+realclean: clean
+	@if exist $(OUT_DIR)\nul $(RMDIR) $(OUT_DIR)
+
+distclean: realclean
+	@if exist $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.exe del $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.exe
+	@if exist $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.obj del $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.obj

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite-autoconf-3330000/tea/win/nmakehlp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,694 @@
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * nmakehlp.c --
+ *
+ *	This is used to fix limitations within nmake and the environment.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 by David Gravereaux.
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 by Pat Thoyts
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE
+#include <windows.h>
+#define NO_SHLWAPI_GDI
+#define NO_SHLWAPI_STREAM
+#define NO_SHLWAPI_REG
+#include <shlwapi.h>
+#pragma comment (lib, "user32.lib")
+#pragma comment (lib, "kernel32.lib")
+#pragma comment (lib, "shlwapi.lib")
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <math.h>
+
+/*
+ * This library is required for x64 builds with _some_ versions of MSVC
+ */
+#if defined(_M_IA64) || defined(_M_AMD64)
+#if _MSC_VER >= 1400 && _MSC_VER < 1500
+#pragma comment(lib, "bufferoverflowU")
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* ISO hack for dumb VC++ */
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#define   snprintf	_snprintf
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* protos */
+
+static int CheckForCompilerFeature(const char *option);
+static int CheckForLinkerFeature(const char *option);
+static int IsIn(const char *string, const char *substring);
+static int SubstituteFile(const char *substs, const char *filename);
+static int QualifyPath(const char *path);
+static const char *GetVersionFromFile(const char *filename, const char *match);
+static DWORD WINAPI ReadFromPipe(LPVOID args);
+
+/* globals */
+
+#define CHUNK	25
+#define STATICBUFFERSIZE    1000
+typedef struct {
+    HANDLE pipe;
+    char buffer[STATICBUFFERSIZE];
+} pipeinfo;
+
+pipeinfo Out = {INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, '\0'};
+pipeinfo Err = {INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, '\0'};
+
+/*
+ * exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error
+ */
+
+int
+main(
+    int argc,
+    char *argv[])
+{
+    char msg[300];
+    DWORD dwWritten;
+    int chars;
+
+    /*
+     * Make sure children (cl.exe and link.exe) are kept quiet.
+     */
+
+    SetErrorMode(SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS | SEM_NOOPENFILEERRORBOX);
+
+    /*
+     * Make sure the compiler and linker aren't effected by the outside world.
+     */
+
+    SetEnvironmentVariable("CL", "");
+    SetEnvironmentVariable("LINK", "");
+
+    if (argc > 1 && *argv[1] == '-') {
+	switch (*(argv[1]+1)) {
+	case 'c':
+	    if (argc != 3) {
+		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
+		        "usage: %s -c <compiler option>\n"
+			"Tests for whether cl.exe supports an option\n"
+			"exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
+		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
+			&dwWritten, NULL);
+		return 2;
+	    }
+	    return CheckForCompilerFeature(argv[2]);
+	case 'l':
+	    if (argc != 3) {
+		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
+	       		"usage: %s -l <linker option>\n"
+			"Tests for whether link.exe supports an option\n"
+			"exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
+		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
+			&dwWritten, NULL);
+		return 2;
+	    }
+	    return CheckForLinkerFeature(argv[2]);
+	case 'f':
+	    if (argc == 2) {
+		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
+			"usage: %s -f <string> <substring>\n"
+			"Find a substring within another\n"
+			"exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
+		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
+			&dwWritten, NULL);
+		return 2;
+	    } else if (argc == 3) {
+		/*
+		 * If the string is blank, there is no match.
+		 */
+
+		return 0;
+	    } else {
+		return IsIn(argv[2], argv[3]);
+	    }
+	case 's':
+	    if (argc == 2) {
+		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
+			"usage: %s -s <substitutions file> <file>\n"
+			"Perform a set of string map type substutitions on a file\n"
+			"exitcodes: 0\n",
+			argv[0]);
+		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
+			&dwWritten, NULL);
+		return 2;
+	    }
+	    return SubstituteFile(argv[2], argv[3]);
+	case 'V':
+	    if (argc != 4) {
+		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
+		    "usage: %s -V filename matchstring\n"
+		    "Extract a version from a file:\n"
+		    "eg: pkgIndex.tcl \"package ifneeded http\"",
+		    argv[0]);
+		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
+		    &dwWritten, NULL);
+		return 0;
+	    }
+	    printf("%s\n", GetVersionFromFile(argv[2], argv[3]));
+	    return 0;
+	case 'Q':
+	    if (argc != 3) {
+		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
+		    "usage: %s -Q path\n"
+		    "Emit the fully qualified path\n"
+		    "exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
+		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
+		    &dwWritten, NULL);
+		return 2;
+	    }
+	    return QualifyPath(argv[2]);
+	}
+    }
+    chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
+	    "usage: %s -c|-f|-l|-Q|-s|-V ...\n"
+	    "This is a little helper app to equalize shell differences between WinNT and\n"
+	    "Win9x and get nmake.exe to accomplish its job.\n",
+	    argv[0]);
+    WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars, &dwWritten, NULL);
+    return 2;
+}
+
+static int
+CheckForCompilerFeature(
+    const char *option)
+{
+    STARTUPINFO si;
+    PROCESS_INFORMATION pi;
+    SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES sa;
+    DWORD threadID;
+    char msg[300];
+    BOOL ok;
+    HANDLE hProcess, h, pipeThreads[2];
+    char cmdline[100];
+
+    hProcess = GetCurrentProcess();
+
+    ZeroMemory(&pi, sizeof(PROCESS_INFORMATION));
+    ZeroMemory(&si, sizeof(STARTUPINFO));
+    si.cb = sizeof(STARTUPINFO);
+    si.dwFlags   = STARTF_USESTDHANDLES;
+    si.hStdInput = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+
+    ZeroMemory(&sa, sizeof(SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES));
+    sa.nLength = sizeof(SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES);
+    sa.lpSecurityDescriptor = NULL;
+    sa.bInheritHandle = FALSE;
+
+    /*
+     * Create a non-inheritible pipe.
+     */
+
+    CreatePipe(&Out.pipe, &h, &sa, 0);
+
+    /*
+     * Dupe the write side, make it inheritible, and close the original.
+     */
+
+    DuplicateHandle(hProcess, h, hProcess, &si.hStdOutput, 0, TRUE,
+	    DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS | DUPLICATE_CLOSE_SOURCE);
+
+    /*
+     * Same as above, but for the error side.
+     */
+
+    CreatePipe(&Err.pipe, &h, &sa, 0);
+    DuplicateHandle(hProcess, h, hProcess, &si.hStdError, 0, TRUE,
+	    DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS | DUPLICATE_CLOSE_SOURCE);
+
+    /*
+     * Base command line.
+     */
+
+    lstrcpy(cmdline, "cl.exe -nologo -c -TC -Zs -X -Fp.\\_junk.pch ");
+
+    /*
+     * Append our option for testing
+     */
+
+    lstrcat(cmdline, option);
+
+    /*
+     * Filename to compile, which exists, but is nothing and empty.
+     */
+
+    lstrcat(cmdline, " .\\nul");
+
+    ok = CreateProcess(
+	    NULL,	    /* Module name. */
+	    cmdline,	    /* Command line. */
+	    NULL,	    /* Process handle not inheritable. */
+	    NULL,	    /* Thread handle not inheritable. */
+	    TRUE,	    /* yes, inherit handles. */
+	    DETACHED_PROCESS, /* No console for you. */
+	    NULL,	    /* Use parent's environment block. */
+	    NULL,	    /* Use parent's starting directory. */
+	    &si,	    /* Pointer to STARTUPINFO structure. */
+	    &pi);	    /* Pointer to PROCESS_INFORMATION structure. */
+
+    if (!ok) {
+	DWORD err = GetLastError();
+	int chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
+		"Tried to launch: \"%s\", but got error [%u]: ", cmdline, err);
+
+	FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM|FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS|
+		FORMAT_MESSAGE_MAX_WIDTH_MASK, 0L, err, 0, (LPVOID)&msg[chars],
+		(300-chars), 0);
+	WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, lstrlen(msg), &err,NULL);
+	return 2;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Close our references to the write handles that have now been inherited.
+     */
+
+    CloseHandle(si.hStdOutput);
+    CloseHandle(si.hStdError);
+
+    WaitForInputIdle(pi.hProcess, 5000);
+    CloseHandle(pi.hThread);
+
+    /*
+     * Start the pipe reader threads.
+     */
+
+    pipeThreads[0] = CreateThread(NULL, 0, ReadFromPipe, &Out, 0, &threadID);
+    pipeThreads[1] = CreateThread(NULL, 0, ReadFromPipe, &Err, 0, &threadID);
+
+    /*
+     * Block waiting for the process to end.
+     */
+
+    WaitForSingleObject(pi.hProcess, INFINITE);
+    CloseHandle(pi.hProcess);
+
+    /*
+     * Wait for our pipe to get done reading, should it be a little slow.
+     */
+
+    WaitForMultipleObjects(2, pipeThreads, TRUE, 500);
+    CloseHandle(pipeThreads[0]);
+    CloseHandle(pipeThreads[1]);
+
+    /*
+     * Look for the commandline warning code in both streams.
+     *  - in MSVC 6 & 7 we get D4002, in MSVC 8 we get D9002.
+     */
+
+    return !(strstr(Out.buffer, "D4002") != NULL
+             || strstr(Err.buffer, "D4002") != NULL
+             || strstr(Out.buffer, "D9002") != NULL
+             || strstr(Err.buffer, "D9002") != NULL
+             || strstr(Out.buffer, "D2021") != NULL
+             || strstr(Err.buffer, "D2021") != NULL);
+}
+
+static int
+CheckForLinkerFeature(
+    const char *option)
+{
+    STARTUPINFO si;
+    PROCESS_INFORMATION pi;
+    SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES sa;
+    DWORD threadID;
+    char msg[300];
+    BOOL ok;
+    HANDLE hProcess, h, pipeThreads[2];
+    char cmdline[100];
+
+    hProcess = GetCurrentProcess();
+
+    ZeroMemory(&pi, sizeof(PROCESS_INFORMATION));
+    ZeroMemory(&si, sizeof(STARTUPINFO));
+    si.cb = sizeof(STARTUPINFO);
+    si.dwFlags   = STARTF_USESTDHANDLES;
+    si.hStdInput = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+
+    ZeroMemory(&sa, sizeof(SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES));
+    sa.nLength = sizeof(SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES);
+    sa.lpSecurityDescriptor = NULL;
+    sa.bInheritHandle = TRUE;
+
+    /*
+     * Create a non-inheritible pipe.
+     */
+
+    CreatePipe(&Out.pipe, &h, &sa, 0);
+
+    /*
+     * Dupe the write side, make it inheritible, and close the original.
+     */
+
+    DuplicateHandle(hProcess, h, hProcess, &si.hStdOutput, 0, TRUE,
+	    DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS | DUPLICATE_CLOSE_SOURCE);
+
+    /*
+     * Same as above, but for the error side.
+     */
+
+    CreatePipe(&Err.pipe, &h, &sa, 0);
+    DuplicateHandle(hProcess, h, hProcess, &si.hStdError, 0, TRUE,
+	    DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS | DUPLICATE_CLOSE_SOURCE);
+
+    /*
+     * Base command line.
+     */
+
+    lstrcpy(cmdline, "link.exe -nologo ");
+
+    /*
+     * Append our option for testing.
+     */
+
+    lstrcat(cmdline, option);
+
+    ok = CreateProcess(
+	    NULL,	    /* Module name. */
+	    cmdline,	    /* Command line. */
+	    NULL,	    /* Process handle not inheritable. */
+	    NULL,	    /* Thread handle not inheritable. */
+	    TRUE,	    /* yes, inherit handles. */
+	    DETACHED_PROCESS, /* No console for you. */
+	    NULL,	    /* Use parent's environment block. */
+	    NULL,	    /* Use parent's starting directory. */
+	    &si,	    /* Pointer to STARTUPINFO structure. */
+	    &pi);	    /* Pointer to PROCESS_INFORMATION structure. */
+
+    if (!ok) {
+	DWORD err = GetLastError();
+	int chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
+		"Tried to launch: \"%s\", but got error [%u]: ", cmdline, err);
+
+	FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM|FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS|
+		FORMAT_MESSAGE_MAX_WIDTH_MASK, 0L, err, 0, (LPVOID)&msg[chars],
+		(300-chars), 0);
+	WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, lstrlen(msg), &err,NULL);
+	return 2;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Close our references to the write handles that have now been inherited.
+     */
+
+    CloseHandle(si.hStdOutput);
+    CloseHandle(si.hStdError);
+
+    WaitForInputIdle(pi.hProcess, 5000);
+    CloseHandle(pi.hThread);
+
+    /*
+     * Start the pipe reader threads.
+     */
+
+    pipeThreads[0] = CreateThread(NULL, 0, ReadFromPipe, &Out, 0, &threadID);
+    pipeThreads[1] = CreateThread(NULL, 0, ReadFromPipe, &Err, 0, &threadID);
+
+    /*
+     * Block waiting for the process to end.
+     */
+
+    WaitForSingleObject(pi.hProcess, INFINITE);
+    CloseHandle(pi.hProcess);
+
+    /*
+     * Wait for our pipe to get done reading, should it be a little slow.
+     */
+
+    WaitForMultipleObjects(2, pipeThreads, TRUE, 500);
+    CloseHandle(pipeThreads[0]);
+    CloseHandle(pipeThreads[1]);
+
+    /*
+     * Look for the commandline warning code in the stderr stream.
+     */
+
+    return !(strstr(Out.buffer, "LNK1117") != NULL ||
+	    strstr(Err.buffer, "LNK1117") != NULL ||
+	    strstr(Out.buffer, "LNK4044") != NULL ||
+	    strstr(Err.buffer, "LNK4044") != NULL);
+}
+
+static DWORD WINAPI
+ReadFromPipe(
+    LPVOID args)
+{
+    pipeinfo *pi = (pipeinfo *) args;
+    char *lastBuf = pi->buffer;
+    DWORD dwRead;
+    BOOL ok;
+
+  again:
+    if (lastBuf - pi->buffer + CHUNK > STATICBUFFERSIZE) {
+	CloseHandle(pi->pipe);
+	return (DWORD)-1;
+    }
+    ok = ReadFile(pi->pipe, lastBuf, CHUNK, &dwRead, 0L);
+    if (!ok || dwRead == 0) {
+	CloseHandle(pi->pipe);
+	return 0;
+    }
+    lastBuf += dwRead;
+    goto again;
+
+    return 0;  /* makes the compiler happy */
+}
+
+static int
+IsIn(
+    const char *string,
+    const char *substring)
+{
+    return (strstr(string, substring) != NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+ * GetVersionFromFile --
+ * 	Looks for a match string in a file and then returns the version
+ * 	following the match where a version is anything acceptable to
+ * 	package provide or package ifneeded.
+ */
+
+static const char *
+GetVersionFromFile(
+    const char *filename,
+    const char *match)
+{
+    size_t cbBuffer = 100;
+    static char szBuffer[100];
+    char *szResult = NULL;
+    FILE *fp = fopen(filename, "rt");
+
+    if (fp != NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * Read data until we see our match string.
+	 */
+
+	while (fgets(szBuffer, cbBuffer, fp) != NULL) {
+	    LPSTR p, q;
+
+	    p = strstr(szBuffer, match);
+	    if (p != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * Skip to first digit.
+		 */
+
+		while (*p && !isdigit(*p)) {
+		    ++p;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Find ending whitespace.
+		 */
+
+		q = p;
+		while (*q && (isalnum(*q) || *q == '.')) {
+		    ++q;
+		}
+
+		memcpy(szBuffer, p, q - p);
+		szBuffer[q-p] = 0;
+		szResult = szBuffer;
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	fclose(fp);
+    }
+    return szResult;
+}
+
+/*
+ * List helpers for the SubstituteFile function
+ */
+
+typedef struct list_item_t {
+    struct list_item_t *nextPtr;
+    char * key;
+    char * value;
+} list_item_t;
+
+/* insert a list item into the list (list may be null) */
+static list_item_t *
+list_insert(list_item_t **listPtrPtr, const char *key, const char *value)
+{
+    list_item_t *itemPtr = malloc(sizeof(list_item_t));
+    if (itemPtr) {
+	itemPtr->key = strdup(key);
+	itemPtr->value = strdup(value);
+	itemPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
+
+	while(*listPtrPtr) {
+	    listPtrPtr = &(*listPtrPtr)->nextPtr;
+	}
+	*listPtrPtr = itemPtr;
+    }
+    return itemPtr;
+}
+
+static void
+list_free(list_item_t **listPtrPtr)
+{
+    list_item_t *tmpPtr, *listPtr = *listPtrPtr;
+    while (listPtr) {
+	tmpPtr = listPtr;
+	listPtr = listPtr->nextPtr;
+	free(tmpPtr->key);
+	free(tmpPtr->value);
+	free(tmpPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * SubstituteFile --
+ *	As windows doesn't provide anything useful like sed and it's unreliable
+ *	to use the tclsh you are building against (consider x-platform builds -
+ *	eg compiling AMD64 target from IX86) we provide a simple substitution
+ *	option here to handle autoconf style substitutions.
+ *	The substitution file is whitespace and line delimited. The file should
+ *	consist of lines matching the regular expression:
+ *	  \s*\S+\s+\S*$
+ *
+ *	Usage is something like:
+ *	  nmakehlp -S << $** > $@
+ *        @PACKAGE_NAME@ $(PACKAGE_NAME)
+ *        @PACKAGE_VERSION@ $(PACKAGE_VERSION)
+ *        <<
+ */
+
+static int
+SubstituteFile(
+    const char *substitutions,
+    const char *filename)
+{
+    size_t cbBuffer = 1024;
+    static char szBuffer[1024], szCopy[1024];
+    char *szResult = NULL;
+    list_item_t *substPtr = NULL;
+    FILE *fp, *sp;
+
+    fp = fopen(filename, "rt");
+    if (fp != NULL) {
+
+	/*
+	 * Build a list of substutitions from the first filename
+	 */
+
+	sp = fopen(substitutions, "rt");
+	if (sp != NULL) {
+	    while (fgets(szBuffer, cbBuffer, sp) != NULL) {
+		unsigned char *ks, *ke, *vs, *ve;
+		ks = (unsigned char*)szBuffer;
+		while (ks && *ks && isspace(*ks)) ++ks;
+		ke = ks;
+		while (ke && *ke && !isspace(*ke)) ++ke;
+		vs = ke;
+		while (vs && *vs && isspace(*vs)) ++vs;
+		ve = vs;
+		while (ve && *ve && !(*ve == '\r' || *ve == '\n')) ++ve;
+		*ke = 0, *ve = 0;
+		list_insert(&substPtr, (char*)ks, (char*)vs);
+	    }
+	    fclose(sp);
+	}
+
+	/* debug: dump the list */
+#ifdef _DEBUG
+	{
+	    int n = 0;
+	    list_item_t *p = NULL;
+	    for (p = substPtr; p != NULL; p = p->nextPtr, ++n) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "% 3d '%s' => '%s'\n", n, p->key, p->value);
+	    }
+	}
+#endif
+	
+	/*
+	 * Run the substitutions over each line of the input
+	 */
+	
+	while (fgets(szBuffer, cbBuffer, fp) != NULL) {
+	    list_item_t *p = NULL;
+	    for (p = substPtr; p != NULL; p = p->nextPtr) {
+		char *m = strstr(szBuffer, p->key);
+		if (m) {
+		    char *cp, *op, *sp;
+		    cp = szCopy;
+		    op = szBuffer;
+		    while (op != m) *cp++ = *op++;
+		    sp = p->value;
+		    while (sp && *sp) *cp++ = *sp++;
+		    op += strlen(p->key);
+		    while (*op) *cp++ = *op++;
+		    *cp = 0;
+		    memcpy(szBuffer, szCopy, sizeof(szCopy));
+		}
+	    }
+	    printf(szBuffer);
+	}
+	
+	list_free(&substPtr);
+    }
+    fclose(fp);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * QualifyPath --
+ *
+ *	This composes the current working directory with a provided path
+ *	and returns the fully qualified and normalized path.
+ *	Mostly needed to setup paths for testing.
+ */
+
+static int
+QualifyPath(
+    const char *szPath)
+{
+    char szCwd[MAX_PATH + 1];
+    char szTmp[MAX_PATH + 1];
+    char *p;
+    GetCurrentDirectory(MAX_PATH, szCwd);
+    while ((p = strchr(szPath, '/')) && *p)
+	*p = '\\';
+    PathCombine(szTmp, szCwd, szPath);
+    PathCanonicalize(szCwd, szTmp);
+    printf("%s\n", szCwd);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local variables:
+ *   mode: c
+ *   c-basic-offset: 4
+ *   fill-column: 78
+ *   indent-tabs-mode: t
+ *   tab-width: 8
+ * End:
+ */

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite-autoconf-3330000/tea/win/rules.vc

@@ -0,0 +1,711 @@
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# rules.vc --
+#
+#	Microsoft Visual C++ makefile include for decoding the commandline
+#	macros.  This file does not need editing to build Tcl.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2001-2003 David Gravereaux.
+# Copyright (c) 2003-2008 Patrick Thoyts
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!ifndef _RULES_VC
+_RULES_VC = 1
+
+cc32		= $(CC)   # built-in default.
+link32		= link
+lib32		= lib
+rc32		= $(RC)   # built-in default.
+
+!ifndef INSTALLDIR
+### Assume the normal default.
+_INSTALLDIR	= C:\Program Files\Tcl
+!else
+### Fix the path separators.
+_INSTALLDIR	= $(INSTALLDIR:/=\)
+!endif
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+# Set the proper copy method to avoid overwrite questions
+# to the user when copying files and selecting the right
+# "delete all" method.
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if "$(OS)" == "Windows_NT"
+RMDIR	= rmdir /S /Q
+ERRNULL  = 2>NUL
+!if ![ver | find "4.0" > nul]
+CPY	= echo y | xcopy /i >NUL
+COPY	= copy >NUL
+!else
+CPY	= xcopy /i /y >NUL
+COPY	= copy /y >NUL
+!endif
+!else # "$(OS)" != "Windows_NT"
+CPY	= xcopy /i >_JUNK.OUT # On Win98 NUL does not work here.
+COPY	= copy >_JUNK.OUT # On Win98 NUL does not work here.
+RMDIR	= deltree /Y
+NULL    = \NUL # Used in testing directory existence
+ERRNULL = >NUL # Win9x shell cannot redirect stderr
+!endif
+MKDIR   = mkdir
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Determine the host and target architectures and compiler version.
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+_HASH=^#
+_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=
+_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=
+VCVER=0
+!if ![echo VCVERSION=_MSC_VER > vercl.x] \
+    && ![echo $(_HASH)if defined(_M_IX86) >> vercl.x] \
+    && ![echo ARCH=IX86 >> vercl.x] \
+    && ![echo $(_HASH)elif defined(_M_AMD64) >> vercl.x] \
+    && ![echo ARCH=AMD64 >> vercl.x] \
+    && ![echo $(_HASH)endif >> vercl.x] \
+    && ![cl -nologo -TC -P vercl.x $(ERRNULL)]
+!include vercl.i
+!if ![echo VCVER= ^\> vercl.vc] \
+    && ![set /a $(VCVERSION) / 100 - 6 >> vercl.vc]
+!include vercl.vc
+!endif
+!endif
+!if ![del $(ERRNUL) /q/f vercl.x vercl.i vercl.vc]
+!endif
+
+!if ![reg query HKLM\Hardware\Description\System\CentralProcessor\0 /v Identifier | findstr /i x86]
+NATIVE_ARCH=IX86
+!else
+NATIVE_ARCH=AMD64
+!endif
+
+# Since MSVC8 we must deal with manifest resources.
+!if $(VCVERSION) >= 1400
+_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=if exist $@.manifest mt -nologo -manifest $@.manifest -outputresource:$@;1
+_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=if exist $@.manifest mt -nologo -manifest $@.manifest -outputresource:$@;2
+!endif
+
+!ifndef MACHINE
+MACHINE=$(ARCH)
+!endif
+
+!ifndef CFG_ENCODING
+CFG_ENCODING	= \"cp1252\"
+!endif
+
+!message ===============================================================================
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+# build the helper app we need to overcome nmake's limiting
+# environment.
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if !exist(nmakehlp.exe)
+!if [$(cc32) -nologo nmakehlp.c -link -subsystem:console > nul]
+!endif
+!endif
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+# Test for compiler features
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+### test for optimizations
+!if [nmakehlp -c -Ot]
+!message *** Compiler has 'Optimizations'
+OPTIMIZING	= 1
+!else
+!message *** Compiler does not have 'Optimizations'
+OPTIMIZING	= 0
+!endif
+
+OPTIMIZATIONS   =
+
+!if [nmakehlp -c -Ot]
+OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -Ot
+!endif
+
+!if [nmakehlp -c -Oi]
+OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -Oi
+!endif
+
+!if [nmakehlp -c -Op]
+OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -Op
+!endif
+
+!if [nmakehlp -c -fp:strict]
+OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -fp:strict
+!endif
+
+!if [nmakehlp -c -Gs]
+OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -Gs
+!endif
+
+!if [nmakehlp -c -GS]
+OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -GS
+!endif
+
+!if [nmakehlp -c -GL]
+OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -GL
+!endif
+
+DEBUGFLAGS     =
+
+!if [nmakehlp -c -RTC1]
+DEBUGFLAGS     = $(DEBUGFLAGS) -RTC1
+!elseif [nmakehlp -c -GZ]
+DEBUGFLAGS     = $(DEBUGFLAGS) -GZ
+!endif
+
+COMPILERFLAGS  =-W3 -DUNICODE -D_UNICODE
+
+# In v13 -GL and -YX are incompatible.
+!if [nmakehlp -c -YX]
+!if ![nmakehlp -c -GL]
+OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -YX
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IX86"
+### test for pentium errata
+!if [nmakehlp -c -QI0f]
+!message *** Compiler has 'Pentium 0x0f fix'
+COMPILERFLAGS  = $(COMPILERFLAGS) -QI0f
+!else
+!message *** Compiler does not have 'Pentium 0x0f fix'
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IA64"
+### test for Itanium errata
+!if [nmakehlp -c -QIA64_Bx]
+!message *** Compiler has 'B-stepping errata workarounds'
+COMPILERFLAGS   = $(COMPILERFLAGS) -QIA64_Bx
+!else
+!message *** Compiler does not have 'B-stepping errata workarounds'
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IX86"
+### test for -align:4096, when align:512 will do.
+!if [nmakehlp -l -opt:nowin98]
+!message *** Linker has 'Win98 alignment problem'
+ALIGN98_HACK	= 1
+!else
+!message *** Linker does not have 'Win98 alignment problem'
+ALIGN98_HACK	= 0
+!endif
+!else
+ALIGN98_HACK	= 0
+!endif
+
+LINKERFLAGS     =
+
+!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg]
+LINKERFLAGS     =-ltcg
+!endif
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+# Decode the options requested.
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if "$(OPTS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(OPTS)" "none"]
+STATIC_BUILD	= 0
+TCL_THREADS	= 1
+DEBUG		= 0
+SYMBOLS		= 0
+PROFILE		= 0
+PGO		= 0
+MSVCRT		= 0
+LOIMPACT	= 0
+TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 0
+USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 1
+UNCHECKED	= 0
+!else
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "static"]
+!message *** Doing static
+STATIC_BUILD	= 1
+!else
+STATIC_BUILD	= 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "msvcrt"]
+!message *** Doing msvcrt
+MSVCRT		= 1
+!else
+MSVCRT		= 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "staticpkg"]
+!message *** Doing staticpkg
+TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 1
+!else
+TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "nothreads"]
+!message *** Compile explicitly for non-threaded tcl
+TCL_THREADS	= 0
+!else
+TCL_THREADS	= 1
+USE_THREAD_ALLOC= 1
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "symbols"]
+!message *** Doing symbols
+DEBUG		= 1
+!else
+DEBUG		= 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pdbs"]
+!message *** Doing pdbs
+SYMBOLS		= 1
+!else
+SYMBOLS		= 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "profile"]
+!message *** Doing profile
+PROFILE		= 1
+!else
+PROFILE		= 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pgi"]
+!message *** Doing profile guided optimization instrumentation
+PGO		= 1
+!elseif [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pgo"]
+!message *** Doing profile guided optimization
+PGO		= 2
+!else
+PGO		= 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "loimpact"]
+!message *** Doing loimpact
+LOIMPACT	= 1
+!else
+LOIMPACT	= 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "thrdalloc"]
+!message *** Doing thrdalloc
+USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 1
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "tclalloc"]
+!message *** Doing tclalloc
+USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "unchecked"]
+!message *** Doing unchecked
+UNCHECKED = 1
+!else
+UNCHECKED = 0
+!endif
+!endif
+
+
+!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)
+# Make sure we don't build overly fat DLLs.
+MSVCRT		= 1
+# We shouldn't statically put the extensions inside the shell when dynamic.
+TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES = 0
+!endif
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+# Figure-out how to name our intermediate and output directories.
+# We wouldn't want different builds to use the same .obj files
+# by accident.
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+#----------------------------------------
+# Naming convention:
+#   t = full thread support.
+#   s = static library (as opposed to an
+#	import library)
+#   g = linked to the debug enabled C
+#	run-time.
+#   x = special static build when it
+#	links to the dynamic C run-time.
+#----------------------------------------
+SUFX	    = tsgx
+
+!if $(DEBUG)
+BUILDDIRTOP = Debug
+!else
+BUILDDIRTOP = Release
+!endif
+
+!if "$(MACHINE)" != "IX86"
+BUILDDIRTOP =$(BUILDDIRTOP)_$(MACHINE)
+!endif
+!if $(VCVER) > 6
+BUILDDIRTOP =$(BUILDDIRTOP)_VC$(VCVER)
+!endif
+
+!if !$(DEBUG) || $(DEBUG) && $(UNCHECKED)
+SUFX	    = $(SUFX:g=)
+!endif
+
+TMP_DIRFULL = .\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\$(PROJECT)_ThreadedDynamicStaticX
+
+!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)
+TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:Static=)
+SUFX	    = $(SUFX:s=)
+EXT	    = dll
+!if $(MSVCRT)
+TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:X=)
+SUFX	    = $(SUFX:x=)
+!endif
+!else
+TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:Dynamic=)
+EXT	    = lib
+!if !$(MSVCRT)
+TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:X=)
+SUFX	    = $(SUFX:x=)
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!if !$(TCL_THREADS)
+TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:Threaded=)
+SUFX	    = $(SUFX:t=)
+!endif
+
+!ifndef TMP_DIR
+TMP_DIR	    = $(TMP_DIRFULL)
+!ifndef OUT_DIR
+OUT_DIR	    = .\$(BUILDDIRTOP)
+!endif
+!else
+!ifndef OUT_DIR
+OUT_DIR	    = $(TMP_DIR)
+!endif
+!endif
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+# Decode the statistics requested.
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if "$(STATS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(STATS)" "none"]
+TCL_MEM_DEBUG	    = 0
+TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG   = 0
+!else
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(STATS) "memdbg"]
+!message *** Doing memdbg
+TCL_MEM_DEBUG	    = 1
+!else
+TCL_MEM_DEBUG	    = 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(STATS) "compdbg"]
+!message *** Doing compdbg
+TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG   = 1
+!else
+TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG   = 0
+!endif
+!endif
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+# Decode the checks requested.
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if "$(CHECKS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(CHECKS)" "none"]
+TCL_NO_DEPRECATED	    = 0
+WARNINGS		    = -W3
+!else
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "nodep"]
+!message *** Doing nodep check
+TCL_NO_DEPRECATED	    = 1
+!else
+TCL_NO_DEPRECATED	    = 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "fullwarn"]
+!message *** Doing full warnings check
+WARNINGS		    = -W4
+!if [nmakehlp -l -warn:3]
+LINKERFLAGS		    = $(LINKERFLAGS) -warn:3
+!endif
+!else
+WARNINGS		    = -W3
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "64bit"] && [nmakehlp -c -Wp64]
+!message *** Doing 64bit portability warnings
+WARNINGS		    = $(WARNINGS) -Wp64
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!if $(PGO) > 1
+!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg:pgoptimize]
+LINKERFLAGS	= $(LINKERFLAGS:-ltcg=) -ltcg:pgoptimize
+!else
+MSG=^
+This compiler does not support profile guided optimization.
+!error $(MSG)
+!endif
+!elseif $(PGO) > 0
+!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg:pginstrument]
+LINKERFLAGS	= $(LINKERFLAGS:-ltcg=) -ltcg:pginstrument
+!else
+MSG=^
+This compiler does not support profile guided optimization.
+!error $(MSG)
+!endif
+!endif
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+# Set our defines now armed with our options.
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+OPTDEFINES	= -DTCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING=$(CFG_ENCODING) -DSTDC_HEADERS
+
+!if $(TCL_MEM_DEBUG)
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_MEM_DEBUG
+!endif
+!if $(TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG)
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_COMPILE_DEBUG -DTCL_COMPILE_STATS
+!endif
+!if $(TCL_THREADS)
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_THREADS=1
+!if $(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DUSE_THREAD_ALLOC=1
+!endif
+!endif
+!if $(STATIC_BUILD)
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DSTATIC_BUILD
+!endif
+!if $(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED)
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED
+!endif
+
+!if !$(DEBUG)
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DNDEBUG
+!if $(OPTIMIZING)
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED
+!endif
+!endif
+!if $(PROFILE)
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_PROFILED
+!endif
+!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IA64" || "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64"
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_DO64BIT
+!endif
+!if $(VCVERSION) < 1300
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DNO_STRTOI64
+!endif
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+# Locate the Tcl headers to build against
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if "$(PROJECT)" == "tcl"
+
+_TCL_H          = ..\generic\tcl.h
+
+!else
+
+# If INSTALLDIR set to tcl root dir then reset to the lib dir.
+!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\include\tcl.h")
+_INSTALLDIR=$(_INSTALLDIR)\lib
+!endif
+
+!if !defined(TCLDIR)
+!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\..\include\tcl.h")
+TCLINSTALL	= 1
+_TCLDIR		= $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
+_TCL_H          = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..\include\tcl.h
+TCLDIR          = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
+!else
+MSG=^
+Failed to find tcl.h.  Set the TCLDIR macro.
+!error $(MSG)
+!endif
+!else
+_TCLDIR	= $(TCLDIR:/=\)
+!if exist("$(_TCLDIR)\include\tcl.h")
+TCLINSTALL	= 1
+_TCL_H          = $(_TCLDIR)\include\tcl.h
+!elseif exist("$(_TCLDIR)\generic\tcl.h")
+TCLINSTALL	= 0
+_TCL_H          = $(_TCLDIR)\generic\tcl.h
+!else
+MSG =^
+Failed to find tcl.h.  The TCLDIR macro does not appear correct.
+!error $(MSG)
+!endif
+!endif
+!endif
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------
+# Extract various version numbers from tcl headers
+# The generated file is then included in the makefile.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if [echo REM = This file is generated from rules.vc > versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo TCL_MAJOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_MAJOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo TCL_MINOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_MINOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo TCL_PATCH_LEVEL = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_PATCH_LEVEL >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+
+# If building the tcl core then we need additional package versions
+!if "$(PROJECT)" == "tcl"
+!if [echo PKG_HTTP_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\http\pkgIndex.tcl http >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo PKG_TCLTEST_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\tcltest\pkgIndex.tcl tcltest >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo PKG_MSGCAT_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\msgcat\pkgIndex.tcl msgcat >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo PKG_PLATFORM_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\platform\pkgIndex.tcl "platform " >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo PKG_SHELL_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\platform\pkgIndex.tcl "platform::shell" >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo PKG_DDE_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\dde\pkgIndex.tcl "dde " >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo PKG_REG_VER =\>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\reg\pkgIndex.tcl registry >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!include versions.vc
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------
+# Setup tcl version dependent stuff headers
+#--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if "$(PROJECT)" != "tcl"
+
+TCL_VERSION	= $(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION)$(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)
+
+!if $(TCL_VERSION) < 81
+TCL_DOES_STUBS	= 0
+!else
+TCL_DOES_STUBS	= 1
+!endif
+
+!if $(TCLINSTALL)
+TCLSH		= "$(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"
+!if !exist($(TCLSH)) && $(TCL_THREADS)
+TCLSH           = "$(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX).exe"
+!endif
+TCLSTUBLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib"
+TCLIMPLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"
+TCL_LIBRARY	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib
+TCLREGLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tclreg13$(SUFX:t=).lib"
+TCLDDELIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcldde14$(SUFX:t=).lib"
+COFFBASE	= \must\have\tcl\sources\to\build\this\target
+TCLTOOLSDIR	= \must\have\tcl\sources\to\build\this\target
+TCL_INCLUDES    = -I"$(_TCLDIR)\include"
+!else
+TCLSH		= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"
+!if !exist($(TCLSH)) && $(TCL_THREADS)
+TCLSH		= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX).exe"
+!endif
+TCLSTUBLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib"
+TCLIMPLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"
+TCL_LIBRARY	= $(_TCLDIR)\library
+TCLREGLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclreg13$(SUFX:t=).lib"
+TCLDDELIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcldde14$(SUFX:t=).lib"
+COFFBASE	= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\coffbase.txt"
+TCLTOOLSDIR	= $(_TCLDIR)\tools
+TCL_INCLUDES	= -I"$(_TCLDIR)\generic" -I"$(_TCLDIR)\win"
+!endif
+
+!endif
+
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Locate the Tk headers to build against
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if "$(PROJECT)" == "tk"
+_TK_H          = ..\generic\tk.h
+_INSTALLDIR    = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
+!endif
+
+!ifdef PROJECT_REQUIRES_TK
+!if !defined(TKDIR)
+!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\..\include\tk.h")
+TKINSTALL      = 1
+_TKDIR         = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
+_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h
+TKDIR          = $(_TKDIR)
+!elseif exist("$(_TCLDIR)\include\tk.h")
+TKINSTALL      = 1
+_TKDIR         = $(_TCLDIR)
+_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h
+TKDIR          = $(_TKDIR)
+!endif
+!else
+_TKDIR = $(TKDIR:/=\)
+!if exist("$(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h")
+TKINSTALL      = 1
+_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h
+!elseif exist("$(_TKDIR)\generic\tk.h")
+TKINSTALL      = 0
+_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\generic\tk.h
+!else
+MSG =^
+Failed to find tk.h. The TKDIR macro does not appear correct.
+!error $(MSG)
+!endif
+!endif
+!endif
+
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Extract Tk version numbers
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if defined(PROJECT_REQUIRES_TK) || "$(PROJECT)" == "tk"
+
+!if [echo TK_MAJOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_MAJOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo TK_MINOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_MINOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo TK_PATCH_LEVEL = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_PATCH_LEVEL >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+
+!include versions.vc
+
+TK_DOTVERSION	= $(TK_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
+TK_VERSION	= $(TK_MAJOR_VERSION)$(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
+
+!if "$(PROJECT)" != "tk"
+!if $(TKINSTALL)
+WISH		= "$(_TKDIR)\bin\wish$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"
+TKSTUBLIB	= "$(_TKDIR)\lib\tkstub$(TK_VERSION).lib"
+TKIMPLIB	= "$(_TKDIR)\lib\tk$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"
+TK_INCLUDES     = -I"$(_TKDIR)\include"
+!else
+WISH		= "$(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\wish$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"
+TKSTUBLIB	= "$(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tkstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib"
+TKIMPLIB	= "$(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tk$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"
+TK_INCLUDES     = -I"$(_TKDIR)\generic" -I"$(_TKDIR)\win" -I"$(_TKDIR)\xlib"
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!endif
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+# Display stats being used.
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+!message *** Intermediate directory will be '$(TMP_DIR)'
+!message *** Output directory will be '$(OUT_DIR)'
+!message *** Suffix for binaries will be '$(SUFX)'
+!message *** Optional defines are '$(OPTDEFINES)'
+!message *** Compiler version $(VCVER). Target machine is $(MACHINE)
+!message *** Host architecture is $(NATIVE_ARCH)
+!message *** Compiler options '$(COMPILERFLAGS) $(OPTIMIZATIONS) $(DEBUGFLAGS) $(WARNINGS)'
+!message *** Link options '$(LINKERFLAGS)'
+
+!endif
+

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/.fossil-settings/empty-dirs

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+compat

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/.fossil-settings/ignore-glob

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+compat/*

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/LICENSE.md

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+
+  *   May you do good and not evil.
+  *   May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+  *   May you share freely, never taking more than you give.

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/Makefile.linux-gcc

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+#!/usr/make
+#
+# Makefile for SQLITE
+#
+# This is a template makefile for SQLite.  Most people prefer to
+# use the autoconf generated "configure" script to generate the
+# makefile automatically.  But that does not work for everybody
+# and in every situation.  If you are having problems with the
+# "configure" script, you might want to try this makefile as an
+# alternative.  Create a copy of this file, edit the parameters
+# below and type "make".
+#
+
+#### The toplevel directory of the source tree.  This is the directory
+#    that contains this "Makefile.in" and the "configure.in" script.
+#
+TOP = ../sqlite
+
+#### C Compiler and options for use in building executables that
+#    will run on the platform that is doing the build.
+#
+BCC = gcc -g -O0
+#BCC = /opt/ancic/bin/c89 -0
+
+#### If the target operating system supports the "usleep()" system
+#    call, then define the HAVE_USLEEP macro for all C modules.
+#
+#USLEEP = 
+USLEEP = -DHAVE_USLEEP=1
+
+#### If you want the SQLite library to be safe for use within a 
+#    multi-threaded program, then define the following macro
+#    appropriately:
+#
+#THREADSAFE = -DTHREADSAFE=1
+THREADSAFE = -DTHREADSAFE=0
+
+#### Specify any extra linker options needed to make the library
+#    thread safe
+#
+THREADLIB = -lpthread -lm -ldl
+#THREADLIB = 
+
+#### Specify any extra libraries needed to access required functions.
+#
+#TLIBS = -lrt    # fdatasync on Solaris 8
+TLIBS = 
+
+#### Leave SQLITE_DEBUG undefined for maximum speed.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG=1
+#    to check for memory leaks.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG=2 to print a log of all
+#    malloc()s and free()s in order to track down memory leaks.
+#    
+#    SQLite uses some expensive assert() statements in the inner loop.
+#    You can make the library go almost twice as fast if you compile
+#    with -DNDEBUG=1
+#
+OPTS += -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1
+OPTS += -DSQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE
+OPTS += -DSQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE
+
+#### The suffix to add to executable files.  ".exe" for windows.
+#    Nothing for unix.
+#
+#EXE = .exe
+EXE =
+
+#### C Compile and options for use in building executables that 
+#    will run on the target platform.  This is usually the same
+#    as BCC, unless you are cross-compiling.
+#
+TCC = gcc -O0
+#TCC = gcc -g -O0 -Wall
+#TCC = gcc -g -O0 -Wall -fprofile-arcs -ftest-coverage
+#TCC = /opt/mingw/bin/i386-mingw32-gcc -O6
+#TCC = /opt/ansic/bin/c89 -O +z -Wl,-a,archive
+
+#### Tools used to build a static library.
+#
+AR = ar cr
+#AR = /opt/mingw/bin/i386-mingw32-ar cr
+RANLIB = ranlib
+#RANLIB = /opt/mingw/bin/i386-mingw32-ranlib
+
+MKSHLIB = gcc -shared
+SO = so
+SHPREFIX = lib
+# SO = dll
+# SHPREFIX =
+
+#### Extra compiler options needed for programs that use the TCL library.
+#
+TCL_FLAGS = -I/home/drh/tcl/include/tcl8.6
+
+#### Linker options needed to link against the TCL library.
+#
+#LIBTCL = -ltcl -lm -ldl
+LIBTCL = /home/drh/tcl/lib/libtcl8.6.a -lm -lpthread -ldl -lz
+
+#### Additional objects for SQLite library when TCL support is enabled.
+#TCLOBJ =
+TCLOBJ = tclsqlite.o
+
+#### Compiler options needed for programs that use the readline() library.
+#
+READLINE_FLAGS =
+#READLINE_FLAGS = -DHAVE_READLINE=1 -I/usr/include/readline
+
+#### Linker options needed by programs using readline() must link against.
+#
+LIBREADLINE =
+#LIBREADLINE = -static -lreadline -ltermcap
+
+# You should not have to change anything below this line
+###############################################################################
+include $(TOP)/main.mk

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,327 @@
+<h1 align="center">SQLite Source Repository</h1>
+
+This repository contains the complete source code for the 
+[SQLite database engine](https://sqlite.org/).  Some test scripts 
+are also included.  However, many other test scripts
+and most of the documentation are managed separately.
+
+## Version Control
+
+SQLite sources are managed using the
+[Fossil](https://www.fossil-scm.org/), a distributed version control system
+that was specifically designed and written to support SQLite development.
+The [Fossil repository](https://sqlite.org/src/timeline) contains the urtext.
+
+If you are reading this on GitHub or some other Git repository or service,
+then you are looking at a mirror.  The names of check-ins and
+other artifacts in a Git mirror are different from the official
+names for those objects.  The offical names for check-ins are
+found in a footer on the check-in comment for authorized mirrors.
+The official check-in name can also be seen in the `manifest.uuid` file
+in the root of the tree.  Always use the official name, not  the
+Git-name, when communicating about an SQLite check-in.
+
+If you pulled your SQLite source code from a secondary source and want to
+verify its integrity, there are hints on how to do that in the
+[Verifying Code Authenticity](#vauth) section below.
+
+## Obtaining The Code
+
+If you do not want to use Fossil, you can download tarballs or ZIP
+archives or [SQLite archives](https://sqlite.org/cli.html#sqlar) as follows:
+
+  *  Lastest trunk check-in as
+     [Tarball](https://www.sqlite.org/src/tarball/sqlite.tar.gz),
+     [ZIP-archive](https://www.sqlite.org/src/zip/sqlite.zip), or
+     [SQLite-archive](https://www.sqlite.org/src/sqlar/sqlite.sqlar).
+
+  *  Latest release as
+     [Tarball](https://www.sqlite.org/src/tarball/sqlite.tar.gz?r=release),
+     [ZIP-archive](https://www.sqlite.org/src/zip/sqlite.zip?r=release), or
+     [SQLite-archive](https://www.sqlite.org/src/sqlar/sqlite.sqlar?r=release).
+
+  *  For other check-ins, substitute an appropriate branch name or
+     tag or hash prefix in place of "release" in the URLs of the previous
+     bullet.  Or browse the [timeline](https://www.sqlite.org/src/timeline)
+     to locate the check-in desired, click on its information page link,
+     then click on the "Tarball" or "ZIP Archive" links on the information
+     page.
+
+If you do want to use Fossil to check out the source tree, 
+first install Fossil version 2.0 or later.
+(Source tarballs and precompiled binaries available
+[here](https://www.fossil-scm.org/fossil/uv/download.html).  Fossil is
+a stand-alone program.  To install, simply download or build the single 
+executable file and put that file someplace on your $PATH.)
+Then run commands like this:
+
+        mkdir ~/sqlite
+        cd ~/sqlite
+        fossil clone https://www.sqlite.org/src sqlite.fossil
+        fossil open sqlite.fossil
+    
+After setting up a repository using the steps above, you can always
+update to the lastest version using:
+
+        fossil update trunk   ;# latest trunk check-in
+        fossil update release ;# latest official release
+
+Or type "fossil ui" to get a web-based user interface.
+
+## Compiling
+
+First create a directory in which to place
+the build products.  It is recommended, but not required, that the
+build directory be separate from the source directory.  Cd into the
+build directory and then from the build directory run the configure
+script found at the root of the source tree.  Then run "make".
+
+For example:
+
+        tar xzf sqlite.tar.gz    ;#  Unpack the source tree into "sqlite"
+        mkdir bld                ;#  Build will occur in a sibling directory
+        cd bld                   ;#  Change to the build directory
+        ../sqlite/configure      ;#  Run the configure script
+        make                     ;#  Run the makefile.
+        make sqlite3.c           ;#  Build the "amalgamation" source file
+        make test                ;#  Run some tests (requires Tcl)
+
+See the makefile for additional targets.
+
+The configure script uses autoconf 2.61 and libtool.  If the configure
+script does not work out for you, there is a generic makefile named
+"Makefile.linux-gcc" in the top directory of the source tree that you
+can copy and edit to suit your needs.  Comments on the generic makefile
+show what changes are needed.
+
+## Using MSVC
+
+On Windows, all applicable build products can be compiled with MSVC.
+First open the command prompt window associated with the desired compiler
+version (e.g. "Developer Command Prompt for VS2013").  Next, use NMAKE
+with the provided "Makefile.msc" to build one of the supported targets.
+
+For example:
+
+        mkdir bld
+        cd bld
+        nmake /f Makefile.msc TOP=..\sqlite
+        nmake /f Makefile.msc sqlite3.c TOP=..\sqlite
+        nmake /f Makefile.msc sqlite3.dll TOP=..\sqlite
+        nmake /f Makefile.msc sqlite3.exe TOP=..\sqlite
+        nmake /f Makefile.msc test TOP=..\sqlite
+
+There are several build options that can be set via the NMAKE command
+line.  For example, to build for WinRT, simply add "FOR_WINRT=1" argument
+to the "sqlite3.dll" command line above.  When debugging into the SQLite
+code, adding the "DEBUG=1" argument to one of the above command lines is
+recommended.
+
+SQLite does not require [Tcl](http://www.tcl.tk/) to run, but a Tcl installation
+is required by the makefiles (including those for MSVC).  SQLite contains
+a lot of generated code and Tcl is used to do much of that code generation.
+
+## Source Code Tour
+
+Most of the core source files are in the **src/** subdirectory.  The
+**src/** folder also contains files used to build the "testfixture" test
+harness. The names of the source files used by "testfixture" all begin
+with "test".
+The **src/** also contains the "shell.c" file
+which is the main program for the "sqlite3.exe"
+[command-line shell](https://sqlite.org/cli.html) and
+the "tclsqlite.c" file which implements the
+[Tcl bindings](https://sqlite.org/tclsqlite.html) for SQLite.
+(Historical note:  SQLite began as a Tcl
+extension and only later escaped to the wild as an independent library.)
+
+Test scripts and programs are found in the **test/** subdirectory.
+Addtional test code is found in other source repositories.
+See [How SQLite Is Tested](http://www.sqlite.org/testing.html) for
+additional information.
+
+The **ext/** subdirectory contains code for extensions.  The
+Full-text search engine is in **ext/fts3**.  The R-Tree engine is in
+**ext/rtree**.  The **ext/misc** subdirectory contains a number of
+smaller, single-file extensions, such as a REGEXP operator.
+
+The **tool/** subdirectory contains various scripts and programs used
+for building generated source code files or for testing or for generating
+accessory programs such as "sqlite3_analyzer(.exe)".
+
+### Generated Source Code Files
+
+Several of the C-language source files used by SQLite are generated from
+other sources rather than being typed in manually by a programmer.  This
+section will summarize those automatically-generated files.  To create all
+of the automatically-generated files, simply run "make target&#95;source".
+The "target&#95;source" make target will create a subdirectory "tsrc/" and
+fill it with all the source files needed to build SQLite, both
+manually-edited files and automatically-generated files.
+
+The SQLite interface is defined by the **sqlite3.h** header file, which is
+generated from src/sqlite.h.in, ./manifest.uuid, and ./VERSION.  The
+[Tcl script](http://www.tcl.tk) at tool/mksqlite3h.tcl does the conversion.
+The manifest.uuid file contains the SHA3 hash of the particular check-in
+and is used to generate the SQLITE\_SOURCE\_ID macro.  The VERSION file
+contains the current SQLite version number.  The sqlite3.h header is really
+just a copy of src/sqlite.h.in with the source-id and version number inserted
+at just the right spots. Note that comment text in the sqlite3.h file is
+used to generate much of the SQLite API documentation.  The Tcl scripts
+used to generate that documentation are in a separate source repository.
+
+The SQL language parser is **parse.c** which is generate from a grammar in
+the src/parse.y file.  The conversion of "parse.y" into "parse.c" is done
+by the [lemon](./doc/lemon.html) LALR(1) parser generator.  The source code
+for lemon is at tool/lemon.c.  Lemon uses the tool/lempar.c file as a
+template for generating its parser.
+Lemon also generates the **parse.h** header file, at the same time it
+generates parse.c.
+
+The **opcodes.h** header file contains macros that define the numbers
+corresponding to opcodes in the "VDBE" virtual machine.  The opcodes.h
+file is generated by the scanning the src/vdbe.c source file.  The
+Tcl script at ./mkopcodeh.tcl does this scan and generates opcodes.h.
+A second Tcl script, ./mkopcodec.tcl, then scans opcodes.h to generate
+the **opcodes.c** source file, which contains a reverse mapping from
+opcode-number to opcode-name that is used for EXPLAIN output.
+
+The **keywordhash.h** header file contains the definition of a hash table
+that maps SQL language keywords (ex: "CREATE", "SELECT", "INDEX", etc.) into
+the numeric codes used by the parse.c parser.  The keywordhash.h file is
+generated by a C-language program at tool mkkeywordhash.c.
+
+The **pragma.h** header file contains various definitions used to parse
+and implement the PRAGMA statements.  The header is generated by a
+script **tool/mkpragmatab.tcl**. If you want to add a new PRAGMA, edit
+the **tool/mkpragmatab.tcl** file to insert the information needed by the
+parser for your new PRAGMA, then run the script to regenerate the
+**pragma.h** header file.
+
+### The Amalgamation
+
+All of the individual C source code and header files (both manually-edited
+and automatically-generated) can be combined into a single big source file
+**sqlite3.c** called "the amalgamation".  The amalgamation is the recommended
+way of using SQLite in a larger application.  Combining all individual
+source code files into a single big source code file allows the C compiler
+to perform more cross-procedure analysis and generate better code.  SQLite
+runs about 5% faster when compiled from the amalgamation versus when compiled
+from individual source files.
+
+The amalgamation is generated from the tool/mksqlite3c.tcl Tcl script.
+First, all of the individual source files must be gathered into the tsrc/
+subdirectory (using the equivalent of "make target_source") then the
+tool/mksqlite3c.tcl script is run to copy them all together in just the
+right order while resolving internal "#include" references.
+
+The amalgamation source file is more than 200K lines long.  Some symbolic
+debuggers (most notably MSVC) are unable to deal with files longer than 64K
+lines.  To work around this, a separate Tcl script, tool/split-sqlite3c.tcl,
+can be run on the amalgamation to break it up into a single small C file
+called **sqlite3-all.c** that does #include on about seven other files
+named **sqlite3-1.c**, **sqlite3-2.c**, ..., **sqlite3-7.c**.  In this way,
+all of the source code is contained within a single translation unit so
+that the compiler can do extra cross-procedure optimization, but no
+individual source file exceeds 32K lines in length.
+
+## How It All Fits Together
+
+SQLite is modular in design.
+See the [architectural description](http://www.sqlite.org/arch.html)
+for details. Other documents that are useful in
+(helping to understand how SQLite works include the
+[file format](http://www.sqlite.org/fileformat2.html) description,
+the [virtual machine](http://www.sqlite.org/opcode.html) that runs
+prepared statements, the description of
+[how transactions work](http://www.sqlite.org/atomiccommit.html), and
+the [overview of the query planner](http://www.sqlite.org/optoverview.html).
+
+Years of effort have gone into optimizating SQLite, both
+for small size and high performance.  And optimizations tend to result in
+complex code.  So there is a lot of complexity in the current SQLite
+implementation.  It will not be the easiest library in the world to hack.
+
+Key files:
+
+  *  **sqlite.h.in** - This file defines the public interface to the SQLite
+     library.  Readers will need to be familiar with this interface before
+     trying to understand how the library works internally.
+
+  *  **sqliteInt.h** - this header file defines many of the data objects
+     used internally by SQLite.  In addition to "sqliteInt.h", some
+     subsystems have their own header files.
+
+  *  **parse.y** - This file describes the LALR(1) grammar that SQLite uses
+     to parse SQL statements, and the actions that are taken at each step
+     in the parsing process.
+
+  *  **vdbe.c** - This file implements the virtual machine that runs
+     prepared statements.  There are various helper files whose names
+     begin with "vdbe".  The VDBE has access to the vdbeInt.h header file
+     which defines internal data objects.  The rest of SQLite interacts
+     with the VDBE through an interface defined by vdbe.h.
+
+  *  **where.c** - This file (together with its helper files named
+     by "where*.c") analyzes the WHERE clause and generates
+     virtual machine code to run queries efficiently.  This file is
+     sometimes called the "query optimizer".  It has its own private
+     header file, whereInt.h, that defines data objects used internally.
+
+  *  **btree.c** - This file contains the implementation of the B-Tree
+     storage engine used by SQLite.  The interface to the rest of the system
+     is defined by "btree.h".  The "btreeInt.h" header defines objects
+     used internally by btree.c and not published to the rest of the system.
+
+  *  **pager.c** - This file contains the "pager" implementation, the
+     module that implements transactions.  The "pager.h" header file
+     defines the interface between pager.c and the rest of the system.
+
+  *  **os_unix.c** and **os_win.c** - These two files implement the interface
+     between SQLite and the underlying operating system using the run-time
+     pluggable VFS interface.
+
+  *  **shell.c.in** - This file is not part of the core SQLite library.  This
+     is the file that, when linked against sqlite3.a, generates the
+     "sqlite3.exe" command-line shell.  The "shell.c.in" file is transformed
+     into "shell.c" as part of the build process.
+
+  *  **tclsqlite.c** - This file implements the Tcl bindings for SQLite.  It
+     is not part of the core SQLite library.  But as most of the tests in this
+     repository are written in Tcl, the Tcl language bindings are important.
+
+  *  **test*.c** - Files in the src/ folder that begin with "test" go into
+     building the "testfixture.exe" program.  The testfixture.exe program is
+     an enhanced Tcl shell.  The testfixture.exe program runs scripts in the
+     test/ folder to validate the core SQLite code.  The testfixture program
+     (and some other test programs too) is build and run when you type
+     "make test".
+
+  *  **ext/misc/json1.c** - This file implements the various JSON functions
+     that are build into SQLite.
+
+There are many other source files.  Each has a succinct header comment that
+describes its purpose and role within the larger system.
+
+<a name="vauth"></a>
+## Verifying Code Authenticity
+
+The `manifest` file at the root directory of the source tree
+contains either a SHA3-256 hash (for newer files) or a SHA1 hash (for 
+older files) for every source file in the repository.
+The SHA3-256 hash of the `manifest`
+file itself is the official name of the version of the source tree that you
+have. The `manifest.uuid` file should contain the SHA3-256 hash of the
+`manifest` file. If all of the above hash comparisons are correct, then
+you can be confident that your source tree is authentic and unadulterated.
+
+The format of the `manifest` file should be mostly self-explanatory, but
+if you want details, they are available
+[here](https://fossil-scm.org/fossil/doc/trunk/www/fileformat.wiki#manifest).
+
+## Contacts
+
+The main SQLite website is [http://www.sqlite.org/](http://www.sqlite.org/)
+with geographically distributed backups at
+[http://www2.sqlite.org/](http://www2.sqlite.org) and
+[http://www3.sqlite.org/](http://www3.sqlite.org).

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/VERSION

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+3.33.0

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/autoconf/INSTALL

@@ -0,0 +1,370 @@
+Installation Instructions
+*************************
+
+Copyright (C) 1994-1996, 1999-2002, 2004-2011 Free Software Foundation,
+Inc.
+
+   Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
+are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
+notice and this notice are preserved.  This file is offered as-is,
+without warranty of any kind.
+
+Basic Installation
+==================
+
+   Briefly, the shell commands `./configure; make; make install' should
+configure, build, and install this package.  The following
+more-detailed instructions are generic; see the `README' file for
+instructions specific to this package.  Some packages provide this
+`INSTALL' file but do not implement all of the features documented
+below.  The lack of an optional feature in a given package is not
+necessarily a bug.  More recommendations for GNU packages can be found
+in *note Makefile Conventions: (standards)Makefile Conventions.
+
+   The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
+various system-dependent variables used during compilation.  It uses
+those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
+It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
+definitions.  Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
+you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
+file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
+debugging `configure').
+
+   It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache'
+and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves
+the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring.  Caching is
+disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale
+cache files.
+
+   If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
+to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
+diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
+be considered for the next release.  If you are using the cache, and at
+some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
+may remove or edit it.
+
+   The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create
+`configure' by a program called `autoconf'.  You need `configure.ac' if
+you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version
+of `autoconf'.
+
+   The simplest way to compile this package is:
+
+  1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
+     `./configure' to configure the package for your system.
+
+     Running `configure' might take a while.  While running, it prints
+     some messages telling which features it is checking for.
+
+  2. Type `make' to compile the package.
+
+  3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
+     the package, generally using the just-built uninstalled binaries.
+
+  4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
+     documentation.  When installing into a prefix owned by root, it is
+     recommended that the package be configured and built as a regular
+     user, and only the `make install' phase executed with root
+     privileges.
+
+  5. Optionally, type `make installcheck' to repeat any self-tests, but
+     this time using the binaries in their final installed location.
+     This target does not install anything.  Running this target as a
+     regular user, particularly if the prior `make install' required
+     root privileges, verifies that the installation completed
+     correctly.
+
+  6. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
+     source code directory by typing `make clean'.  To also remove the
+     files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
+     a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'.  There is
+     also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
+     for the package's developers.  If you use it, you may have to get
+     all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
+     with the distribution.
+
+  7. Often, you can also type `make uninstall' to remove the installed
+     files again.  In practice, not all packages have tested that
+     uninstallation works correctly, even though it is required by the
+     GNU Coding Standards.
+
+  8. Some packages, particularly those that use Automake, provide `make
+     distcheck', which can by used by developers to test that all other
+     targets like `make install' and `make uninstall' work correctly.
+     This target is generally not run by end users.
+
+Compilers and Options
+=====================
+
+   Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
+the `configure' script does not know about.  Run `./configure --help'
+for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
+
+   You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters
+by setting variables in the command line or in the environment.  Here
+is an example:
+
+     ./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix
+
+   *Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
+
+Compiling For Multiple Architectures
+====================================
+
+   You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
+same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
+own directory.  To do this, you can use GNU `make'.  `cd' to the
+directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
+the `configure' script.  `configure' automatically checks for the
+source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.  This
+is known as a "VPATH" build.
+
+   With a non-GNU `make', it is safer to compile the package for one
+architecture at a time in the source code directory.  After you have
+installed the package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before
+reconfiguring for another architecture.
+
+   On MacOS X 10.5 and later systems, you can create libraries and
+executables that work on multiple system types--known as "fat" or
+"universal" binaries--by specifying multiple `-arch' options to the
+compiler but only a single `-arch' option to the preprocessor.  Like
+this:
+
+     ./configure CC="gcc -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
+                 CXX="g++ -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
+                 CPP="gcc -E" CXXCPP="g++ -E"
+
+   This is not guaranteed to produce working output in all cases, you
+may have to build one architecture at a time and combine the results
+using the `lipo' tool if you have problems.
+
+Installation Names
+==================
+
+   By default, `make install' installs the package's commands under
+`/usr/local/bin', include files under `/usr/local/include', etc.  You
+can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving
+`configure' the option `--prefix=PREFIX', where PREFIX must be an
+absolute file name.
+
+   You can specify separate installation prefixes for
+architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files.  If you
+pass the option `--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to `configure', the package uses
+PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
+Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix.
+
+   In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
+options like `--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular
+kinds of files.  Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
+you can set and what kinds of files go in them.  In general, the
+default for these options is expressed in terms of `${prefix}', so that
+specifying just `--prefix' will affect all of the other directory
+specifications that were not explicitly provided.
+
+   The most portable way to affect installation locations is to pass the
+correct locations to `configure'; however, many packages provide one or
+both of the following shortcuts of passing variable assignments to the
+`make install' command line to change installation locations without
+having to reconfigure or recompile.
+
+   The first method involves providing an override variable for each
+affected directory.  For example, `make install
+prefix=/alternate/directory' will choose an alternate location for all
+directory configuration variables that were expressed in terms of
+`${prefix}'.  Any directories that were specified during `configure',
+but not in terms of `${prefix}', must each be overridden at install
+time for the entire installation to be relocated.  The approach of
+makefile variable overrides for each directory variable is required by
+the GNU Coding Standards, and ideally causes no recompilation.
+However, some platforms have known limitations with the semantics of
+shared libraries that end up requiring recompilation when using this
+method, particularly noticeable in packages that use GNU Libtool.
+
+   The second method involves providing the `DESTDIR' variable.  For
+example, `make install DESTDIR=/alternate/directory' will prepend
+`/alternate/directory' before all installation names.  The approach of
+`DESTDIR' overrides is not required by the GNU Coding Standards, and
+does not work on platforms that have drive letters.  On the other hand,
+it does better at avoiding recompilation issues, and works well even
+when some directory options were not specified in terms of `${prefix}'
+at `configure' time.
+
+Optional Features
+=================
+
+   If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
+with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
+option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
+
+   Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
+`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
+They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
+is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System).  The
+`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
+package recognizes.
+
+   For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
+find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
+you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
+`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
+
+   Some packages offer the ability to configure how verbose the
+execution of `make' will be.  For these packages, running `./configure
+--enable-silent-rules' sets the default to minimal output, which can be
+overridden with `make V=1'; while running `./configure
+--disable-silent-rules' sets the default to verbose, which can be
+overridden with `make V=0'.
+
+Particular systems
+==================
+
+   On HP-UX, the default C compiler is not ANSI C compatible.  If GNU
+CC is not installed, it is recommended to use the following options in
+order to use an ANSI C compiler:
+
+     ./configure CC="cc -Ae -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=500"
+
+and if that doesn't work, install pre-built binaries of GCC for HP-UX.
+
+   HP-UX `make' updates targets which have the same time stamps as
+their prerequisites, which makes it generally unusable when shipped
+generated files such as `configure' are involved.  Use GNU `make'
+instead.
+
+   On OSF/1 a.k.a. Tru64, some versions of the default C compiler cannot
+parse its `<wchar.h>' header file.  The option `-nodtk' can be used as
+a workaround.  If GNU CC is not installed, it is therefore recommended
+to try
+
+     ./configure CC="cc"
+
+and if that doesn't work, try
+
+     ./configure CC="cc -nodtk"
+
+   On Solaris, don't put `/usr/ucb' early in your `PATH'.  This
+directory contains several dysfunctional programs; working variants of
+these programs are available in `/usr/bin'.  So, if you need `/usr/ucb'
+in your `PATH', put it _after_ `/usr/bin'.
+
+   On Haiku, software installed for all users goes in `/boot/common',
+not `/usr/local'.  It is recommended to use the following options:
+
+     ./configure --prefix=/boot/common
+
+Specifying the System Type
+==========================
+
+   There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out
+automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package
+will run on.  Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the
+_same_ architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
+a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
+`--build=TYPE' option.  TYPE can either be a short name for the system
+type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
+
+     CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
+
+where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
+
+     OS
+     KERNEL-OS
+
+   See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field.  If
+`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
+need to know the machine type.
+
+   If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
+use the option `--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will
+produce code for.
+
+   If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
+platform different from the build platform, you should specify the
+"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will
+eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'.
+
+Sharing Defaults
+================
+
+   If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
+you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
+default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
+`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
+`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists.  Or, you can set the
+`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
+A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
+
+Defining Variables
+==================
+
+   Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
+environment passed to `configure'.  However, some packages may run
+configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
+variables may be lost.  In order to avoid this problem, you should set
+them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'.  For example:
+
+     ./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
+
+causes the specified `gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
+overridden in the site shell script).
+
+Unfortunately, this technique does not work for `CONFIG_SHELL' due to
+an Autoconf bug.  Until the bug is fixed you can use this workaround:
+
+     CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash /bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
+
+`configure' Invocation
+======================
+
+   `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
+operates.
+
+`--help'
+`-h'
+     Print a summary of all of the options to `configure', and exit.
+
+`--help=short'
+`--help=recursive'
+     Print a summary of the options unique to this package's
+     `configure', and exit.  The `short' variant lists options used
+     only in the top level, while the `recursive' variant lists options
+     also present in any nested packages.
+
+`--version'
+`-V'
+     Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
+     script, and exit.
+
+`--cache-file=FILE'
+     Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
+     traditionally `config.cache'.  FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to
+     disable caching.
+
+`--config-cache'
+`-C'
+     Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'.
+
+`--quiet'
+`--silent'
+`-q'
+     Do not print messages saying which checks are being made.  To
+     suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
+     messages will still be shown).
+
+`--srcdir=DIR'
+     Look for the package's source code in directory DIR.  Usually
+     `configure' can determine that directory automatically.
+
+`--prefix=DIR'
+     Use DIR as the installation prefix.  *note Installation Names::
+     for more details, including other options available for fine-tuning
+     the installation locations.
+
+`--no-create'
+`-n'
+     Run the configure checks, but stop before creating any output
+     files.
+
+`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.  Run
+`configure --help' for more details.
+

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/autoconf/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+
+AM_CFLAGS = @BUILD_CFLAGS@ 
+lib_LTLIBRARIES = libsqlite3.la
+libsqlite3_la_SOURCES = sqlite3.c
+libsqlite3_la_LDFLAGS = -no-undefined -version-info 8:6:8
+
+bin_PROGRAMS = sqlite3
+sqlite3_SOURCES = shell.c sqlite3.h
+EXTRA_sqlite3_SOURCES = sqlite3.c
+sqlite3_LDADD = @EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ@ @READLINE_LIBS@
+sqlite3_DEPENDENCIES = @EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ@
+sqlite3_CFLAGS = $(AM_CFLAGS) -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBPAGE_VTAB -DSQLITE_ENABLE_STMTVTAB -DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB $(SHELL_CFLAGS)
+
+include_HEADERS = sqlite3.h sqlite3ext.h
+
+EXTRA_DIST = sqlite3.1 tea Makefile.msc sqlite3.rc sqlite3rc.h README.txt Replace.cs Makefile.fallback
+pkgconfigdir = ${libdir}/pkgconfig
+pkgconfig_DATA = sqlite3.pc
+
+man_MANS = sqlite3.1

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/autoconf/Makefile.fallback

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#!/usr/bin/make
+#
+# If the configure script does not work, then this Makefile is available
+# as a backup.  Manually configure the variables below.
+#
+# Note:  This makefile works out-of-the-box on MacOS 10.2 (Jaguar)
+#
+CC = gcc
+CFLAGS = -O0 -I.
+LIBS = -lz
+COPTS += -D_BSD_SOURCE
+COPTS += -DSQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE=0
+COPTS += -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0
+COPTS += -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+COPTS += -DSQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC
+COPTS += -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
+
+sqlite3:	shell.c sqlite3.c
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(COPTS) -o sqlite3 shell.c sqlite3.c $(LIBS)

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/autoconf/README.first

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This directory contains components use to build an autoconf-ready package
+of the SQLite amalgamation:  sqlite-autoconf-30XXXXXX.tar.gz
+
+To build the autoconf amalgamation, run from the top-level:
+
+   ./configure
+   make amalgamation-tarball
+
+The amalgamation-tarball target (also available in "main.mk") runs the
+script tool/mkautoconfamal.sh which does the work.  Refer to that script
+for details.

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/autoconf/README.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+This package contains:
+
+ * the SQLite library amalgamation source code file: sqlite3.c
+ * the sqlite3.h and sqlite3ext.h header files that define the C-language
+   interface to the sqlite3.c library file
+ * the shell.c file used to build the sqlite3 command-line shell program
+ * autoconf/automake installation infrastucture for building on POSIX
+   compliant systems
+ * a Makefile.msc, sqlite3.rc, and Replace.cs for building with Microsoft
+   Visual C++ on Windows
+
+SUMMARY OF HOW TO BUILD
+=======================
+
+  Unix:      ./configure; make
+  Windows:   nmake /f Makefile.msc
+
+BUILDING ON POSIX
+=================
+
+The generic installation instructions for autoconf/automake are found
+in the INSTALL file.
+
+The following SQLite specific boolean options are supported:
+
+  --enable-readline           use readline in shell tool   [default=yes]
+  --enable-threadsafe         build a thread-safe library  [default=yes]
+  --enable-dynamic-extensions support loadable extensions  [default=yes]
+
+The default value for the CFLAGS variable (options passed to the C
+compiler) includes debugging symbols in the build, resulting in larger
+binaries than are necessary. Override it on the configure command
+line like this:
+
+  $ CFLAGS="-Os" ./configure
+
+to produce a smaller installation footprint.
+
+Other SQLite compilation parameters can also be set using CFLAGS. For
+example:
+
+  $ CFLAGS="-Os -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0" ./configure
+
+
+BUILDING WITH MICROSOFT VISUAL C++
+==================================
+
+To compile for Windows using Microsoft Visual C++:
+
+  $ nmake /f Makefile.msc
+
+Using Microsoft Visual C++ 2005 (or later) is recommended.  Several Windows
+platform variants may be built by adding additional macros to the NMAKE
+command line.
+
+Building for WinRT 8.0
+----------------------
+
+  FOR_WINRT=1
+
+Using Microsoft Visual C++ 2012 (or later) is required.  When using the
+above, something like the following macro will need to be added to the
+NMAKE command line as well:
+
+  "NSDKLIBPATH=%WindowsSdkDir%\..\8.0\lib\win8\um\x86"
+
+Building for WinRT 8.1
+----------------------
+
+  FOR_WINRT=1
+
+Using Microsoft Visual C++ 2013 (or later) is required.  When using the
+above, something like the following macro will need to be added to the
+NMAKE command line as well:
+
+  "NSDKLIBPATH=%WindowsSdkDir%\..\8.1\lib\winv6.3\um\x86"
+
+Building for UWP 10.0
+---------------------
+
+  FOR_WINRT=1 FOR_UWP=1
+
+Using Microsoft Visual C++ 2015 (or later) is required.  When using the
+above, something like the following macros will need to be added to the
+NMAKE command line as well:
+
+  "NSDKLIBPATH=%WindowsSdkDir%\..\10\lib\10.0.10586.0\um\x86"
+  "PSDKLIBPATH=%WindowsSdkDir%\..\10\lib\10.0.10586.0\um\x86"
+  "NUCRTLIBPATH=%UniversalCRTSdkDir%\..\10\lib\10.0.10586.0\ucrt\x86"
+
+Building for the Windows 10 SDK
+-------------------------------
+
+  FOR_WIN10=1
+
+Using Microsoft Visual C++ 2015 (or later) is required.  When using the
+above, no other macros should be needed on the NMAKE command line.
+
+Other preprocessor defines
+--------------------------
+
+Additionally, preprocessor defines may be specified by using the OPTS macro
+on the NMAKE command line.  However, not all possible preprocessor defines
+may be specified in this manner as some require the amalgamation to be built
+with them enabled (see http://www.sqlite.org/compile.html). For example, the
+following will work:
+
+  "OPTS=-DSQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4=1 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1=1"
+
+However, the following will not compile unless the amalgamation was built
+with it enabled:
+
+  "OPTS=-DSQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT=1"

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/autoconf/configure.ac

@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Supports the following non-standard switches.
+#
+#   --enable-threadsafe
+#   --enable-readline
+#   --enable-editline
+#   --enable-static-shell
+#   --enable-dynamic-extensions
+#
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.61)
+AC_INIT(sqlite, --SQLITE-VERSION--, http://www.sqlite.org)
+AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([sqlite3.c])
+AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([.])
+
+# Use automake.
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([foreign])
+
+AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
+
+# Check for required programs.
+AC_PROG_CC
+AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
+AC_PROG_MKDIR_P
+
+# Check for library functions that SQLite can optionally use.
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS([fdatasync usleep fullfsync localtime_r gmtime_r])
+AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R
+
+AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile sqlite3.pc])
+BUILD_CFLAGS=
+AC_SUBST(BUILD_CFLAGS)
+
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Two options to enable readline compatible libraries: 
+#
+#   --enable-editline
+#   --enable-readline
+#
+# Both are enabled by default. If, after command line processing both are
+# still enabled, the script searches for editline first and automatically
+# disables readline if it is found. So, to use readline explicitly, the
+# user must pass "--disable-editline". To disable command line editing
+# support altogether, "--disable-editline --disable-readline".
+#
+# When searching for either library, check for headers before libraries 
+# as some distros supply packages that contain libraries but not header
+# files, which come as a separate development package.
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(editline, [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-editline],[use BSD libedit])])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(readline, [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-readline],[use readline])])
+
+AS_IF([ test x"$enable_editline" != xno ],[
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS([editline/readline.h],[
+    sLIBS=$LIBS
+    LIBS=""
+    AC_SEARCH_LIBS([readline],[edit],[
+      AC_DEFINE([HAVE_EDITLINE],1,Define to use BSD editline)
+      READLINE_LIBS="$LIBS -ltinfo"
+      enable_readline=no
+    ],[],[-ltinfo])
+    AS_UNSET(ac_cv_search_readline)
+    LIBS=$sLIBS
+  ])
+])
+
+AS_IF([ test x"$enable_readline" != xno ],[
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS([readline/readline.h],[
+    sLIBS=$LIBS
+    LIBS=""
+    AC_SEARCH_LIBS(tgetent, termcap curses ncurses ncursesw, [], [])
+    AC_SEARCH_LIBS(readline,[readline edit], [
+      AC_DEFINE([HAVE_READLINE],1,Define to use readline or wrapper)
+      READLINE_LIBS=$LIBS
+    ])
+    LIBS=$sLIBS
+  ])
+])
+
+AC_SUBST(READLINE_LIBS)
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-threadsafe
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(threadsafe, [AS_HELP_STRING(
+  [--enable-threadsafe], [build a thread-safe library [default=yes]])], 
+  [], [enable_threadsafe=yes])
+if test x"$enable_threadsafe" != "xno"; then
+  BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -D_REENTRANT=1 -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=1"
+  AC_SEARCH_LIBS(pthread_create, pthread)
+  AC_SEARCH_LIBS(pthread_mutexattr_init, pthread)
+fi
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-dynamic-extensions
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(dynamic-extensions, [AS_HELP_STRING(
+  [--enable-dynamic-extensions], [support loadable extensions [default=yes]])], 
+  [], [enable_dynamic_extensions=yes])
+if test x"$enable_dynamic_extensions" != "xno"; then
+  AC_SEARCH_LIBS(dlopen, dl)
+else
+  BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1"
+fi
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for whether to support dynamic extensions])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($enable_dynamic_extensions)
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-fts4
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(fts4, [AS_HELP_STRING(
+  [--enable-fts4], [include fts4 support [default=yes]])], 
+  [], [enable_fts4=yes])
+if test x"$enable_fts4" = "xyes"; then
+  BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4"
+fi
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-fts3
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(fts3, [AS_HELP_STRING(
+  [--enable-fts3], [include fts3 support [default=no]])], 
+  [], [])
+if test x"$enable_fts3" = "xyes" -a x"$enable_fts4" = "xno"; then
+  BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3"
+fi
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-fts5
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(fts5, [AS_HELP_STRING(
+  [--enable-fts5], [include fts5 support [default=yes]])], 
+  [], [enable_fts5=yes])
+if test x"$enable_fts5" = "xyes"; then
+  AC_SEARCH_LIBS(log, m)
+  BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5"
+fi
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-json1
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(json1, [AS_HELP_STRING(
+  [--enable-json1], [include json1 support [default=yes]])], 
+  [],[enable_json1=yes])
+if test x"$enable_json1" = "xyes"; then
+  BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1"
+fi
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-rtree
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(rtree, [AS_HELP_STRING(
+  [--enable-rtree], [include rtree support [default=yes]])], 
+  [], [enable_rtree=yes])
+if test x"$enable_rtree" = "xyes"; then
+  BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE -DSQLITE_ENABLE_GEOPOLY"
+fi
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-session
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(session, [AS_HELP_STRING(
+  [--enable-session], [enable the session extension [default=no]])], 
+  [], [])
+if test x"$enable_session" = "xyes"; then
+  BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION -DSQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK"
+fi
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-debug
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug, [AS_HELP_STRING(
+  [--enable-debug], [build with debugging features enabled [default=no]])], 
+  [], [])
+if test x"$enable_debug" = "xyes"; then
+  BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_DEBUG -DSQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE -DSQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE"
+  CFLAGS="-g -O0"
+fi
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#   --enable-static-shell
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(static-shell, [AS_HELP_STRING(
+  [--enable-static-shell], 
+  [statically link libsqlite3 into shell tool [default=yes]])], 
+  [], [enable_static_shell=yes])
+if test x"$enable_static_shell" = "xyes"; then
+  EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ=sqlite3-sqlite3.$OBJEXT
+else
+  EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ=libsqlite3.la
+fi
+AC_SUBST(EXTRA_SHELL_OBJ)
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(posix_fallocate)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(zlib.h,[
+  AC_SEARCH_LIBS(deflate,z,[BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -DSQLITE_HAVE_ZLIB"])
+])
+
+AC_SEARCH_LIBS(system,,,[SHELL_CFLAGS="-DSQLITE_NOHAVE_SYSTEM"])
+AC_SUBST(SHELL_CFLAGS)
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# UPDATE: Maybe it's better if users just set CFLAGS before invoking
+# configure. This option doesn't really add much...
+#
+#   --enable-tempstore
+#
+# AC_ARG_ENABLE(tempstore, [AS_HELP_STRING(
+#   [--enable-tempstore], 
+#   [in-memory temporary tables (never, no, yes, always) [default=no]])], 
+#   [], [enable_tempstore=no])
+# AC_MSG_CHECKING([for whether or not to store temp tables in-memory])
+# case "$enable_tempstore" in
+#   never )  TEMP_STORE=0 ;;
+#   no )     TEMP_STORE=1 ;;
+#   always ) TEMP_STORE=3 ;;
+#   yes )    TEMP_STORE=3 ;;
+#   * )
+#     TEMP_STORE=1
+#     enable_tempstore=yes
+#   ;;
+# esac
+# AC_MSG_RESULT($enable_tempstore)
+# AC_SUBST(TEMP_STORE)
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_OUTPUT

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/autoconf/tea/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,440 @@
+# Makefile.in --
+#
+#	This file is a Makefile for Sample TEA Extension.  If it has the name
+#	"Makefile.in" then it is a template for a Makefile;  to generate the
+#	actual Makefile, run "./configure", which is a configuration script
+#	generated by the "autoconf" program (constructs like "@foo@" will get
+#	replaced in the actual Makefile.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1999 Scriptics Corporation.
+# Copyright (c) 2002-2005 ActiveState Corporation.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+# RCS: @(#) $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.59 2005/07/26 19:17:02 mdejong Exp $
+
+#========================================================================
+# Add additional lines to handle any additional AC_SUBST cases that
+# have been added in a customized configure script.
+#========================================================================
+
+#SAMPLE_NEW_VAR	= @SAMPLE_NEW_VAR@
+
+#========================================================================
+# Nothing of the variables below this line should need to be changed.
+# Please check the TARGETS section below to make sure the make targets
+# are correct.
+#========================================================================
+
+#========================================================================
+# The names of the source files is defined in the configure script.
+# The object files are used for linking into the final library.
+# This will be used when a dist target is added to the Makefile.
+# It is not important to specify the directory, as long as it is the
+# $(srcdir) or in the generic, win or unix subdirectory.
+#========================================================================
+
+PKG_SOURCES	= @PKG_SOURCES@
+PKG_OBJECTS	= @PKG_OBJECTS@
+
+PKG_STUB_SOURCES = @PKG_STUB_SOURCES@
+PKG_STUB_OBJECTS = @PKG_STUB_OBJECTS@
+
+#========================================================================
+# PKG_TCL_SOURCES identifies Tcl runtime files that are associated with
+# this package that need to be installed, if any.
+#========================================================================
+
+PKG_TCL_SOURCES = @PKG_TCL_SOURCES@
+
+#========================================================================
+# This is a list of public header files to be installed, if any.
+#========================================================================
+
+PKG_HEADERS	= @PKG_HEADERS@
+
+#========================================================================
+# "PKG_LIB_FILE" refers to the library (dynamic or static as per
+# configuration options) composed of the named objects.
+#========================================================================
+
+PKG_LIB_FILE	= @PKG_LIB_FILE@
+PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE = @PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE@
+
+lib_BINARIES	= $(PKG_LIB_FILE)
+BINARIES	= $(lib_BINARIES)
+
+SHELL		= @SHELL@
+
+srcdir		= @srcdir@
+prefix		= @prefix@
+exec_prefix	= @exec_prefix@
+
+bindir		= @bindir@
+libdir		= @libdir@
+datarootdir	= @datarootdir@
+datadir		= @datadir@
+mandir		= @mandir@
+includedir	= @includedir@
+
+DESTDIR		=
+
+PKG_DIR		= $(PACKAGE_NAME)$(PACKAGE_VERSION)
+pkgdatadir	= $(datadir)/$(PKG_DIR)
+pkglibdir	= $(libdir)/$(PKG_DIR)
+pkgincludedir	= $(includedir)/$(PKG_DIR)
+
+top_builddir	= .
+
+INSTALL		= @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM	= @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA	= @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT	= @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+
+PACKAGE_NAME	= @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION	= @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+CC		= @CC@
+CFLAGS_DEFAULT	= @CFLAGS_DEFAULT@
+CFLAGS_WARNING	= @CFLAGS_WARNING@
+CLEANFILES	= @CLEANFILES@
+EXEEXT		= @EXEEXT@
+LDFLAGS_DEFAULT	= @LDFLAGS_DEFAULT@
+MAKE_LIB	= @MAKE_LIB@
+MAKE_SHARED_LIB	= @MAKE_SHARED_LIB@
+MAKE_STATIC_LIB	= @MAKE_STATIC_LIB@
+MAKE_STUB_LIB	= @MAKE_STUB_LIB@
+OBJEXT		= @OBJEXT@
+RANLIB		= @RANLIB@
+RANLIB_STUB	= @RANLIB_STUB@
+SHLIB_CFLAGS	= @SHLIB_CFLAGS@
+SHLIB_LD	= @SHLIB_LD@
+SHLIB_LD_LIBS	= @SHLIB_LD_LIBS@
+STLIB_LD	= @STLIB_LD@
+#TCL_DEFS	= @TCL_DEFS@
+TCL_BIN_DIR	= @TCL_BIN_DIR@
+TCL_SRC_DIR	= @TCL_SRC_DIR@
+#TK_BIN_DIR	= @TK_BIN_DIR@
+#TK_SRC_DIR	= @TK_SRC_DIR@
+
+# This is no longer necessary even for packages that use private Tcl headers
+#TCL_TOP_DIR_NATIVE	= @TCL_TOP_DIR_NATIVE@
+# Not used, but retained for reference of what libs Tcl required
+#TCL_LIBS	= @TCL_LIBS@
+
+#========================================================================
+# TCLLIBPATH seeds the auto_path in Tcl's init.tcl so we can test our
+# package without installing.  The other environment variables allow us
+# to test against an uninstalled Tcl.  Add special env vars that you
+# require for testing here (like TCLX_LIBRARY).
+#========================================================================
+
+EXTRA_PATH	= $(top_builddir):$(TCL_BIN_DIR)
+#EXTRA_PATH	= $(top_builddir):$(TCL_BIN_DIR):$(TK_BIN_DIR)
+TCLLIBPATH	= $(top_builddir)
+TCLSH_ENV	= TCL_LIBRARY=`@CYGPATH@ $(TCL_SRC_DIR)/library` \
+		  @LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@="$(EXTRA_PATH):$(@LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@)" \
+		  PATH="$(EXTRA_PATH):$(PATH)" \
+		  TCLLIBPATH="$(TCLLIBPATH)"
+#		  TK_LIBRARY=`@CYGPATH@ $(TK_SRC_DIR)/library`
+
+TCLSH_PROG	= @TCLSH_PROG@
+TCLSH	= $(TCLSH_ENV) $(TCLSH_PROG)
+
+#WISH_PROG	= @WISH_PROG@
+#WISH	= $(TCLSH_ENV) $(WISH_PROG)
+
+
+SHARED_BUILD	= @SHARED_BUILD@
+
+INCLUDES	= @PKG_INCLUDES@ @TCL_INCLUDES@ -I$(srcdir)/..
+#INCLUDES	= @PKG_INCLUDES@ @TCL_INCLUDES@ @TK_INCLUDES@ @TK_XINCLUDES@
+
+PKG_CFLAGS	= @PKG_CFLAGS@
+
+# TCL_DEFS is not strictly need here, but if you remove it, then you
+# must make sure that configure.in checks for the necessary components
+# that your library may use.  TCL_DEFS can actually be a problem if
+# you do not compile with a similar machine setup as the Tcl core was
+# compiled with.
+#DEFS		= $(TCL_DEFS) @DEFS@ $(PKG_CFLAGS)
+DEFS		= @DEFS@ $(PKG_CFLAGS)
+
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = Makefile pkgIndex.tcl
+
+CPPFLAGS	= @CPPFLAGS@
+LIBS		= @PKG_LIBS@ @LIBS@
+AR		= @AR@
+CFLAGS		= @CFLAGS@
+COMPILE		= $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+
+#========================================================================
+# Start of user-definable TARGETS section
+#========================================================================
+
+#========================================================================
+# TEA TARGETS.  Please note that the "libraries:" target refers to platform
+# independent files, and the "binaries:" target inclues executable programs and
+# platform-dependent libraries.  Modify these targets so that they install
+# the various pieces of your package.  The make and install rules
+# for the BINARIES that you specified above have already been done.
+#========================================================================
+
+all: binaries libraries doc
+
+#========================================================================
+# The binaries target builds executable programs, Windows .dll's, unix
+# shared/static libraries, and any other platform-dependent files.
+# The list of targets to build for "binaries:" is specified at the top
+# of the Makefile, in the "BINARIES" variable.
+#========================================================================
+
+binaries: $(BINARIES)
+
+libraries:
+
+
+#========================================================================
+# Your doc target should differentiate from doc builds (by the developer)
+# and doc installs (see install-doc), which just install the docs on the
+# end user machine when building from source.
+#========================================================================
+
+doc:
+	@echo "If you have documentation to create, place the commands to"
+	@echo "build the docs in the 'doc:' target.  For example:"
+	@echo "        xml2nroff sample.xml > sample.n"
+	@echo "        xml2html sample.xml > sample.html"
+
+install: all install-binaries install-libraries install-doc
+
+install-binaries: binaries install-lib-binaries install-bin-binaries
+
+#========================================================================
+# This rule installs platform-independent files, such as header files.
+# The list=...; for p in $$list handles the empty list case x-platform.
+#========================================================================
+
+install-libraries: libraries
+	@mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)
+	@echo "Installing header files in $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)"
+	@list='$(PKG_HEADERS)'; for i in $$list; do \
+	    echo "Installing $(srcdir)/$$i" ; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$i $(DESTDIR)$(includedir) ; \
+	done;
+
+#========================================================================
+# Install documentation.  Unix manpages should go in the $(mandir)
+# directory.
+#========================================================================
+
+install-doc: doc
+	@mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/mann
+	@echo "Installing documentation in $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)"
+	@list='$(srcdir)/doc/*.n'; for i in $$list; do \
+	    echo "Installing $$i"; \
+	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/mann/`basename $$i`; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/mann ; \
+	done
+
+test: binaries libraries
+	@echo "SQLite TEA distribution does not include tests"
+
+shell: binaries libraries
+	@$(TCLSH) $(SCRIPT)
+
+gdb:
+	$(TCLSH_ENV) gdb $(TCLSH_PROG) $(SCRIPT)
+
+depend:
+
+#========================================================================
+# $(PKG_LIB_FILE) should be listed as part of the BINARIES variable
+# mentioned above.  That will ensure that this target is built when you
+# run "make binaries".
+#
+# The $(PKG_OBJECTS) objects are created and linked into the final
+# library.  In most cases these object files will correspond to the
+# source files above.
+#========================================================================
+
+$(PKG_LIB_FILE): $(PKG_OBJECTS)
+	-rm -f $(PKG_LIB_FILE)
+	${MAKE_LIB}
+	$(RANLIB) $(PKG_LIB_FILE)
+
+$(PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE): $(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)
+	-rm -f $(PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE)
+	${MAKE_STUB_LIB}
+	$(RANLIB_STUB) $(PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE)
+
+#========================================================================
+# We need to enumerate the list of .c to .o lines here.
+#
+# In the following lines, $(srcdir) refers to the toplevel directory
+# containing your extension.  If your sources are in a subdirectory,
+# you will have to modify the paths to reflect this:
+#
+# sample.$(OBJEXT): $(srcdir)/generic/sample.c
+# 	$(COMPILE) -c `@CYGPATH@ $(srcdir)/generic/sample.c` -o $@
+#
+# Setting the VPATH variable to a list of paths will cause the makefile
+# to look into these paths when resolving .c to .obj dependencies.
+# As necessary, add $(srcdir):$(srcdir)/compat:....
+#========================================================================
+
+VPATH = $(srcdir):$(srcdir)/generic:$(srcdir)/unix:$(srcdir)/win
+
+.c.@OBJEXT@:
+	$(COMPILE) -c `@CYGPATH@ $<` -o $@
+
+#========================================================================
+# Distribution creation
+# You may need to tweak this target to make it work correctly.
+#========================================================================
+
+#COMPRESS	= tar cvf $(PKG_DIR).tar $(PKG_DIR); compress $(PKG_DIR).tar
+COMPRESS	= gtar zcvf $(PKG_DIR).tar.gz $(PKG_DIR)
+DIST_ROOT	= /tmp/dist
+DIST_DIR	= $(DIST_ROOT)/$(PKG_DIR)
+
+dist-clean:
+	rm -rf $(DIST_DIR) $(DIST_ROOT)/$(PKG_DIR).tar.*
+
+dist: dist-clean
+	mkdir -p $(DIST_DIR)
+	cp -p $(srcdir)/README* $(srcdir)/license* \
+		$(srcdir)/aclocal.m4 $(srcdir)/configure $(srcdir)/*.in \
+		$(DIST_DIR)/
+	chmod 664 $(DIST_DIR)/Makefile.in $(DIST_DIR)/aclocal.m4
+	chmod 775 $(DIST_DIR)/configure $(DIST_DIR)/configure.in
+
+	for i in $(srcdir)/*.[ch]; do \
+	    if [ -f $$i ]; then \
+		cp -p $$i $(DIST_DIR)/ ; \
+	    fi; \
+	done;
+
+	mkdir $(DIST_DIR)/tclconfig
+	cp $(srcdir)/tclconfig/install-sh $(srcdir)/tclconfig/tcl.m4 \
+		$(DIST_DIR)/tclconfig/
+	chmod 664 $(DIST_DIR)/tclconfig/tcl.m4
+	chmod +x $(DIST_DIR)/tclconfig/install-sh
+
+	list='demos doc generic library mac tests unix win'; \
+	for p in $$list; do \
+	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$p ; then \
+		mkdir $(DIST_DIR)/$$p; \
+		cp -p $(srcdir)/$$p/*.* $(DIST_DIR)/$$p/; \
+	    fi; \
+	done
+
+	(cd $(DIST_ROOT); $(COMPRESS);)
+
+#========================================================================
+# End of user-definable section
+#========================================================================
+
+#========================================================================
+# Don't modify the file to clean here.  Instead, set the "CLEANFILES"
+# variable in configure.in
+#========================================================================
+
+clean:  
+	-test -z "$(BINARIES)" || rm -f $(BINARIES)
+	-rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) core *.core
+	-test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
+
+distclean: clean
+	-rm -f *.tab.c
+	-rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+	-rm -f config.h config.cache config.log config.status
+
+#========================================================================
+# Install binary object libraries.  On Windows this includes both .dll and
+# .lib files.  Because the .lib files are not explicitly listed anywhere,
+# we need to deduce their existence from the .dll file of the same name.
+# Library files go into the lib directory.
+# In addition, this will generate the pkgIndex.tcl
+# file in the install location (assuming it can find a usable tclsh shell)
+#
+# You should not have to modify this target.
+#========================================================================
+
+install-lib-binaries: binaries
+	@mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)
+	@list='$(lib_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f $$p; then \
+	    echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \
+	    stub=`echo $$p|sed -e "s/.*\(stub\).*/\1/"`; \
+	    if test "x$$stub" = "xstub"; then \
+		echo " $(RANLIB_STUB) $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p"; \
+		$(RANLIB_STUB) $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \
+	    else \
+		echo " $(RANLIB) $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p"; \
+		$(RANLIB) $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \
+	    fi; \
+	    ext=`echo $$p|sed -e "s/.*\.//"`; \
+	    if test "x$$ext" = "xdll"; then \
+		lib=`basename $$p|sed -e 's/.[^.]*$$//'`.lib; \
+		if test -f $$lib; then \
+		    echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$lib $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$lib"; \
+	            $(INSTALL_DATA) $$lib $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$lib; \
+		fi; \
+	    fi; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	@list='$(PKG_TCL_SOURCES)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f $(srcdir)/$$p; then \
+	    destp=`basename $$p`; \
+	    echo " Install $$destp $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$destp"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$destp; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	@if test "x$(SHARED_BUILD)" = "x1"; then \
+	    echo " Install pkgIndex.tcl $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) pkgIndex.tcl $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir); \
+	fi
+
+#========================================================================
+# Install binary executables (e.g. .exe files and dependent .dll files)
+# This is for files that must go in the bin directory (located next to
+# wish and tclsh), like dependent .dll files on Windows.
+#
+# You should not have to modify this target, except to define bin_BINARIES
+# above if necessary.
+#========================================================================
+
+install-bin-binaries: binaries
+	@mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)
+	@list='$(bin_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f $$p; then \
+	    echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$p"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$p; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+
+.SUFFIXES: .c .$(OBJEXT)
+
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	cd $(top_builddir) \
+	  && CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+uninstall-binaries:
+	list='$(lib_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \
+	done
+	list='$(PKG_TCL_SOURCES)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  p=`basename $$p`; \
+	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \
+	done
+	list='$(bin_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$p; \
+	done
+
+.PHONY: all binaries clean depend distclean doc install libraries test
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/autoconf/tea/README

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+This is the SQLite extension for Tcl using the Tcl Extension
+Architecture (TEA).  For additional information on SQLite see
+
+        http://www.sqlite.org/
+
+
+UNIX BUILD
+==========
+
+Building under most UNIX systems is easy, just run the configure script
+and then run make. For more information about the build process, see
+the tcl/unix/README file in the Tcl src dist. The following minimal
+example will install the extension in the /opt/tcl directory.
+
+	$ cd sqlite-*-tea
+	$ ./configure --prefix=/opt/tcl
+	$ make
+	$ make install
+
+WINDOWS BUILD
+=============
+
+The recommended method to build extensions under windows is to use the
+Msys + Mingw build process. This provides a Unix-style build while
+generating native Windows binaries. Using the Msys + Mingw build tools
+means that you can use the same configure script as per the Unix build
+to create a Makefile. See the tcl/win/README file for the URL of
+the Msys + Mingw download.
+
+If you have VC++ then you may wish to use the files in the win
+subdirectory and build the extension using just VC++. These files have
+been designed to be as generic as possible but will require some
+additional maintenance by the project developer to synchronise with
+the TEA configure.in and Makefile.in files. Instructions for using the
+VC++ makefile are written in the first part of the Makefile.vc
+file.

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/autoconf/tea/aclocal.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+#
+# Include the TEA standard macro set
+#
+
+builtin(include,tclconfig/tcl.m4)
+
+#
+# Add here whatever m4 macros you want to define for your package
+#

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/autoconf/tea/configure.ac

@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+#!/bin/bash -norc
+dnl	This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to
+dnl	generate the file "configure", which is run during Tcl installation
+dnl	to configure the system for the local environment.
+#
+# RCS: @(#) $Id: configure.in,v 1.43 2005/07/26 19:17:05 mdejong Exp $
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Sample configure.in for Tcl Extensions.  The only places you should
+# need to modify this file are marked by the string __CHANGE__
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# __CHANGE__
+# Set your package name and version numbers here.
+#
+# This initializes the environment with PACKAGE_NAME and PACKAGE_VERSION
+# set as provided.  These will also be added as -D defs in your Makefile
+# so you can encode the package version directly into the source files.
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_INIT([sqlite], [3.32.0])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Call TEA_INIT as the first TEA_ macro to set up initial vars.
+# This will define a ${TEA_PLATFORM} variable == "unix" or "windows"
+# as well as PKG_LIB_FILE and PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_INIT([3.9])
+
+AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(tclconfig)
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Load the tclConfig.sh file
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_PATH_TCLCONFIG
+TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Load the tkConfig.sh file if necessary (Tk extension)
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#TEA_PATH_TKCONFIG
+#TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Handle the --prefix=... option by defaulting to what Tcl gave.
+# Must be called after TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG and before TEA_SETUP_COMPILER.
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_PREFIX
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Standard compiler checks.
+# This sets up CC by using the CC env var, or looks for gcc otherwise.
+# This also calls AC_PROG_CC, AC_PROG_INSTALL and a few others to create
+# the basic setup necessary to compile executables.
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_SETUP_COMPILER
+
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# __CHANGE__
+# Specify the C source files to compile in TEA_ADD_SOURCES,
+# public headers that need to be installed in TEA_ADD_HEADERS,
+# stub library C source files to compile in TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES,
+# and runtime Tcl library files in TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES.
+# This defines PKG(_STUB)_SOURCES, PKG(_STUB)_OBJECTS, PKG_HEADERS
+# and PKG_TCL_SOURCES.
+#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_ADD_SOURCES([tclsqlite3.c])
+TEA_ADD_HEADERS([])
+TEA_ADD_INCLUDES([-I\"`\${CYGPATH} \${srcdir}/generic`\"])
+TEA_ADD_LIBS([])
+TEA_ADD_CFLAGS([-DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3=1])
+TEA_ADD_CFLAGS([-DSQLITE_3_SUFFIX_ONLY=1])
+TEA_ADD_CFLAGS([-DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE=1])
+TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES([])
+TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES([])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# The --with-system-sqlite causes the TCL bindings to SQLite to use
+# the system shared library for SQLite rather than statically linking
+# against its own private copy.  This is dangerous and leads to
+# undersirable dependences and is not recommended.
+# Patchs from rmax.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_ARG_WITH([system-sqlite],
+ [AC_HELP_STRING([--with-system-sqlite],
+   [use a system-supplied libsqlite3 instead of the bundled one])],
+ [], [with_system_sqlite=no])
+if test x$with_system_sqlite != xno; then
+ AC_CHECK_HEADER([sqlite3.h],
+   [AC_CHECK_LIB([sqlite3],[sqlite3_initialize],
+     [AC_DEFINE(USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE)
+      LIBS="$LIBS -lsqlite3"])])
+fi
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# __CHANGE__
+# Choose which headers you need.  Extension authors should try very
+# hard to only rely on the Tcl public header files.  Internal headers
+# contain private data structures and are subject to change without
+# notice.
+# This MUST be called after TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG / TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_PUBLIC_TCL_HEADERS
+#TEA_PRIVATE_TCL_HEADERS
+
+#TEA_PUBLIC_TK_HEADERS
+#TEA_PRIVATE_TK_HEADERS
+#TEA_PATH_X
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given.
+# This auto-enables if Tcl was compiled threaded.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_ENABLE_THREADS
+if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1" ; then
+    AC_DEFINE(SQLITE_THREADSAFE, 1, [Trigger sqlite threadsafe build])
+    # Not automatically added by Tcl because its assumed Tcl links to them,
+    # but it may not if it isn't really a threaded build.
+    TEA_ADD_LIBS([$THREADS_LIBS])
+else
+    AC_DEFINE(SQLITE_THREADSAFE, 0, [Trigger sqlite non-threadsafe build])
+fi
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# The statement below defines a collection of symbols related to
+# building as a shared library instead of a static library.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_ENABLE_SHARED
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# This macro figures out what flags to use with the compiler/linker
+# when building shared/static debug/optimized objects.  This information
+# can be taken from the tclConfig.sh file, but this figures it all out.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Set the default compiler switches based on the --enable-symbols option.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Everyone should be linking against the Tcl stub library.  If you
+# can't for some reason, remove this definition.  If you aren't using
+# stubs, you also need to modify the SHLIB_LD_LIBS setting below to
+# link against the non-stubbed Tcl library.  Add Tk too if necessary.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_DEFINE(USE_TCL_STUBS, 1, [Use Tcl stubs])
+#AC_DEFINE(USE_TK_STUBS, 1, [Use Tk stubs])
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Redefine fdatasync as fsync on systems that lack fdatasync
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+#AC_CHECK_FUNC(fdatasync, , AC_DEFINE(fdatasync, fsync))
+# Check for library functions that SQLite can optionally use.
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS([fdatasync usleep fullfsync localtime_r gmtime_r])
+
+AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R
+
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# This macro generates a line to use when building a library.  It
+# depends on values set by the TEA_ENABLE_SHARED, TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS,
+# and TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG macros above.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_MAKE_LIB
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Determine the name of the tclsh and/or wish executables in the
+# Tcl and Tk build directories or the location they were installed
+# into. These paths are used to support running test cases only,
+# the Makefile should not be making use of these paths to generate
+# a pkgIndex.tcl file or anything else at extension build time.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+TEA_PROG_TCLSH
+#TEA_PROG_WISH
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Finally, substitute all of the various values into the Makefile.
+# You may alternatively have a special pkgIndex.tcl.in or other files
+# which require substituting th AC variables in.  Include these here.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_OUTPUT([Makefile pkgIndex.tcl])

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/autoconf/tea/doc/sqlite3.n

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+.TH sqlite3 n 4.1 "Tcl-Extensions"
+.HS sqlite3 tcl
+.BS
+.SH NAME
+sqlite3 \- an interface to the SQLite3 database engine
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBsqlite3\fI command_name ?filename?\fR
+.br
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+SQLite3 is a self-contains, zero-configuration, transactional SQL database
+engine.  This extension provides an easy to use interface for accessing
+SQLite database files from Tcl.
+.PP
+For full documentation see \fIhttp://www.sqlite.org/\fR and
+in particular \fIhttp://www.sqlite.org/tclsqlite.html\fR.

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/autoconf/tea/license.terms

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+
+    May you do good and not evil.
+    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/autoconf/tea/pkgIndex.tcl.in

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+#
+# Tcl package index file
+#
+# Note sqlite*3* init specifically
+#
+package ifneeded sqlite3 @PACKAGE_VERSION@ \
+    [list load [file join $dir @PKG_LIB_FILE@] Sqlite3]

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/autoconf/tea/tclconfig/install-sh

@@ -0,0 +1,528 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# install - install a program, script, or datafile
+
+scriptversion=2011-04-20.01; # UTC
+
+# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
+# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
+# following copyright and license.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
+#
+# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
+# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
+# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
+# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+#
+# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+#
+# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
+# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+#
+# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
+# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
+# tium.
+#
+#
+# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
+#
+# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
+# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
+# when there is no Makefile.
+#
+# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
+# from scratch.
+
+nl='
+'
+IFS=" ""	$nl"
+
+# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
+
+# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
+doit=${DOITPROG-}
+if test -z "$doit"; then
+  doit_exec=exec
+else
+  doit_exec=$doit
+fi
+
+# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
+# or use environment vars.
+
+chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
+chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
+chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
+cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
+cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
+mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
+mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
+rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
+stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
+
+posix_glob='?'
+initialize_posix_glob='
+  test "$posix_glob" != "?" || {
+    if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
+      posix_glob=
+    else
+      posix_glob=:
+    fi
+  }
+'
+
+posix_mkdir=
+
+# Desired mode of installed file.
+mode=0755
+
+chgrpcmd=
+chmodcmd=$chmodprog
+chowncmd=
+mvcmd=$mvprog
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+stripcmd=
+
+src=
+dst=
+dir_arg=
+dst_arg=
+
+copy_on_change=false
+no_target_directory=
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
+
+In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
+In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
+In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
+
+Options:
+     --help     display this help and exit.
+     --version  display version info and exit.
+
+  -c            (ignored)
+  -C            install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
+  -d            create directories instead of installing files.
+  -g GROUP      $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
+  -m MODE       $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
+  -o USER       $chownprog installed files to USER.
+  -s            $stripprog installed files.
+  -S            $stripprog installed files.
+  -t DIRECTORY  install into DIRECTORY.
+  -T            report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
+
+Environment variables override the default commands:
+  CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
+  RMPROG STRIPPROG
+"
+
+while test $# -ne 0; do
+  case $1 in
+    -c) ;;
+
+    -C) copy_on_change=true;;
+
+    -d) dir_arg=true;;
+
+    -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+	shift;;
+
+    --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
+
+    -m) mode=$2
+	case $mode in
+	  *' '* | *'	'* | *'
+'*	  | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
+	    echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
+	    exit 1;;
+	esac
+	shift;;
+
+    -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+	shift;;
+
+    -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
+
+    -S) stripcmd="$stripprog $2"
+	shift;;
+
+    -t) dst_arg=$2
+	shift;;
+
+    -T) no_target_directory=true;;
+
+    --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
+
+    --)	shift
+	break;;
+
+    -*)	echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
+	exit 1;;
+
+    *)  break;;
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
+  # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
+  # When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
+  # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination.  Remove it from $@.
+  for arg
+  do
+    if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
+      # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
+      set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
+      shift # fnord
+    fi
+    shift # arg
+    dst_arg=$arg
+  done
+fi
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+  if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+    echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+  # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument.
+  # This can happen when creating conditional directories.
+  exit 0
+fi
+
+if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+  do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
+  trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
+  trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
+  trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
+  trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
+
+  # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
+  # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
+  case $mode in
+    # Optimize common cases.
+    *644) cp_umask=133;;
+    *755) cp_umask=22;;
+
+    *[0-7])
+      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+	u_plus_rw=
+      else
+	u_plus_rw='% 200'
+      fi
+      cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
+    *)
+      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+	u_plus_rw=
+      else
+	u_plus_rw=,u+rw
+      fi
+      cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+for src
+do
+  # Protect names starting with `-'.
+  case $src in
+    -*) src=./$src;;
+  esac
+
+  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+    dst=$src
+    dstdir=$dst
+    test -d "$dstdir"
+    dstdir_status=$?
+  else
+
+    # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
+    # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
+    # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+    if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
+      echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+
+    if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
+      echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+
+    dst=$dst_arg
+    # Protect names starting with `-'.
+    case $dst in
+      -*) dst=./$dst;;
+    esac
+
+    # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
+    # if double slashes aren't ignored.
+    if test -d "$dst"; then
+      if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then
+	echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
+	exit 1
+      fi
+      dstdir=$dst
+      dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
+      dstdir_status=0
+    else
+      # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails.
+      dstdir=`
+	(dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null ||
+	expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	     X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+	echo X"$dst" |
+	    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 /^X\(\/\).*/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 s/.*/./; q'
+      `
+
+      test -d "$dstdir"
+      dstdir_status=$?
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  obsolete_mkdir_used=false
+
+  if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
+    case $posix_mkdir in
+      '')
+	# Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
+	# This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
+	umask=`umask`
+	case $stripcmd.$umask in
+	  # Optimize common cases.
+	  *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
+	  .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
+
+	  *[0-7])
+	    mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
+	      - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
+	      - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
+	    `;;
+	  *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
+	esac
+
+	# With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
+	# Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
+	if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+	  mkdir_mode=-m$mode
+	else
+	  mkdir_mode=
+	fi
+
+	posix_mkdir=false
+	case $umask in
+	  *[123567][0-7][0-7])
+	    # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
+	    # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
+	    trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
+
+	    if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
+		exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1
+	    then
+	      if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
+		   # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
+		   # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
+		   # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
+		   # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
+		   ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
+		   case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
+		     d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
+		     d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
+		     *) false;;
+		   esac &&
+		   $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && {
+		     ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
+		     test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
+		   }
+		 }
+	      then posix_mkdir=:
+	      fi
+	      rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir"
+	    else
+	      # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
+	      rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null
+	    fi
+	    trap '' 0;;
+	esac;;
+    esac
+
+    if
+      $posix_mkdir && (
+	umask $mkdir_umask &&
+	$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
+      )
+    then :
+    else
+
+      # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
+      # or it failed possibly due to a race condition.  Create the
+      # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
+
+      case $dstdir in
+	/*) prefix='/';;
+	-*) prefix='./';;
+	*)  prefix='';;
+      esac
+
+      eval "$initialize_posix_glob"
+
+      oIFS=$IFS
+      IFS=/
+      $posix_glob set -f
+      set fnord $dstdir
+      shift
+      $posix_glob set +f
+      IFS=$oIFS
+
+      prefixes=
+
+      for d
+      do
+	test -z "$d" && continue
+
+	prefix=$prefix$d
+	if test -d "$prefix"; then
+	  prefixes=
+	else
+	  if $posix_mkdir; then
+	    (umask=$mkdir_umask &&
+	     $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
+	    # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+	    test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
+	  else
+	    case $prefix in
+	      *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
+	      *) qprefix=$prefix;;
+	    esac
+	    prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
+	  fi
+	fi
+	prefix=$prefix/
+      done
+
+      if test -n "$prefixes"; then
+	# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+	(umask $mkdir_umask &&
+	 eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
+	  test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
+	obsolete_mkdir_used=true
+      fi
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
+    { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
+      test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
+  else
+
+    # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
+    dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
+    rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
+
+    # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
+    trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
+
+    # Copy the file name to the temp name.
+    (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
+
+    # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
+    #
+    # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
+    # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+    # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
+    #
+    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
+
+    # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
+    if $copy_on_change &&
+       old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst"	2>/dev/null` &&
+       new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp"	2>/dev/null` &&
+
+       eval "$initialize_posix_glob" &&
+       $posix_glob set -f &&
+       set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
+       set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
+       $posix_glob set +f &&
+
+       test "$old" = "$new" &&
+       $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
+    then
+      rm -f "$dsttmp"
+    else
+      # Rename the file to the real destination.
+      $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
+
+      # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
+      # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
+      # support -f.
+      {
+	# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
+	# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
+	# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
+	# reasons.  In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
+	# file should still install successfully.
+	{
+	  test ! -f "$dst" ||
+	  $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
+	  { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
+	    { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
+	  } ||
+	  { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
+	    (exit 1); exit 1
+	  }
+	} &&
+
+	# Now rename the file to the real destination.
+	$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
+      }
+    fi || exit 1
+
+    trap '' 0
+  fi
+done
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/autoconf/tea/win/makefile.vc

@@ -0,0 +1,419 @@
+# makefile.vc --                                               -*- Makefile -*-
+#
+# Microsoft Visual C++ makefile for use with nmake.exe v1.62+ (VC++ 5.0+)
+#
+# This makefile is based upon the Tcl 8.4 Makefile.vc and modified to 
+# make it suitable as a general package makefile. Look for the word EDIT
+# which marks sections that may need modification. As a minumum you will
+# need to change the PROJECT, DOTVERSION and DLLOBJS variables to values
+# relevant to your package.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+# 
+# Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions.
+# Copyright (c) 2001 ActiveState Corporation.
+# Copyright (c) 2001-2002 David Gravereaux.
+# Copyright (c) 2003 Pat Thoyts
+#
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# RCS: @(#)$Id: makefile.vc,v 1.4 2004/07/26 08:22:05 patthoyts Exp $
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if !defined(MSDEVDIR) && !defined(MSVCDIR) && !defined(VCINSTALLDIR) && !defined(MSSDK) && !defined(WINDOWSSDKDIR)
+MSG = ^
+You will need to run vcvars32.bat from Developer Studio, first, to setup^
+the environment.  Jump to this line to read the new instructions.
+!error $(MSG)
+!endif
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# HOW TO USE this makefile:
+#
+# 1)  It is now necessary to have %MSVCDir% set in the environment.  This is
+#     used  as a check to see if vcvars32.bat had been run prior to running
+#     nmake or during the installation of Microsoft Visual C++, MSVCDir had
+#     been set globally and the PATH adjusted.  Either way is valid.
+#
+#     You'll need to run vcvars32.bat contained in the MsDev's vc(98)/bin
+#     directory to setup the proper environment, if needed, for your current
+#     setup.  This is a needed bootstrap requirement and allows the swapping of
+#     different environments to be easier.
+#
+# 2)  To use the Platform SDK (not expressly needed), run setenv.bat after
+#     vcvars32.bat according to the instructions for it.  This can also turn on
+#     the 64-bit compiler, if your SDK has it.
+#
+# 3)  Targets are:
+#	all       -- Builds everything.
+#       <project> -- Builds the project (eg: nmake sample)
+#	test      -- Builds and runs the test suite.
+#	install   -- Installs the built binaries and libraries to $(INSTALLDIR)
+#		     in an appropriate subdirectory.
+#	clean/realclean/distclean -- varying levels of cleaning.
+#
+# 4)  Macros usable on the commandline:
+#	INSTALLDIR=<path>
+#		Sets where to install Tcl from the built binaries.
+#		C:\Progra~1\Tcl is assumed when not specified.
+#
+#	OPTS=static,msvcrt,staticpkg,threads,symbols,profile,loimpact,none
+#		Sets special options for the core.  The default is for none.
+#		Any combination of the above may be used (comma separated).
+#		'none' will over-ride everything to nothing.
+#
+#		static  =  Builds a static library of the core instead of a
+#			   dll.  The shell will be static (and large), as well.
+#		msvcrt  =  Effects the static option only to switch it from
+#			   using libcmt(d) as the C runtime [by default] to
+#			   msvcrt(d). This is useful for static embedding
+#			   support.
+#		staticpkg = Effects the static option only to switch
+#			   tclshXX.exe to have the dde and reg extension linked
+#			   inside it.
+#		threads =  Turns on full multithreading support.
+#		thrdalloc = Use the thread allocator (shared global free pool).
+#		symbols =  Adds symbols for step debugging.
+#		profile =  Adds profiling hooks.  Map file is assumed.
+#		loimpact =  Adds a flag for how NT treats the heap to keep memory
+#			   in use, low.  This is said to impact alloc performance.
+#
+#	STATS=memdbg,compdbg,none
+#		Sets optional memory and bytecode compiler debugging code added
+#		to the core.  The default is for none.  Any combination of the
+#		above may be used (comma separated).  'none' will over-ride
+#		everything to nothing.
+#
+#		memdbg   = Enables the debugging memory allocator.
+#		compdbg  = Enables byte compilation logging.
+#
+#	MACHINE=(IX86|IA64|ALPHA)
+#		Set the machine type used for the compiler, linker, and
+#		resource compiler.  This hook is needed to tell the tools
+#		when alternate platforms are requested.  IX86 is the default
+#		when not specified.
+#
+#	TMP_DIR=<path>
+#	OUT_DIR=<path>
+#		Hooks to allow the intermediate and output directories to be
+#		changed.  $(OUT_DIR) is assumed to be 
+#		$(BINROOT)\(Release|Debug) based on if symbols are requested.
+#		$(TMP_DIR) will de $(OUT_DIR)\<buildtype> by default.
+#
+#	TESTPAT=<file>
+#		Reads the tests requested to be run from this file.
+#
+#	CFG_ENCODING=encoding
+#		name of encoding for configuration information. Defaults
+#		to cp1252
+#
+# 5)  Examples:
+#
+#	Basic syntax of calling nmake looks like this:
+#	nmake [-nologo] -f makefile.vc [target|macrodef [target|macrodef] [...]]
+#
+#                        Standard (no frills)
+#       c:\tcl_src\win\>c:\progra~1\micros~1\vc98\bin\vcvars32.bat
+#       Setting environment for using Microsoft Visual C++ tools.
+#       c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc all
+#       c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc install INSTALLDIR=c:\progra~1\tcl
+#
+#                         Building for Win64
+#       c:\tcl_src\win\>c:\progra~1\micros~1\vc98\bin\vcvars32.bat
+#       Setting environment for using Microsoft Visual C++ tools.
+#       c:\tcl_src\win\>c:\progra~1\platfo~1\setenv.bat /pre64 /RETAIL
+#       Targeting Windows pre64 RETAIL
+#       c:\tcl_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc MACHINE=IA64
+#
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#==============================================================================
+###############################################################################
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if !exist("makefile.vc")
+MSG = ^
+You must run this makefile only from the directory it is in.^
+Please `cd` to its location first.
+!error $(MSG)
+!endif
+
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project specific information (EDIT)
+#
+# You should edit this with the name and version of your project. This
+# information is used to generate the name of the package library and
+# it's install location.
+#
+# For example, the sample extension is  going to build sample04.dll and
+# would install it into $(INSTALLDIR)\lib\sample04
+#
+# You need to specify the object files that need to be linked into your
+# binary here.
+#
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+PROJECT = tclsqlite3
+!include "rules.vc"
+
+# nmakehelp -V <file> <tag> will search the file for tag, skips until a
+#	number and returns all character until a character not in [0-9.ab]
+#	is read.
+
+!if [echo REM = This file is generated from Makefile.vc > versions.vc]
+!endif
+# get project version from row "AC_INIT([sqlite], [3.x.y])"
+!if [echo DOTVERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V ..\configure.ac AC_INIT >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!include "versions.vc"
+
+VERSION         = $(DOTVERSION:.=)
+STUBPREFIX      = $(PROJECT)stub
+
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Target names and paths ( shouldn't need changing )
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+BINROOT		= .
+ROOT            = ..
+
+PRJIMPLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).lib
+PRJLIBNAME	= $(PROJECT).$(EXT)
+PRJLIB		= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PRJLIBNAME)
+
+PRJSTUBLIBNAME	= $(STUBPREFIX)$(VERSION).lib
+PRJSTUBLIB	= $(OUT_DIR)\$(PRJSTUBLIBNAME)
+
+### Make sure we use backslash only.
+PRJ_INSTALL_DIR         = $(_INSTALLDIR)\$(PROJECT)$(DOTVERSION)
+LIB_INSTALL_DIR		= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
+BIN_INSTALL_DIR		= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
+DOC_INSTALL_DIR		= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
+SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR	= $(PRJ_INSTALL_DIR)
+INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR	= $(_TCLDIR)\include
+
+### The following paths CANNOT have spaces in them.
+GENERICDIR	= $(ROOT)\generic
+WINDIR		= $(ROOT)\win
+LIBDIR          = $(ROOT)\library
+DOCDIR		= $(ROOT)\doc
+TOOLSDIR	= $(ROOT)\tools
+COMPATDIR	= $(ROOT)\compat
+
+### Figure out where the primary source code file(s) is/are.
+!if exist("$(ROOT)\..\..\sqlite3.c") && exist("$(ROOT)\..\..\src\tclsqlite.c")
+SQL_INCLUDES = -I"$(ROOT)\..\.."
+SQLITE_SRCDIR = $(ROOT)\..\..
+TCLSQLITE_SRCDIR = $(ROOT)\..\..\src
+DLLOBJS = $(TMP_DIR)\sqlite3.obj $(TMP_DIR)\tclsqlite.obj
+!else
+TCLSQLITE_SRCDIR = $(ROOT)\generic
+DLLOBJS = $(TMP_DIR)\tclsqlite3.obj
+!endif
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Compile flags
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if !$(DEBUG)
+!if $(OPTIMIZING)
+### This cranks the optimization level to maximize speed
+cdebug	= -O2 -Op -Gs
+!else
+cdebug	=
+!endif
+!else if "$(MACHINE)" == "IA64"
+### Warnings are too many, can't support warnings into errors.
+cdebug	= -Z7 -Od -GZ
+!else
+cdebug	= -Z7 -WX -Od -GZ
+!endif
+
+### Declarations common to all compiler options
+cflags = -nologo -c -W3 -D_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS -YX -Fp$(TMP_DIR)^\
+
+!if $(MSVCRT)
+!if $(DEBUG)
+crt = -MDd
+!else
+crt = -MD
+!endif
+!else
+!if $(DEBUG)
+crt = -MTd
+!else
+crt = -MT
+!endif
+!endif
+
+INCLUDES	= $(SQL_INCLUDES) $(TCL_INCLUDES) -I"$(WINDIR)" \
+                  -I"$(GENERICDIR)" -I"$(ROOT)\.."
+BASE_CLFAGS	= $(cflags) $(cdebug) $(crt) $(INCLUDES) \
+                  -DSQLITE_3_SUFFIX_ONLY=1 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE=1 \
+                  -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3=1 -DSQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED=1
+CON_CFLAGS	= $(cflags) $(cdebug) $(crt) -DCONSOLE -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3=1
+TCL_CFLAGS	= -DBUILD_sqlite -DUSE_TCL_STUBS \
+                  -DPACKAGE_VERSION="\"$(DOTVERSION)\"" $(BASE_CLFAGS) \
+                  $(OPTDEFINES)
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Link flags
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if $(DEBUG)
+ldebug	= -debug:full -debugtype:cv
+!else
+ldebug	= -release -opt:ref -opt:icf,3
+!endif
+
+### Declarations common to all linker options
+lflags	= -nologo -machine:$(MACHINE) $(ldebug)
+
+!if $(PROFILE)
+lflags	= $(lflags) -profile
+!endif
+
+!if $(ALIGN98_HACK) && !$(STATIC_BUILD)
+### Align sections for PE size savings.
+lflags	= $(lflags) -opt:nowin98
+!else if !$(ALIGN98_HACK) && $(STATIC_BUILD)
+### Align sections for speed in loading by choosing the virtual page size.
+lflags	= $(lflags) -align:4096
+!endif
+
+!if $(LOIMPACT)
+lflags	= $(lflags) -ws:aggressive
+!endif
+
+dlllflags = $(lflags) -dll
+conlflags = $(lflags) -subsystem:console
+guilflags = $(lflags) -subsystem:windows
+baselibs   = $(TCLSTUBLIB)
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TclTest flags
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!IF "$(TESTPAT)" != ""
+TESTFLAGS = $(TESTFLAGS) -file $(TESTPAT)
+!ENDIF
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project specific targets (EDIT)
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+all:	    setup $(PROJECT)
+$(PROJECT): setup $(PRJLIB)
+install:    install-binaries install-libraries install-docs
+
+# Tests need to ensure we load the right dll file we
+# have to handle the output differently on Win9x.
+#
+!if "$(OS)" == "Windows_NT"  || "$(MSVCDIR)" == "IDE"
+test: setup $(PROJECT)
+        set TCL_LIBRARY=$(ROOT)/library
+        $(TCLSH) <<
+load $(PRJLIB:\=/)
+cd "$(ROOT)/tests"
+set argv "$(TESTFLAGS)"
+source all.tcl
+<<
+!else
+test: setup $(PROJECT)
+        echo Please wait while the test results are collected
+        set TCL_LIBRARY=$(ROOT)/library
+        $(TCLSH) << >tests.log
+load $(PRJLIB:\=/)
+cd "$(ROOT)/tests"
+set argv "$(TESTFLAGS)"
+source all.tcl
+<<
+        type tests.log | more
+!endif
+
+setup:
+	@if not exist $(OUT_DIR)\nul mkdir $(OUT_DIR)
+	@if not exist $(TMP_DIR)\nul mkdir $(TMP_DIR)
+
+$(PRJLIB): $(DLLOBJS)
+	$(link32) $(dlllflags) -out:$@ $(baselibs) @<<
+$**
+<<
+	-@del $*.exp
+
+$(PRJSTUBLIB): $(PRJSTUBOBJS)
+	$(lib32) -nologo -out:$@ $(PRJSTUBOBJS)
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Implicit rules
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+$(TMP_DIR)\sqlite3.obj:		$(SQLITE_SRCDIR)\sqlite3.c
+	$(cc32) $(TCL_CFLAGS) -DBUILD_$(PROJECT) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ \
+		-c $(SQLITE_SRCDIR)\sqlite3.c
+
+$(TMP_DIR)\tclsqlite.obj:	$(TCLSQLITE_SRCDIR)\tclsqlite.c
+	$(cc32) $(TCL_CFLAGS) -DBUILD_$(PROJECT) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ \
+		-c $(TCLSQLITE_SRCDIR)\tclsqlite.c
+
+$(TMP_DIR)\tclsqlite3.obj:	$(TCLSQLITE_SRCDIR)\tclsqlite3.c
+	$(cc32) $(TCL_CFLAGS) -DBUILD_$(PROJECT) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ \
+		-c $(TCLSQLITE_SRCDIR)\tclsqlite3.c
+
+{$(WINDIR)}.rc{$(TMP_DIR)}.res:
+	$(rc32) -fo $@ -r -i "$(GENERICDIR)" -D__WIN32__ \
+!if $(DEBUG)
+	-d DEBUG \
+!endif
+!if $(TCL_THREADS)
+	-d TCL_THREADS \
+!endif
+!if $(STATIC_BUILD)
+	-d STATIC_BUILD \
+!endif
+	$<
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES:.c .rc
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Installation. (EDIT)
+#
+# You may need to modify this section to reflect the final distribution
+# of your files and possibly to generate documentation.
+#
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+install-binaries:
+	@echo Installing binaries to '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'
+	@if not exist "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" mkdir "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"
+	@$(CPY) $(PRJLIB) "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" >NUL
+
+install-libraries:
+        @echo Installing libraries to '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'
+        @if exist $(LIBDIR) $(CPY) $(LIBDIR)\*.tcl "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"
+        @echo Installing package index in '$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)'
+        @type << >"$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl"
+package ifneeded $(PROJECT) $(DOTVERSION) \
+    [list load [file join $$dir $(PRJLIBNAME)] sqlite3]
+<<
+
+install-docs:
+	@echo Installing documentation files to '$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)'
+	@if exist $(DOCDIR) $(CPY) $(DOCDIR)\*.n "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)"
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Clean up
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+clean:
+	@if exist $(TMP_DIR)\nul $(RMDIR) $(TMP_DIR)
+	@if exist $(WINDIR)\version.vc del $(WINDIR)\version.vc
+
+realclean: clean
+	@if exist $(OUT_DIR)\nul $(RMDIR) $(OUT_DIR)
+
+distclean: realclean
+	@if exist $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.exe del $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.exe
+	@if exist $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.obj del $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.obj

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/autoconf/tea/win/nmakehlp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,694 @@
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * nmakehlp.c --
+ *
+ *	This is used to fix limitations within nmake and the environment.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 by David Gravereaux.
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 by Pat Thoyts
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE
+#include <windows.h>
+#define NO_SHLWAPI_GDI
+#define NO_SHLWAPI_STREAM
+#define NO_SHLWAPI_REG
+#include <shlwapi.h>
+#pragma comment (lib, "user32.lib")
+#pragma comment (lib, "kernel32.lib")
+#pragma comment (lib, "shlwapi.lib")
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <math.h>
+
+/*
+ * This library is required for x64 builds with _some_ versions of MSVC
+ */
+#if defined(_M_IA64) || defined(_M_AMD64)
+#if _MSC_VER >= 1400 && _MSC_VER < 1500
+#pragma comment(lib, "bufferoverflowU")
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* ISO hack for dumb VC++ */
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#define   snprintf	_snprintf
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* protos */
+
+static int CheckForCompilerFeature(const char *option);
+static int CheckForLinkerFeature(const char *option);
+static int IsIn(const char *string, const char *substring);
+static int SubstituteFile(const char *substs, const char *filename);
+static int QualifyPath(const char *path);
+static const char *GetVersionFromFile(const char *filename, const char *match);
+static DWORD WINAPI ReadFromPipe(LPVOID args);
+
+/* globals */
+
+#define CHUNK	25
+#define STATICBUFFERSIZE    1000
+typedef struct {
+    HANDLE pipe;
+    char buffer[STATICBUFFERSIZE];
+} pipeinfo;
+
+pipeinfo Out = {INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, '\0'};
+pipeinfo Err = {INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, '\0'};
+
+/*
+ * exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error
+ */
+
+int
+main(
+    int argc,
+    char *argv[])
+{
+    char msg[300];
+    DWORD dwWritten;
+    int chars;
+
+    /*
+     * Make sure children (cl.exe and link.exe) are kept quiet.
+     */
+
+    SetErrorMode(SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS | SEM_NOOPENFILEERRORBOX);
+
+    /*
+     * Make sure the compiler and linker aren't effected by the outside world.
+     */
+
+    SetEnvironmentVariable("CL", "");
+    SetEnvironmentVariable("LINK", "");
+
+    if (argc > 1 && *argv[1] == '-') {
+	switch (*(argv[1]+1)) {
+	case 'c':
+	    if (argc != 3) {
+		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
+		        "usage: %s -c <compiler option>\n"
+			"Tests for whether cl.exe supports an option\n"
+			"exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
+		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
+			&dwWritten, NULL);
+		return 2;
+	    }
+	    return CheckForCompilerFeature(argv[2]);
+	case 'l':
+	    if (argc != 3) {
+		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
+	       		"usage: %s -l <linker option>\n"
+			"Tests for whether link.exe supports an option\n"
+			"exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
+		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
+			&dwWritten, NULL);
+		return 2;
+	    }
+	    return CheckForLinkerFeature(argv[2]);
+	case 'f':
+	    if (argc == 2) {
+		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
+			"usage: %s -f <string> <substring>\n"
+			"Find a substring within another\n"
+			"exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
+		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
+			&dwWritten, NULL);
+		return 2;
+	    } else if (argc == 3) {
+		/*
+		 * If the string is blank, there is no match.
+		 */
+
+		return 0;
+	    } else {
+		return IsIn(argv[2], argv[3]);
+	    }
+	case 's':
+	    if (argc == 2) {
+		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
+			"usage: %s -s <substitutions file> <file>\n"
+			"Perform a set of string map type substutitions on a file\n"
+			"exitcodes: 0\n",
+			argv[0]);
+		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
+			&dwWritten, NULL);
+		return 2;
+	    }
+	    return SubstituteFile(argv[2], argv[3]);
+	case 'V':
+	    if (argc != 4) {
+		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
+		    "usage: %s -V filename matchstring\n"
+		    "Extract a version from a file:\n"
+		    "eg: pkgIndex.tcl \"package ifneeded http\"",
+		    argv[0]);
+		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
+		    &dwWritten, NULL);
+		return 0;
+	    }
+	    printf("%s\n", GetVersionFromFile(argv[2], argv[3]));
+	    return 0;
+	case 'Q':
+	    if (argc != 3) {
+		chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
+		    "usage: %s -Q path\n"
+		    "Emit the fully qualified path\n"
+		    "exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error\n", argv[0]);
+		WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars,
+		    &dwWritten, NULL);
+		return 2;
+	    }
+	    return QualifyPath(argv[2]);
+	}
+    }
+    chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
+	    "usage: %s -c|-f|-l|-Q|-s|-V ...\n"
+	    "This is a little helper app to equalize shell differences between WinNT and\n"
+	    "Win9x and get nmake.exe to accomplish its job.\n",
+	    argv[0]);
+    WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars, &dwWritten, NULL);
+    return 2;
+}
+
+static int
+CheckForCompilerFeature(
+    const char *option)
+{
+    STARTUPINFO si;
+    PROCESS_INFORMATION pi;
+    SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES sa;
+    DWORD threadID;
+    char msg[300];
+    BOOL ok;
+    HANDLE hProcess, h, pipeThreads[2];
+    char cmdline[100];
+
+    hProcess = GetCurrentProcess();
+
+    ZeroMemory(&pi, sizeof(PROCESS_INFORMATION));
+    ZeroMemory(&si, sizeof(STARTUPINFO));
+    si.cb = sizeof(STARTUPINFO);
+    si.dwFlags   = STARTF_USESTDHANDLES;
+    si.hStdInput = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+
+    ZeroMemory(&sa, sizeof(SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES));
+    sa.nLength = sizeof(SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES);
+    sa.lpSecurityDescriptor = NULL;
+    sa.bInheritHandle = FALSE;
+
+    /*
+     * Create a non-inheritible pipe.
+     */
+
+    CreatePipe(&Out.pipe, &h, &sa, 0);
+
+    /*
+     * Dupe the write side, make it inheritible, and close the original.
+     */
+
+    DuplicateHandle(hProcess, h, hProcess, &si.hStdOutput, 0, TRUE,
+	    DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS | DUPLICATE_CLOSE_SOURCE);
+
+    /*
+     * Same as above, but for the error side.
+     */
+
+    CreatePipe(&Err.pipe, &h, &sa, 0);
+    DuplicateHandle(hProcess, h, hProcess, &si.hStdError, 0, TRUE,
+	    DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS | DUPLICATE_CLOSE_SOURCE);
+
+    /*
+     * Base command line.
+     */
+
+    lstrcpy(cmdline, "cl.exe -nologo -c -TC -Zs -X -Fp.\\_junk.pch ");
+
+    /*
+     * Append our option for testing
+     */
+
+    lstrcat(cmdline, option);
+
+    /*
+     * Filename to compile, which exists, but is nothing and empty.
+     */
+
+    lstrcat(cmdline, " .\\nul");
+
+    ok = CreateProcess(
+	    NULL,	    /* Module name. */
+	    cmdline,	    /* Command line. */
+	    NULL,	    /* Process handle not inheritable. */
+	    NULL,	    /* Thread handle not inheritable. */
+	    TRUE,	    /* yes, inherit handles. */
+	    DETACHED_PROCESS, /* No console for you. */
+	    NULL,	    /* Use parent's environment block. */
+	    NULL,	    /* Use parent's starting directory. */
+	    &si,	    /* Pointer to STARTUPINFO structure. */
+	    &pi);	    /* Pointer to PROCESS_INFORMATION structure. */
+
+    if (!ok) {
+	DWORD err = GetLastError();
+	int chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
+		"Tried to launch: \"%s\", but got error [%u]: ", cmdline, err);
+
+	FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM|FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS|
+		FORMAT_MESSAGE_MAX_WIDTH_MASK, 0L, err, 0, (LPVOID)&msg[chars],
+		(300-chars), 0);
+	WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, lstrlen(msg), &err,NULL);
+	return 2;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Close our references to the write handles that have now been inherited.
+     */
+
+    CloseHandle(si.hStdOutput);
+    CloseHandle(si.hStdError);
+
+    WaitForInputIdle(pi.hProcess, 5000);
+    CloseHandle(pi.hThread);
+
+    /*
+     * Start the pipe reader threads.
+     */
+
+    pipeThreads[0] = CreateThread(NULL, 0, ReadFromPipe, &Out, 0, &threadID);
+    pipeThreads[1] = CreateThread(NULL, 0, ReadFromPipe, &Err, 0, &threadID);
+
+    /*
+     * Block waiting for the process to end.
+     */
+
+    WaitForSingleObject(pi.hProcess, INFINITE);
+    CloseHandle(pi.hProcess);
+
+    /*
+     * Wait for our pipe to get done reading, should it be a little slow.
+     */
+
+    WaitForMultipleObjects(2, pipeThreads, TRUE, 500);
+    CloseHandle(pipeThreads[0]);
+    CloseHandle(pipeThreads[1]);
+
+    /*
+     * Look for the commandline warning code in both streams.
+     *  - in MSVC 6 & 7 we get D4002, in MSVC 8 we get D9002.
+     */
+
+    return !(strstr(Out.buffer, "D4002") != NULL
+             || strstr(Err.buffer, "D4002") != NULL
+             || strstr(Out.buffer, "D9002") != NULL
+             || strstr(Err.buffer, "D9002") != NULL
+             || strstr(Out.buffer, "D2021") != NULL
+             || strstr(Err.buffer, "D2021") != NULL);
+}
+
+static int
+CheckForLinkerFeature(
+    const char *option)
+{
+    STARTUPINFO si;
+    PROCESS_INFORMATION pi;
+    SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES sa;
+    DWORD threadID;
+    char msg[300];
+    BOOL ok;
+    HANDLE hProcess, h, pipeThreads[2];
+    char cmdline[100];
+
+    hProcess = GetCurrentProcess();
+
+    ZeroMemory(&pi, sizeof(PROCESS_INFORMATION));
+    ZeroMemory(&si, sizeof(STARTUPINFO));
+    si.cb = sizeof(STARTUPINFO);
+    si.dwFlags   = STARTF_USESTDHANDLES;
+    si.hStdInput = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+
+    ZeroMemory(&sa, sizeof(SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES));
+    sa.nLength = sizeof(SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES);
+    sa.lpSecurityDescriptor = NULL;
+    sa.bInheritHandle = TRUE;
+
+    /*
+     * Create a non-inheritible pipe.
+     */
+
+    CreatePipe(&Out.pipe, &h, &sa, 0);
+
+    /*
+     * Dupe the write side, make it inheritible, and close the original.
+     */
+
+    DuplicateHandle(hProcess, h, hProcess, &si.hStdOutput, 0, TRUE,
+	    DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS | DUPLICATE_CLOSE_SOURCE);
+
+    /*
+     * Same as above, but for the error side.
+     */
+
+    CreatePipe(&Err.pipe, &h, &sa, 0);
+    DuplicateHandle(hProcess, h, hProcess, &si.hStdError, 0, TRUE,
+	    DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS | DUPLICATE_CLOSE_SOURCE);
+
+    /*
+     * Base command line.
+     */
+
+    lstrcpy(cmdline, "link.exe -nologo ");
+
+    /*
+     * Append our option for testing.
+     */
+
+    lstrcat(cmdline, option);
+
+    ok = CreateProcess(
+	    NULL,	    /* Module name. */
+	    cmdline,	    /* Command line. */
+	    NULL,	    /* Process handle not inheritable. */
+	    NULL,	    /* Thread handle not inheritable. */
+	    TRUE,	    /* yes, inherit handles. */
+	    DETACHED_PROCESS, /* No console for you. */
+	    NULL,	    /* Use parent's environment block. */
+	    NULL,	    /* Use parent's starting directory. */
+	    &si,	    /* Pointer to STARTUPINFO structure. */
+	    &pi);	    /* Pointer to PROCESS_INFORMATION structure. */
+
+    if (!ok) {
+	DWORD err = GetLastError();
+	int chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
+		"Tried to launch: \"%s\", but got error [%u]: ", cmdline, err);
+
+	FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM|FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS|
+		FORMAT_MESSAGE_MAX_WIDTH_MASK, 0L, err, 0, (LPVOID)&msg[chars],
+		(300-chars), 0);
+	WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, lstrlen(msg), &err,NULL);
+	return 2;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Close our references to the write handles that have now been inherited.
+     */
+
+    CloseHandle(si.hStdOutput);
+    CloseHandle(si.hStdError);
+
+    WaitForInputIdle(pi.hProcess, 5000);
+    CloseHandle(pi.hThread);
+
+    /*
+     * Start the pipe reader threads.
+     */
+
+    pipeThreads[0] = CreateThread(NULL, 0, ReadFromPipe, &Out, 0, &threadID);
+    pipeThreads[1] = CreateThread(NULL, 0, ReadFromPipe, &Err, 0, &threadID);
+
+    /*
+     * Block waiting for the process to end.
+     */
+
+    WaitForSingleObject(pi.hProcess, INFINITE);
+    CloseHandle(pi.hProcess);
+
+    /*
+     * Wait for our pipe to get done reading, should it be a little slow.
+     */
+
+    WaitForMultipleObjects(2, pipeThreads, TRUE, 500);
+    CloseHandle(pipeThreads[0]);
+    CloseHandle(pipeThreads[1]);
+
+    /*
+     * Look for the commandline warning code in the stderr stream.
+     */
+
+    return !(strstr(Out.buffer, "LNK1117") != NULL ||
+	    strstr(Err.buffer, "LNK1117") != NULL ||
+	    strstr(Out.buffer, "LNK4044") != NULL ||
+	    strstr(Err.buffer, "LNK4044") != NULL);
+}
+
+static DWORD WINAPI
+ReadFromPipe(
+    LPVOID args)
+{
+    pipeinfo *pi = (pipeinfo *) args;
+    char *lastBuf = pi->buffer;
+    DWORD dwRead;
+    BOOL ok;
+
+  again:
+    if (lastBuf - pi->buffer + CHUNK > STATICBUFFERSIZE) {
+	CloseHandle(pi->pipe);
+	return (DWORD)-1;
+    }
+    ok = ReadFile(pi->pipe, lastBuf, CHUNK, &dwRead, 0L);
+    if (!ok || dwRead == 0) {
+	CloseHandle(pi->pipe);
+	return 0;
+    }
+    lastBuf += dwRead;
+    goto again;
+
+    return 0;  /* makes the compiler happy */
+}
+
+static int
+IsIn(
+    const char *string,
+    const char *substring)
+{
+    return (strstr(string, substring) != NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+ * GetVersionFromFile --
+ * 	Looks for a match string in a file and then returns the version
+ * 	following the match where a version is anything acceptable to
+ * 	package provide or package ifneeded.
+ */
+
+static const char *
+GetVersionFromFile(
+    const char *filename,
+    const char *match)
+{
+    size_t cbBuffer = 100;
+    static char szBuffer[100];
+    char *szResult = NULL;
+    FILE *fp = fopen(filename, "rt");
+
+    if (fp != NULL) {
+	/*
+	 * Read data until we see our match string.
+	 */
+
+	while (fgets(szBuffer, cbBuffer, fp) != NULL) {
+	    LPSTR p, q;
+
+	    p = strstr(szBuffer, match);
+	    if (p != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * Skip to first digit.
+		 */
+
+		while (*p && !isdigit(*p)) {
+		    ++p;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Find ending whitespace.
+		 */
+
+		q = p;
+		while (*q && (isalnum(*q) || *q == '.')) {
+		    ++q;
+		}
+
+		memcpy(szBuffer, p, q - p);
+		szBuffer[q-p] = 0;
+		szResult = szBuffer;
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	fclose(fp);
+    }
+    return szResult;
+}
+
+/*
+ * List helpers for the SubstituteFile function
+ */
+
+typedef struct list_item_t {
+    struct list_item_t *nextPtr;
+    char * key;
+    char * value;
+} list_item_t;
+
+/* insert a list item into the list (list may be null) */
+static list_item_t *
+list_insert(list_item_t **listPtrPtr, const char *key, const char *value)
+{
+    list_item_t *itemPtr = malloc(sizeof(list_item_t));
+    if (itemPtr) {
+	itemPtr->key = strdup(key);
+	itemPtr->value = strdup(value);
+	itemPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
+
+	while(*listPtrPtr) {
+	    listPtrPtr = &(*listPtrPtr)->nextPtr;
+	}
+	*listPtrPtr = itemPtr;
+    }
+    return itemPtr;
+}
+
+static void
+list_free(list_item_t **listPtrPtr)
+{
+    list_item_t *tmpPtr, *listPtr = *listPtrPtr;
+    while (listPtr) {
+	tmpPtr = listPtr;
+	listPtr = listPtr->nextPtr;
+	free(tmpPtr->key);
+	free(tmpPtr->value);
+	free(tmpPtr);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * SubstituteFile --
+ *	As windows doesn't provide anything useful like sed and it's unreliable
+ *	to use the tclsh you are building against (consider x-platform builds -
+ *	eg compiling AMD64 target from IX86) we provide a simple substitution
+ *	option here to handle autoconf style substitutions.
+ *	The substitution file is whitespace and line delimited. The file should
+ *	consist of lines matching the regular expression:
+ *	  \s*\S+\s+\S*$
+ *
+ *	Usage is something like:
+ *	  nmakehlp -S << $** > $@
+ *        @PACKAGE_NAME@ $(PACKAGE_NAME)
+ *        @PACKAGE_VERSION@ $(PACKAGE_VERSION)
+ *        <<
+ */
+
+static int
+SubstituteFile(
+    const char *substitutions,
+    const char *filename)
+{
+    size_t cbBuffer = 1024;
+    static char szBuffer[1024], szCopy[1024];
+    char *szResult = NULL;
+    list_item_t *substPtr = NULL;
+    FILE *fp, *sp;
+
+    fp = fopen(filename, "rt");
+    if (fp != NULL) {
+
+	/*
+	 * Build a list of substutitions from the first filename
+	 */
+
+	sp = fopen(substitutions, "rt");
+	if (sp != NULL) {
+	    while (fgets(szBuffer, cbBuffer, sp) != NULL) {
+		unsigned char *ks, *ke, *vs, *ve;
+		ks = (unsigned char*)szBuffer;
+		while (ks && *ks && isspace(*ks)) ++ks;
+		ke = ks;
+		while (ke && *ke && !isspace(*ke)) ++ke;
+		vs = ke;
+		while (vs && *vs && isspace(*vs)) ++vs;
+		ve = vs;
+		while (ve && *ve && !(*ve == '\r' || *ve == '\n')) ++ve;
+		*ke = 0, *ve = 0;
+		list_insert(&substPtr, (char*)ks, (char*)vs);
+	    }
+	    fclose(sp);
+	}
+
+	/* debug: dump the list */
+#ifdef _DEBUG
+	{
+	    int n = 0;
+	    list_item_t *p = NULL;
+	    for (p = substPtr; p != NULL; p = p->nextPtr, ++n) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "% 3d '%s' => '%s'\n", n, p->key, p->value);
+	    }
+	}
+#endif
+	
+	/*
+	 * Run the substitutions over each line of the input
+	 */
+	
+	while (fgets(szBuffer, cbBuffer, fp) != NULL) {
+	    list_item_t *p = NULL;
+	    for (p = substPtr; p != NULL; p = p->nextPtr) {
+		char *m = strstr(szBuffer, p->key);
+		if (m) {
+		    char *cp, *op, *sp;
+		    cp = szCopy;
+		    op = szBuffer;
+		    while (op != m) *cp++ = *op++;
+		    sp = p->value;
+		    while (sp && *sp) *cp++ = *sp++;
+		    op += strlen(p->key);
+		    while (*op) *cp++ = *op++;
+		    *cp = 0;
+		    memcpy(szBuffer, szCopy, sizeof(szCopy));
+		}
+	    }
+	    printf(szBuffer);
+	}
+	
+	list_free(&substPtr);
+    }
+    fclose(fp);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * QualifyPath --
+ *
+ *	This composes the current working directory with a provided path
+ *	and returns the fully qualified and normalized path.
+ *	Mostly needed to setup paths for testing.
+ */
+
+static int
+QualifyPath(
+    const char *szPath)
+{
+    char szCwd[MAX_PATH + 1];
+    char szTmp[MAX_PATH + 1];
+    char *p;
+    GetCurrentDirectory(MAX_PATH, szCwd);
+    while ((p = strchr(szPath, '/')) && *p)
+	*p = '\\';
+    PathCombine(szTmp, szCwd, szPath);
+    PathCanonicalize(szCwd, szTmp);
+    printf("%s\n", szCwd);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local variables:
+ *   mode: c
+ *   c-basic-offset: 4
+ *   fill-column: 78
+ *   indent-tabs-mode: t
+ *   tab-width: 8
+ * End:
+ */

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/autoconf/tea/win/rules.vc

@@ -0,0 +1,711 @@
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# rules.vc --
+#
+#	Microsoft Visual C++ makefile include for decoding the commandline
+#	macros.  This file does not need editing to build Tcl.
+#
+# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2001-2003 David Gravereaux.
+# Copyright (c) 2003-2008 Patrick Thoyts
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!ifndef _RULES_VC
+_RULES_VC = 1
+
+cc32		= $(CC)   # built-in default.
+link32		= link
+lib32		= lib
+rc32		= $(RC)   # built-in default.
+
+!ifndef INSTALLDIR
+### Assume the normal default.
+_INSTALLDIR	= C:\Program Files\Tcl
+!else
+### Fix the path separators.
+_INSTALLDIR	= $(INSTALLDIR:/=\)
+!endif
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+# Set the proper copy method to avoid overwrite questions
+# to the user when copying files and selecting the right
+# "delete all" method.
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if "$(OS)" == "Windows_NT"
+RMDIR	= rmdir /S /Q
+ERRNULL  = 2>NUL
+!if ![ver | find "4.0" > nul]
+CPY	= echo y | xcopy /i >NUL
+COPY	= copy >NUL
+!else
+CPY	= xcopy /i /y >NUL
+COPY	= copy /y >NUL
+!endif
+!else # "$(OS)" != "Windows_NT"
+CPY	= xcopy /i >_JUNK.OUT # On Win98 NUL does not work here.
+COPY	= copy >_JUNK.OUT # On Win98 NUL does not work here.
+RMDIR	= deltree /Y
+NULL    = \NUL # Used in testing directory existence
+ERRNULL = >NUL # Win9x shell cannot redirect stderr
+!endif
+MKDIR   = mkdir
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Determine the host and target architectures and compiler version.
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+_HASH=^#
+_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=
+_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=
+VCVER=0
+!if ![echo VCVERSION=_MSC_VER > vercl.x] \
+    && ![echo $(_HASH)if defined(_M_IX86) >> vercl.x] \
+    && ![echo ARCH=IX86 >> vercl.x] \
+    && ![echo $(_HASH)elif defined(_M_AMD64) >> vercl.x] \
+    && ![echo ARCH=AMD64 >> vercl.x] \
+    && ![echo $(_HASH)endif >> vercl.x] \
+    && ![cl -nologo -TC -P vercl.x $(ERRNULL)]
+!include vercl.i
+!if ![echo VCVER= ^\> vercl.vc] \
+    && ![set /a $(VCVERSION) / 100 - 6 >> vercl.vc]
+!include vercl.vc
+!endif
+!endif
+!if ![del $(ERRNUL) /q/f vercl.x vercl.i vercl.vc]
+!endif
+
+!if ![reg query HKLM\Hardware\Description\System\CentralProcessor\0 /v Identifier | findstr /i x86]
+NATIVE_ARCH=IX86
+!else
+NATIVE_ARCH=AMD64
+!endif
+
+# Since MSVC8 we must deal with manifest resources.
+!if $(VCVERSION) >= 1400
+_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=if exist $@.manifest mt -nologo -manifest $@.manifest -outputresource:$@;1
+_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=if exist $@.manifest mt -nologo -manifest $@.manifest -outputresource:$@;2
+!endif
+
+!ifndef MACHINE
+MACHINE=$(ARCH)
+!endif
+
+!ifndef CFG_ENCODING
+CFG_ENCODING	= \"cp1252\"
+!endif
+
+!message ===============================================================================
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+# build the helper app we need to overcome nmake's limiting
+# environment.
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if !exist(nmakehlp.exe)
+!if [$(cc32) -nologo nmakehlp.c -link -subsystem:console > nul]
+!endif
+!endif
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+# Test for compiler features
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+### test for optimizations
+!if [nmakehlp -c -Ot]
+!message *** Compiler has 'Optimizations'
+OPTIMIZING	= 1
+!else
+!message *** Compiler does not have 'Optimizations'
+OPTIMIZING	= 0
+!endif
+
+OPTIMIZATIONS   =
+
+!if [nmakehlp -c -Ot]
+OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -Ot
+!endif
+
+!if [nmakehlp -c -Oi]
+OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -Oi
+!endif
+
+!if [nmakehlp -c -Op]
+OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -Op
+!endif
+
+!if [nmakehlp -c -fp:strict]
+OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -fp:strict
+!endif
+
+!if [nmakehlp -c -Gs]
+OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -Gs
+!endif
+
+!if [nmakehlp -c -GS]
+OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -GS
+!endif
+
+!if [nmakehlp -c -GL]
+OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -GL
+!endif
+
+DEBUGFLAGS     =
+
+!if [nmakehlp -c -RTC1]
+DEBUGFLAGS     = $(DEBUGFLAGS) -RTC1
+!elseif [nmakehlp -c -GZ]
+DEBUGFLAGS     = $(DEBUGFLAGS) -GZ
+!endif
+
+COMPILERFLAGS  =-W3 -DUNICODE -D_UNICODE
+
+# In v13 -GL and -YX are incompatible.
+!if [nmakehlp -c -YX]
+!if ![nmakehlp -c -GL]
+OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -YX
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IX86"
+### test for pentium errata
+!if [nmakehlp -c -QI0f]
+!message *** Compiler has 'Pentium 0x0f fix'
+COMPILERFLAGS  = $(COMPILERFLAGS) -QI0f
+!else
+!message *** Compiler does not have 'Pentium 0x0f fix'
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IA64"
+### test for Itanium errata
+!if [nmakehlp -c -QIA64_Bx]
+!message *** Compiler has 'B-stepping errata workarounds'
+COMPILERFLAGS   = $(COMPILERFLAGS) -QIA64_Bx
+!else
+!message *** Compiler does not have 'B-stepping errata workarounds'
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IX86"
+### test for -align:4096, when align:512 will do.
+!if [nmakehlp -l -opt:nowin98]
+!message *** Linker has 'Win98 alignment problem'
+ALIGN98_HACK	= 1
+!else
+!message *** Linker does not have 'Win98 alignment problem'
+ALIGN98_HACK	= 0
+!endif
+!else
+ALIGN98_HACK	= 0
+!endif
+
+LINKERFLAGS     =
+
+!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg]
+LINKERFLAGS     =-ltcg
+!endif
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+# Decode the options requested.
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if "$(OPTS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(OPTS)" "none"]
+STATIC_BUILD	= 0
+TCL_THREADS	= 1
+DEBUG		= 0
+SYMBOLS		= 0
+PROFILE		= 0
+PGO		= 0
+MSVCRT		= 0
+LOIMPACT	= 0
+TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 0
+USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 1
+UNCHECKED	= 0
+!else
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "static"]
+!message *** Doing static
+STATIC_BUILD	= 1
+!else
+STATIC_BUILD	= 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "msvcrt"]
+!message *** Doing msvcrt
+MSVCRT		= 1
+!else
+MSVCRT		= 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "staticpkg"]
+!message *** Doing staticpkg
+TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 1
+!else
+TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "nothreads"]
+!message *** Compile explicitly for non-threaded tcl
+TCL_THREADS	= 0
+!else
+TCL_THREADS	= 1
+USE_THREAD_ALLOC= 1
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "symbols"]
+!message *** Doing symbols
+DEBUG		= 1
+!else
+DEBUG		= 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pdbs"]
+!message *** Doing pdbs
+SYMBOLS		= 1
+!else
+SYMBOLS		= 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "profile"]
+!message *** Doing profile
+PROFILE		= 1
+!else
+PROFILE		= 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pgi"]
+!message *** Doing profile guided optimization instrumentation
+PGO		= 1
+!elseif [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pgo"]
+!message *** Doing profile guided optimization
+PGO		= 2
+!else
+PGO		= 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "loimpact"]
+!message *** Doing loimpact
+LOIMPACT	= 1
+!else
+LOIMPACT	= 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "thrdalloc"]
+!message *** Doing thrdalloc
+USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 1
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "tclalloc"]
+!message *** Doing tclalloc
+USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "unchecked"]
+!message *** Doing unchecked
+UNCHECKED = 1
+!else
+UNCHECKED = 0
+!endif
+!endif
+
+
+!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)
+# Make sure we don't build overly fat DLLs.
+MSVCRT		= 1
+# We shouldn't statically put the extensions inside the shell when dynamic.
+TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES = 0
+!endif
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+# Figure-out how to name our intermediate and output directories.
+# We wouldn't want different builds to use the same .obj files
+# by accident.
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+#----------------------------------------
+# Naming convention:
+#   t = full thread support.
+#   s = static library (as opposed to an
+#	import library)
+#   g = linked to the debug enabled C
+#	run-time.
+#   x = special static build when it
+#	links to the dynamic C run-time.
+#----------------------------------------
+SUFX	    = tsgx
+
+!if $(DEBUG)
+BUILDDIRTOP = Debug
+!else
+BUILDDIRTOP = Release
+!endif
+
+!if "$(MACHINE)" != "IX86"
+BUILDDIRTOP =$(BUILDDIRTOP)_$(MACHINE)
+!endif
+!if $(VCVER) > 6
+BUILDDIRTOP =$(BUILDDIRTOP)_VC$(VCVER)
+!endif
+
+!if !$(DEBUG) || $(DEBUG) && $(UNCHECKED)
+SUFX	    = $(SUFX:g=)
+!endif
+
+TMP_DIRFULL = .\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\$(PROJECT)_ThreadedDynamicStaticX
+
+!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)
+TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:Static=)
+SUFX	    = $(SUFX:s=)
+EXT	    = dll
+!if $(MSVCRT)
+TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:X=)
+SUFX	    = $(SUFX:x=)
+!endif
+!else
+TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:Dynamic=)
+EXT	    = lib
+!if !$(MSVCRT)
+TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:X=)
+SUFX	    = $(SUFX:x=)
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!if !$(TCL_THREADS)
+TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:Threaded=)
+SUFX	    = $(SUFX:t=)
+!endif
+
+!ifndef TMP_DIR
+TMP_DIR	    = $(TMP_DIRFULL)
+!ifndef OUT_DIR
+OUT_DIR	    = .\$(BUILDDIRTOP)
+!endif
+!else
+!ifndef OUT_DIR
+OUT_DIR	    = $(TMP_DIR)
+!endif
+!endif
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+# Decode the statistics requested.
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if "$(STATS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(STATS)" "none"]
+TCL_MEM_DEBUG	    = 0
+TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG   = 0
+!else
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(STATS) "memdbg"]
+!message *** Doing memdbg
+TCL_MEM_DEBUG	    = 1
+!else
+TCL_MEM_DEBUG	    = 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(STATS) "compdbg"]
+!message *** Doing compdbg
+TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG   = 1
+!else
+TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG   = 0
+!endif
+!endif
+
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+# Decode the checks requested.
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if "$(CHECKS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(CHECKS)" "none"]
+TCL_NO_DEPRECATED	    = 0
+WARNINGS		    = -W3
+!else
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "nodep"]
+!message *** Doing nodep check
+TCL_NO_DEPRECATED	    = 1
+!else
+TCL_NO_DEPRECATED	    = 0
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "fullwarn"]
+!message *** Doing full warnings check
+WARNINGS		    = -W4
+!if [nmakehlp -l -warn:3]
+LINKERFLAGS		    = $(LINKERFLAGS) -warn:3
+!endif
+!else
+WARNINGS		    = -W3
+!endif
+!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "64bit"] && [nmakehlp -c -Wp64]
+!message *** Doing 64bit portability warnings
+WARNINGS		    = $(WARNINGS) -Wp64
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!if $(PGO) > 1
+!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg:pgoptimize]
+LINKERFLAGS	= $(LINKERFLAGS:-ltcg=) -ltcg:pgoptimize
+!else
+MSG=^
+This compiler does not support profile guided optimization.
+!error $(MSG)
+!endif
+!elseif $(PGO) > 0
+!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg:pginstrument]
+LINKERFLAGS	= $(LINKERFLAGS:-ltcg=) -ltcg:pginstrument
+!else
+MSG=^
+This compiler does not support profile guided optimization.
+!error $(MSG)
+!endif
+!endif
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+# Set our defines now armed with our options.
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+OPTDEFINES	= -DTCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING=$(CFG_ENCODING) -DSTDC_HEADERS
+
+!if $(TCL_MEM_DEBUG)
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_MEM_DEBUG
+!endif
+!if $(TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG)
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_COMPILE_DEBUG -DTCL_COMPILE_STATS
+!endif
+!if $(TCL_THREADS)
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_THREADS=1
+!if $(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DUSE_THREAD_ALLOC=1
+!endif
+!endif
+!if $(STATIC_BUILD)
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DSTATIC_BUILD
+!endif
+!if $(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED)
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED
+!endif
+
+!if !$(DEBUG)
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DNDEBUG
+!if $(OPTIMIZING)
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED
+!endif
+!endif
+!if $(PROFILE)
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_PROFILED
+!endif
+!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IA64" || "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64"
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_DO64BIT
+!endif
+!if $(VCVERSION) < 1300
+OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DNO_STRTOI64
+!endif
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+# Locate the Tcl headers to build against
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if "$(PROJECT)" == "tcl"
+
+_TCL_H          = ..\generic\tcl.h
+
+!else
+
+# If INSTALLDIR set to tcl root dir then reset to the lib dir.
+!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\include\tcl.h")
+_INSTALLDIR=$(_INSTALLDIR)\lib
+!endif
+
+!if !defined(TCLDIR)
+!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\..\include\tcl.h")
+TCLINSTALL	= 1
+_TCLDIR		= $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
+_TCL_H          = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..\include\tcl.h
+TCLDIR          = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
+!else
+MSG=^
+Failed to find tcl.h.  Set the TCLDIR macro.
+!error $(MSG)
+!endif
+!else
+_TCLDIR	= $(TCLDIR:/=\)
+!if exist("$(_TCLDIR)\include\tcl.h")
+TCLINSTALL	= 1
+_TCL_H          = $(_TCLDIR)\include\tcl.h
+!elseif exist("$(_TCLDIR)\generic\tcl.h")
+TCLINSTALL	= 0
+_TCL_H          = $(_TCLDIR)\generic\tcl.h
+!else
+MSG =^
+Failed to find tcl.h.  The TCLDIR macro does not appear correct.
+!error $(MSG)
+!endif
+!endif
+!endif
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------
+# Extract various version numbers from tcl headers
+# The generated file is then included in the makefile.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if [echo REM = This file is generated from rules.vc > versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo TCL_MAJOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_MAJOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo TCL_MINOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_MINOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo TCL_PATCH_LEVEL = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_PATCH_LEVEL >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+
+# If building the tcl core then we need additional package versions
+!if "$(PROJECT)" == "tcl"
+!if [echo PKG_HTTP_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\http\pkgIndex.tcl http >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo PKG_TCLTEST_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\tcltest\pkgIndex.tcl tcltest >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo PKG_MSGCAT_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\msgcat\pkgIndex.tcl msgcat >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo PKG_PLATFORM_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\platform\pkgIndex.tcl "platform " >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo PKG_SHELL_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\platform\pkgIndex.tcl "platform::shell" >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo PKG_DDE_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\dde\pkgIndex.tcl "dde " >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo PKG_REG_VER =\>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\reg\pkgIndex.tcl registry >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!include versions.vc
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------
+# Setup tcl version dependent stuff headers
+#--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if "$(PROJECT)" != "tcl"
+
+TCL_VERSION	= $(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION)$(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)
+
+!if $(TCL_VERSION) < 81
+TCL_DOES_STUBS	= 0
+!else
+TCL_DOES_STUBS	= 1
+!endif
+
+!if $(TCLINSTALL)
+TCLSH		= "$(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"
+!if !exist($(TCLSH)) && $(TCL_THREADS)
+TCLSH           = "$(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX).exe"
+!endif
+TCLSTUBLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib"
+TCLIMPLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"
+TCL_LIBRARY	= $(_TCLDIR)\lib
+TCLREGLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tclreg13$(SUFX:t=).lib"
+TCLDDELIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcldde14$(SUFX:t=).lib"
+COFFBASE	= \must\have\tcl\sources\to\build\this\target
+TCLTOOLSDIR	= \must\have\tcl\sources\to\build\this\target
+TCL_INCLUDES    = -I"$(_TCLDIR)\include"
+!else
+TCLSH		= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"
+!if !exist($(TCLSH)) && $(TCL_THREADS)
+TCLSH		= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX).exe"
+!endif
+TCLSTUBLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib"
+TCLIMPLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"
+TCL_LIBRARY	= $(_TCLDIR)\library
+TCLREGLIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclreg13$(SUFX:t=).lib"
+TCLDDELIB	= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcldde14$(SUFX:t=).lib"
+COFFBASE	= "$(_TCLDIR)\win\coffbase.txt"
+TCLTOOLSDIR	= $(_TCLDIR)\tools
+TCL_INCLUDES	= -I"$(_TCLDIR)\generic" -I"$(_TCLDIR)\win"
+!endif
+
+!endif
+
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Locate the Tk headers to build against
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if "$(PROJECT)" == "tk"
+_TK_H          = ..\generic\tk.h
+_INSTALLDIR    = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
+!endif
+
+!ifdef PROJECT_REQUIRES_TK
+!if !defined(TKDIR)
+!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\..\include\tk.h")
+TKINSTALL      = 1
+_TKDIR         = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
+_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h
+TKDIR          = $(_TKDIR)
+!elseif exist("$(_TCLDIR)\include\tk.h")
+TKINSTALL      = 1
+_TKDIR         = $(_TCLDIR)
+_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h
+TKDIR          = $(_TKDIR)
+!endif
+!else
+_TKDIR = $(TKDIR:/=\)
+!if exist("$(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h")
+TKINSTALL      = 1
+_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h
+!elseif exist("$(_TKDIR)\generic\tk.h")
+TKINSTALL      = 0
+_TK_H          = $(_TKDIR)\generic\tk.h
+!else
+MSG =^
+Failed to find tk.h. The TKDIR macro does not appear correct.
+!error $(MSG)
+!endif
+!endif
+!endif
+
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Extract Tk version numbers
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!if defined(PROJECT_REQUIRES_TK) || "$(PROJECT)" == "tk"
+
+!if [echo TK_MAJOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_MAJOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo TK_MINOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_MINOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+!if [echo TK_PATCH_LEVEL = \>> versions.vc] \
+   && [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_PATCH_LEVEL >> versions.vc]
+!endif
+
+!include versions.vc
+
+TK_DOTVERSION	= $(TK_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
+TK_VERSION	= $(TK_MAJOR_VERSION)$(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
+
+!if "$(PROJECT)" != "tk"
+!if $(TKINSTALL)
+WISH		= "$(_TKDIR)\bin\wish$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"
+TKSTUBLIB	= "$(_TKDIR)\lib\tkstub$(TK_VERSION).lib"
+TKIMPLIB	= "$(_TKDIR)\lib\tk$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"
+TK_INCLUDES     = -I"$(_TKDIR)\include"
+!else
+WISH		= "$(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\wish$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"
+TKSTUBLIB	= "$(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tkstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib"
+TKIMPLIB	= "$(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tk$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"
+TK_INCLUDES     = -I"$(_TKDIR)\generic" -I"$(_TKDIR)\win" -I"$(_TKDIR)\xlib"
+!endif
+!endif
+
+!endif
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+# Display stats being used.
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+!message *** Intermediate directory will be '$(TMP_DIR)'
+!message *** Output directory will be '$(OUT_DIR)'
+!message *** Suffix for binaries will be '$(SUFX)'
+!message *** Optional defines are '$(OPTDEFINES)'
+!message *** Compiler version $(VCVER). Target machine is $(MACHINE)
+!message *** Host architecture is $(NATIVE_ARCH)
+!message *** Compiler options '$(COMPILERFLAGS) $(OPTIMIZATIONS) $(DEBUGFLAGS) $(WARNINGS)'
+!message *** Link options '$(LINKERFLAGS)'
+
+!endif
+

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/config.h.in

@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/* config.h.in.  Generated from configure.ac by autoheader.  */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_DLFCN_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fdatasync' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FDATASYNC
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `gmtime_r' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GMTIME_R
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `int16_t'. */
+#undef HAVE_INT16_T
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `int32_t'. */
+#undef HAVE_INT32_T
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `int64_t'. */
+#undef HAVE_INT64_T
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `int8_t'. */
+#undef HAVE_INT8_T
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `intptr_t'. */
+#undef HAVE_INTPTR_T
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `isnan' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ISNAN
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `localtime_r' function. */
+#undef HAVE_LOCALTIME_R
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `localtime_s' function. */
+#undef HAVE_LOCALTIME_S
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_MALLOC_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `malloc_usable_size' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the pread() function. */
+#undef HAVE_PREAD
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the pread64() function. */
+#undef HAVE_PREAD64
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the pwrite() function. */
+#undef HAVE_PWRITE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the pwrite64() function. */
+#undef HAVE_PWRITE64
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the strchrnul() function */
+#undef HAVE_STRCHRNUL
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRING_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uint16_t'. */
+#undef HAVE_UINT16_T
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uint32_t'. */
+#undef HAVE_UINT32_T
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uint64_t'. */
+#undef HAVE_UINT64_T
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uint8_t'. */
+#undef HAVE_UINT8_T
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uintptr_t'. */
+#undef HAVE_UINTPTR_T
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `usleep' function. */
+#undef HAVE_USLEEP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the utime() library function. */
+#undef HAVE_UTIME
+
+/* Define to the sub-directory in which libtool stores uninstalled libraries.
+   */
+#undef LT_OBJDIR
+
+/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
+#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
+
+/* Define to the full name of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_NAME
+
+/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_STRING
+
+/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
+
+/* Define to the version of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
+#undef STDC_HEADERS
+
+/* Number of bits in a file offset, on hosts where this is settable. */
+#undef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
+
+/* Define for large files, on AIX-style hosts. */
+#undef _LARGE_FILES

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/configure.ac

@@ -0,0 +1,759 @@
+#
+# The build process allows for using a cross-compiler.  But the default
+# action is to target the same platform that we are running on.  The
+# configure script needs to discover the following properties of the 
+# build and target systems:
+#
+#    srcdir
+#
+#        The is the name of the directory that contains the
+#        "configure" shell script.  All source files are
+#        located relative to this directory.
+#
+#    bindir
+#
+#        The name of the directory where executables should be
+#        written by the "install" target of the makefile.
+#
+#    program_prefix
+#
+#        Add this prefix to the names of all executables that run
+#        on the target machine.  Default: ""
+#
+#    ENABLE_SHARED
+#
+#        True if shared libraries should be generated.
+#
+#    BUILD_CC
+#
+#        The name of a command that is used to convert C
+#        source files into executables that run on the build
+#        platform.
+#
+#    BUILD_CFLAGS
+#
+#        Switches that the build compiler needs in order to construct
+#        command-line programs.
+#
+#    BUILD_LIBS
+#
+#        Libraries that the build compiler needs in order to construct
+#        command-line programs.
+#
+#    BUILD_EXEEXT
+#
+#        The filename extension for executables on the build
+#        platform.  "" for Unix and ".exe" for Windows.
+#
+#    TCL_*
+#
+#        Lots of values are read in from the tclConfig.sh script,
+#        if that script is available.  This values are used for
+#        constructing and installing the TCL extension.
+#
+#    TARGET_READLINE_LIBS
+#
+#        This is the library directives passed to the target linker
+#        that cause the executable to link against the readline library.
+#        This might be a switch like "-lreadline" or pathnames of library
+#        file like "../../src/libreadline.a".
+#
+#    TARGET_READLINE_INC
+#
+#        This variables define the directory that contain header
+#        files for the readline library.  If the compiler is able 
+#        to find <readline.h> on its own, then this can be blank.
+#
+#    TARGET_EXEEXT
+#
+#        The filename extension for executables on the
+#        target platform.  "" for Unix and ".exe" for windows.
+#
+# This configure.in file is easy to reuse on other projects.  Just
+# change the argument to AC_INIT().  And disable any features that
+# you don't need (for example BLT) by erasing or commenting out
+# the corresponding code.
+#
+AC_INIT(sqlite, m4_esyscmd([cat VERSION | tr -d '\n']))
+
+dnl Make sure the local VERSION file matches this configure script
+sqlite_version_sanity_check=`cat $srcdir/VERSION | tr -d '\n'`
+if test "$PACKAGE_VERSION" != "$sqlite_version_sanity_check" ; then
+AC_MSG_ERROR([configure script is out of date:
+ configure \$PACKAGE_VERSION = $PACKAGE_VERSION
+ top level VERSION file     = $sqlite_version_sanity_check
+please regen with autoconf])
+fi
+
+#########
+# Programs needed
+#
+AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+
+#########
+# Enable large file support (if special flags are necessary)
+#
+AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
+
+#########
+# Check for needed/wanted data types
+AC_CHECK_TYPES([int8_t, int16_t, int32_t, int64_t, intptr_t, uint8_t,
+                uint16_t, uint32_t, uint64_t, uintptr_t])
+
+#########
+# Check for needed/wanted headers
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/types.h stdlib.h stdint.h inttypes.h malloc.h])
+
+#########
+# Figure out whether or not we have these functions
+#
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS([fdatasync gmtime_r isnan localtime_r localtime_s malloc_usable_size strchrnul usleep utime pread pread64 pwrite pwrite64])
+
+#########
+# By default, we use the amalgamation (this may be changed below...)
+#
+USE_AMALGAMATION=1
+
+#########
+# See whether we can run specific tclsh versions known to work well;
+# if not, then we fall back to plain tclsh.
+# TODO: try other versions before falling back?
+# 
+AC_CHECK_PROGS(TCLSH_CMD, [tclsh8.7 tclsh8.6 tclsh8.5 tclsh], none)
+if test "$TCLSH_CMD" = "none"; then
+  # If we can't find a local tclsh, then building the amalgamation will fail.
+  # We act as though --disable-amalgamation has been used.
+  echo "Warning: can't find tclsh - defaulting to non-amalgamation build."
+  USE_AMALGAMATION=0
+  TCLSH_CMD="tclsh"
+fi
+AC_SUBST(TCLSH_CMD)
+
+AC_ARG_VAR([TCLLIBDIR], [Where to install tcl plugin])
+if test "x${TCLLIBDIR+set}" != "xset" ; then
+  TCLLIBDIR='$(libdir)'
+  for i in `echo 'puts stdout $auto_path' | ${TCLSH_CMD}` ; do
+    TCLLIBDIR=$i
+    break
+  done
+  TCLLIBDIR="${TCLLIBDIR}/sqlite3"
+fi
+
+
+#########
+# Set up an appropriate program prefix
+#
+if test "$program_prefix" = "NONE"; then
+  program_prefix=""
+fi
+AC_SUBST(program_prefix)
+
+VERSION=[`cat $srcdir/VERSION | sed 's/^\([0-9]*\.*[0-9]*\).*/\1/'`]
+AC_MSG_NOTICE(Version set to $VERSION)
+AC_SUBST(VERSION)
+RELEASE=`cat $srcdir/VERSION`
+AC_MSG_NOTICE(Release set to $RELEASE)
+AC_SUBST(RELEASE)
+VERSION_NUMBER=[`cat $srcdir/VERSION \
+                           | sed 's/[^0-9]/ /g' \
+                | awk '{printf "%d%03d%03d",$1,$2,$3}'`]
+AC_MSG_NOTICE(Version number set to $VERSION_NUMBER)
+AC_SUBST(VERSION_NUMBER)
+
+#########
+# Locate a compiler for the build machine.  This compiler should
+# generate command-line programs that run on the build machine.
+#
+if test x"$cross_compiling" = xno; then
+	BUILD_CC=$CC
+	BUILD_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+else
+	if test "${BUILD_CC+set}" != set; then
+		AC_CHECK_PROGS(BUILD_CC, gcc cc cl)
+	fi
+	if test "${BUILD_CFLAGS+set}" != set; then
+		BUILD_CFLAGS="-g"
+	fi
+fi
+AC_SUBST(BUILD_CC)
+
+##########
+# Do we want to support multithreaded use of sqlite
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(threadsafe, 
+AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-threadsafe],[Disable mutexing]))
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to support threadsafe operation])
+if test "$enable_threadsafe" = "no"; then
+  SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+else
+  SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+fi
+AC_SUBST(SQLITE_THREADSAFE)
+
+if test "$SQLITE_THREADSAFE" = "1"; then
+  AC_SEARCH_LIBS(pthread_create, pthread)
+  AC_SEARCH_LIBS(pthread_mutexattr_init, pthread)
+fi
+
+##########
+# Do we want to support release
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(releasemode, 
+AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-releasemode],[Support libtool link to release mode]),,enable_releasemode=no)
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to support shared library linked as release mode or not])
+if test "$enable_releasemode" = "no"; then
+  ALLOWRELEASE=""
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+else
+  ALLOWRELEASE="-release `cat $srcdir/VERSION`"
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+fi
+AC_SUBST(ALLOWRELEASE)
+
+##########
+# Do we want temporary databases in memory
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(tempstore, 
+AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-tempstore],[Use an in-ram database for temporary tables (never,no,yes,always)]),,enable_tempstore=no)
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use an in-ram database for temporary tables])
+case "$enable_tempstore" in
+  never ) 
+    TEMP_STORE=0
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([never])
+  ;;
+  no ) 
+    TEMP_STORE=1
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+  ;;
+  yes ) 
+     TEMP_STORE=2
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+  ;;
+  always ) 
+     TEMP_STORE=3
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([always])
+  ;;
+  * ) 
+    TEMP_STORE=1
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+  ;;
+esac
+
+AC_SUBST(TEMP_STORE)
+
+###########
+# Lots of things are different if we are compiling for Windows using
+# the CYGWIN environment.  So check for that special case and handle
+# things accordingly.
+#
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([if executables have the .exe suffix])
+if test "$config_BUILD_EXEEXT" = ".exe"; then
+  CYGWIN=yes
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(unknown)
+fi
+if test "$CYGWIN" != "yes"; then
+  AC_CYGWIN
+fi
+if test "$CYGWIN" = "yes"; then
+  BUILD_EXEEXT=.exe
+else
+  BUILD_EXEEXT=$EXEEXT
+fi
+if test x"$cross_compiling" = xno; then
+  TARGET_EXEEXT=$BUILD_EXEEXT
+else
+  TARGET_EXEEXT=$config_TARGET_EXEEXT
+fi
+if test "$TARGET_EXEEXT" = ".exe"; then
+  SQLITE_OS_UNIX=0
+  SQLITE_OS_WIN=1
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DSQLITE_OS_WIN=1"
+else
+  SQLITE_OS_UNIX=1
+  SQLITE_OS_WIN=0
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DSQLITE_OS_UNIX=1"
+fi
+
+AC_SUBST(BUILD_EXEEXT)
+AC_SUBST(SQLITE_OS_UNIX)
+AC_SUBST(SQLITE_OS_WIN)
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_EXEEXT)
+
+##########
+# Figure out all the parameters needed to compile against Tcl.
+#
+# This code is derived from the SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG and SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG
+# macros in the in the tcl.m4 file of the standard TCL distribution.
+# Those macros could not be used directly since we have to make some
+# minor changes to accomodate systems that do not have TCL installed.
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(tcl, AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-tcl],[do not build TCL extension]),
+      [use_tcl=$enableval],[use_tcl=yes])
+if test "${use_tcl}" = "yes" ; then
+  AC_ARG_WITH(tcl, AC_HELP_STRING([--with-tcl=DIR],[directory containing tcl configuration (tclConfig.sh)]), with_tclconfig=${withval})
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tcl configuration])
+  AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tclconfig,[
+    # First check to see if --with-tcl was specified.
+    if test x"${with_tclconfig}" != x ; then
+      if test -f "${with_tclconfig}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+        ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd ${with_tclconfig}; pwd)`
+      else
+        AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh])
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    # Start autosearch by asking tclsh
+    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+      if test x"$cross_compiling" = xno; then
+        for i in `echo 'puts stdout $auto_path' | ${TCLSH_CMD}`
+        do
+          if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+            ac_cv_c_tclconfig="$i"
+            break
+          fi
+        done
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    # On ubuntu 14.10, $auto_path on tclsh is not quite correct.
+    # So try again after applying corrections.
+    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+      if test x"$cross_compiling" = xno; then
+        for i in `echo 'puts stdout $auto_path' | ${TCLSH_CMD} | sed 's,/tcltk/tcl,/tcl,g'`
+        do
+          if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+            ac_cv_c_tclconfig="$i"
+            break
+          fi
+        done
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    # Recent versions of Xcode on Macs hid the tclConfig.sh file
+    # in a strange place.
+    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+      if test x"$cross_compiling" = xno; then
+        for i in /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX*.sdk/usr/lib
+        do
+          if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+            ac_cv_c_tclconfig="$i"
+            break
+          fi
+        done
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    # then check for a private Tcl installation
+    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+      for i in \
+            ../tcl \
+            `ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+            `ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+            `ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+            ../../tcl \
+            `ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+            `ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+            `ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+            ../../../tcl \
+            `ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+            `ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+            `ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null`
+      do
+        if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+          ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`
+          break
+        fi
+      done
+    fi
+
+    # check in a few common install locations
+    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+      for i in \
+            `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
+            `ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+            `ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+            `ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null`
+      do
+        if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+           ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd $i; pwd)`
+           break
+        fi
+      done
+    fi
+
+    # check in a few other private locations
+    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+      for i in \
+         ${srcdir}/../tcl \
+         `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+         `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+         `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null`
+      do
+        if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+          ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`
+          break
+        fi
+      done
+    fi
+  ])
+
+  if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+    use_tcl=no
+    AC_MSG_WARN(Can't find Tcl configuration definitions)
+    AC_MSG_WARN(*** Without Tcl the regression tests cannot be executed ***)
+    AC_MSG_WARN(*** Consider using --with-tcl=... to define location of Tcl ***)
+  else
+    TCL_BIN_DIR=${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}
+    AC_MSG_RESULT(found $TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh)
+
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of $TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh])
+    if test -f "$TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+      AC_MSG_RESULT([loading])
+      . $TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh
+    else
+      AC_MSG_RESULT([file not found])
+    fi
+    
+    #
+    # If the TCL_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
+    # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
+    # For example, the variable TCL_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
+    # of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TCL_LIB_SPEC
+    # instead of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
+    # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
+    #
+    
+    if test -f $TCL_BIN_DIR/Makefile ; then
+      TCL_LIB_SPEC=${TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}
+      TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}
+      TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}
+    fi
+    
+    #
+    # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
+    #
+    
+    eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\""
+    eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\""
+    eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\""
+    
+    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
+    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
+    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
+    
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC)
+    
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FILE)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FLAG)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_SPEC)
+    
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_SHLIB_SUFFIX)
+  fi
+fi
+if test "${use_tcl}" = "no" ; then
+  HAVE_TCL=""
+else
+  HAVE_TCL=1
+fi
+AC_SUBST(HAVE_TCL)
+
+##########
+# Figure out what C libraries are required to compile programs
+# that use "readline()" library.
+#
+TARGET_READLINE_LIBS=""
+TARGET_READLINE_INC=""
+TARGET_HAVE_READLINE=0
+TARGET_HAVE_EDITLINE=0
+AC_ARG_ENABLE([editline],
+	[AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-editline],[enable BSD editline support])],
+	[with_editline=$enableval],
+	[with_editline=auto])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE([readline],
+	[AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-readline],[disable readline support])],
+	[with_readline=$enableval],
+	[with_readline=auto])
+
+if test x"$with_editline" != xno; then
+        sLIBS=$LIBS
+        LIBS=""
+	TARGET_HAVE_EDITLINE=1
+	AC_SEARCH_LIBS(readline,edit,[with_readline=no],[TARGET_HAVE_EDITLINE=0])
+        TARGET_READLINE_LIBS=$LIBS
+        LIBS=$sLIBS
+fi
+if test x"$with_readline" != xno; then
+	found="yes"
+
+	AC_ARG_WITH([readline-lib],
+		[AC_HELP_STRING([--with-readline-lib],[specify readline library])],
+		[with_readline_lib=$withval],
+		[with_readline_lib="auto"])
+	if test "x$with_readline_lib" = xauto; then
+		save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+		LIBS=""
+		AC_SEARCH_LIBS(tgetent, [readline ncurses curses termcap], [term_LIBS="$LIBS"], [term_LIBS=""])
+		AC_CHECK_LIB([readline], [readline], [TARGET_READLINE_LIBS="-lreadline"], [found="no"])
+		TARGET_READLINE_LIBS="$TARGET_READLINE_LIBS $term_LIBS"
+		LIBS="$save_LIBS"
+	else
+		TARGET_READLINE_LIBS="$with_readline_lib"
+	fi
+
+	AC_ARG_WITH([readline-inc],
+		[AC_HELP_STRING([--with-readline-inc],[specify readline include paths])],
+		[with_readline_inc=$withval],
+		[with_readline_inc="auto"])
+	if test "x$with_readline_inc" = xauto; then
+		AC_CHECK_HEADER(readline.h, [found="yes"], [
+			found="no"
+			if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then
+				for dir in /usr /usr/local /usr/local/readline /usr/contrib /mingw; do
+					for subdir in include include/readline; do
+						AC_CHECK_FILE($dir/$subdir/readline.h, found=yes)
+						if test "$found" = "yes"; then
+							TARGET_READLINE_INC="-I$dir/$subdir"
+							break
+						fi
+					done
+					test "$found" = "yes" && break
+				done
+			fi
+		])
+	else
+		TARGET_READLINE_INC="$with_readline_inc"
+	fi
+
+	if test x"$found" = xno; then
+		TARGET_READLINE_LIBS=""
+		TARGET_READLINE_INC=""
+		TARGET_HAVE_READLINE=0
+	else
+		TARGET_HAVE_READLINE=1
+	fi
+fi
+
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_READLINE_LIBS)
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_READLINE_INC)
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_HAVE_READLINE)
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_HAVE_EDITLINE)
+
+##########
+# Figure out what C libraries are required to compile programs
+# that use "fdatasync()" function.
+#
+AC_SEARCH_LIBS(fdatasync, [rt])
+
+#########
+# check for debug enabled
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-debug],[enable debugging & verbose explain]))
+if test "${enable_debug}" = "yes" ; then
+  TARGET_DEBUG="-DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE -DSQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE -O0"
+else
+  TARGET_DEBUG="-DNDEBUG"
+fi
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_DEBUG)
+
+#########
+# See whether we should use the amalgamation to build
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(amalgamation, AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-amalgamation],
+      [Disable the amalgamation and instead build all files separately]))
+if test "${enable_amalgamation}" = "no" ; then
+  USE_AMALGAMATION=0
+fi
+AC_SUBST(USE_AMALGAMATION)
+
+#########
+# Look for zlib.  Only needed by extensions and by the sqlite3.exe shell
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(zlib.h)
+AC_SEARCH_LIBS(deflate, z, [HAVE_ZLIB="-DSQLITE_HAVE_ZLIB=1"], [HAVE_ZLIB=""])
+AC_SUBST(HAVE_ZLIB)
+
+#########
+# See whether we should allow loadable extensions
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(load-extension, AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-load-extension],
+      [Disable loading of external extensions]),,[enable_load_extension=yes])
+if test "${enable_load_extension}" = "yes" ; then
+  OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS=""
+  AC_SEARCH_LIBS(dlopen, dl)
+else
+  OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS="-DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1"
+fi
+
+##########
+# Do we want to support memsys3 and/or memsys5
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(memsys5, 
+  AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-memsys5],[Enable MEMSYS5]))
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to support MEMSYS5])
+if test "${enable_memsys5}" = "yes"; then
+  OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS="${OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS} -DSQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5"
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+fi
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(memsys3, 
+  AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-memsys3],[Enable MEMSYS3]))
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to support MEMSYS3])
+if test "${enable_memsys3}" = "yes" -a "${enable_memsys5}" = "no"; then
+  OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS="${OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS} -DSQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3"
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+fi
+
+########
+# The --enable-extensions argument is short-hand to enable
+# multiple extensions.
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(all, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-all],
+      [Enable FTS4, FTS5, Geopoly, JSON, RTree, Sessions]))
+
+#########
+# See whether we should enable Full Text Search extensions
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(fts3, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-fts3],
+      [Enable the FTS3 extension]))
+if test "${enable_fts3}" = "yes" ; then
+  OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS="${OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS} -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3"
+fi
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(fts4, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-fts4],
+      [Enable the FTS4 extension]))
+if test "${enable_fts4}" = "yes" -o "${enable_all}" = "yes" ; then
+  OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS="${OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS} -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4"
+  AC_SEARCH_LIBS([log],[m])
+fi
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(fts5, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-fts5],
+      [Enable the FTS5 extension]))
+if test "${enable_fts5}" = "yes" -o "${enable_all}" = "yes" ; then
+  OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS="${OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS} -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5"
+  AC_SEARCH_LIBS([log],[m])
+fi
+
+#########
+# See whether we should enable JSON1
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(json1, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-json1],[Enable the JSON1 extension]))
+if test "${enable_json1}" = "yes" -o "${enable_all}" = "yes" ; then
+  OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS="${OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS} -DSQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1"
+fi
+
+#########
+# See whether we should enable the LIMIT clause on UPDATE and DELETE
+# statements.
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(update-limit, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-update-limit],
+      [Enable the UPDATE/DELETE LIMIT clause]))
+if test "${enable_update_limit}" = "yes" ; then
+  OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS="${OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS} -DSQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT"
+fi
+
+#########
+# See whether we should enable GEOPOLY
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(geopoly, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-geopoly],
+      [Enable the GEOPOLY extension]),
+      [enable_geopoly=yes],[enable_geopoly=no])
+if test "${enable_geopoly}" = "yes" -o "${enable_all}" = "yes" ; then
+  OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS="${OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS} -DSQLITE_ENABLE_GEOPOLY"
+  enable_rtree=yes
+fi
+
+#########
+# See whether we should enable RTREE
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(rtree, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-rtree],
+      [Enable the RTREE extension]))
+if test "${enable_rtree}" = "yes" ; then
+  OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS="${OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS} -DSQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE"
+fi
+
+#########
+# See whether we should enable the SESSION extension
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(session, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-session],
+      [Enable the SESSION extension]))
+if test "${enable_session}" = "yes" -o "${enable_all}" = "yes" ; then
+  OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS="${OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS} -DSQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION"
+  OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS="${OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS} -DSQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK"
+fi
+
+#########
+# attempt to duplicate any OMITS and ENABLES into the ${OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS} parameter
+for option in $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS
+do
+  case $option in
+    -DSQLITE_OMIT*) OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS="$OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS $option";;
+    -DSQLITE_ENABLE*) OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS="$OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS $option";;
+  esac
+done
+AC_SUBST(OPT_FEATURE_FLAGS)
+
+
+# attempt to remove any OMITS and ENABLES from the $(CFLAGS) parameter
+ac_temp_CFLAGS=""
+for option in $CFLAGS
+do
+  case $option in
+    -DSQLITE_OMIT*) ;;
+    -DSQLITE_ENABLE*) ;;
+    *) ac_temp_CFLAGS="$ac_temp_CFLAGS $option";;
+  esac
+done
+CFLAGS=$ac_temp_CFLAGS
+
+
+# attempt to remove any OMITS and ENABLES from the $(CPPFLAGS) parameter
+ac_temp_CPPFLAGS=""
+for option in $CPPFLAGS
+do
+  case $option in
+    -DSQLITE_OMIT*) ;;
+    -DSQLITE_ENABLE*) ;;
+    *) ac_temp_CPPFLAGS="$ac_temp_CPPFLAGS $option";;
+  esac
+done
+CPPFLAGS=$ac_temp_CPPFLAGS
+
+
+# attempt to remove any OMITS and ENABLES from the $(BUILD_CFLAGS) parameter
+ac_temp_BUILD_CFLAGS=""
+for option in $BUILD_CFLAGS
+do
+  case $option in
+    -DSQLITE_OMIT*) ;;
+    -DSQLITE_ENABLE*) ;;
+    *) ac_temp_BUILD_CFLAGS="$ac_temp_BUILD_CFLAGS $option";;
+  esac
+done
+BUILD_CFLAGS=$ac_temp_BUILD_CFLAGS
+
+
+#########
+# See whether we should use GCOV
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(gcov, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-gcov],
+      [Enable coverage testing using gcov]))
+if test "${use_gcov}" = "yes" ; then
+  USE_GCOV=1
+else
+  USE_GCOV=0
+fi
+AC_SUBST(USE_GCOV)
+
+
+#########
+# Output the config header
+AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(config.h)
+
+#########
+# Generate the output files.
+#
+AC_SUBST(BUILD_CFLAGS)
+AC_OUTPUT([
+Makefile
+sqlite3.pc
+])

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/contrib/sqlitecon.tcl

@@ -0,0 +1,679 @@
+# A Tk console widget for SQLite.  Invoke sqlitecon::create with a window name,
+# a prompt string, a title to set a new top-level window, and the SQLite
+# database handle.  For example:
+#
+#     sqlitecon::create .sqlcon {sql:- } {SQL Console} db
+#
+# A toplevel window is created that allows you to type in SQL commands to
+# be processed on the spot.
+#
+# A limited set of dot-commands are supported:
+#
+#     .table
+#     .schema ?TABLE?
+#     .mode list|column|multicolumn|line
+#     .exit
+#
+# In addition, a new SQL function named "edit()" is created.  This function
+# takes a single text argument and returns a text result.  Whenever the
+# the function is called, it pops up a new toplevel window containing a
+# text editor screen initialized to the argument.  When the "OK" button
+# is pressed, whatever revised text is in the text editor is returned as
+# the result of the edit() function.  This allows text fields of SQL tables
+# to be edited quickly and easily as follows:
+#
+#    UPDATE table1 SET dscr = edit(dscr) WHERE rowid=15;
+#
+
+
+# Create a namespace to work in
+#
+namespace eval ::sqlitecon {
+  # do nothing
+}
+
+# Create a console widget named $w.  The prompt string is $prompt.
+# The title at the top of the window is $title.  The database connection
+# object is $db
+#
+proc sqlitecon::create {w prompt title db} {
+  upvar #0 $w.t v
+  if {[winfo exists $w]} {destroy $w}
+  if {[info exists v]} {unset v}
+  toplevel $w
+  wm title $w $title
+  wm iconname $w $title
+  frame $w.mb -bd 2 -relief raised
+  pack $w.mb -side top -fill x
+  menubutton $w.mb.file -text File -menu $w.mb.file.m
+  menubutton $w.mb.edit -text Edit -menu $w.mb.edit.m
+  pack $w.mb.file $w.mb.edit -side left -padx 8 -pady 1
+  set m [menu $w.mb.file.m -tearoff 0]
+  $m add command -label {Close} -command "destroy $w"
+  sqlitecon::create_child $w $prompt $w.mb.edit.m
+  set v(db) $db
+  $db function edit ::sqlitecon::_edit
+}
+
+# This routine creates a console as a child window within a larger
+# window.  It also creates an edit menu named "$editmenu" if $editmenu!="".
+# The calling function is responsible for posting the edit menu.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::create_child {w prompt editmenu} {
+  upvar #0 $w.t v
+  if {$editmenu!=""} {
+    set m [menu $editmenu -tearoff 0]
+    $m add command -label Cut -command "sqlitecon::Cut $w.t"
+    $m add command -label Copy -command "sqlitecon::Copy $w.t"
+    $m add command -label Paste -command "sqlitecon::Paste $w.t"
+    $m add command -label {Clear Screen} -command "sqlitecon::Clear $w.t"
+    $m add separator
+    $m add command -label {Save As...} -command "sqlitecon::SaveFile $w.t"
+    catch {$editmenu config -postcommand "sqlitecon::EnableEditMenu $w"}
+  }
+  scrollbar $w.sb -orient vertical -command "$w.t yview"
+  pack $w.sb -side right -fill y
+  text $w.t -font fixed -yscrollcommand "$w.sb set"
+  pack $w.t -side right -fill both -expand 1
+  bindtags $w.t Sqlitecon
+  set v(editmenu) $editmenu
+  set v(history) 0
+  set v(historycnt) 0
+  set v(current) -1
+  set v(prompt) $prompt
+  set v(prior) {}
+  set v(plength) [string length $v(prompt)]
+  set v(x) 0
+  set v(y) 0
+  set v(mode) column
+  set v(header) on
+  $w.t mark set insert end
+  $w.t tag config ok -foreground blue
+  $w.t tag config err -foreground red
+  $w.t insert end $v(prompt)
+  $w.t mark set out 1.0
+  after idle "focus $w.t"
+}
+
+bind Sqlitecon <1> {sqlitecon::Button1 %W %x %y}
+bind Sqlitecon <B1-Motion> {sqlitecon::B1Motion %W %x %y}
+bind Sqlitecon <B1-Leave> {sqlitecon::B1Leave %W %x %y}
+bind Sqlitecon <B1-Enter> {sqlitecon::cancelMotor %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <ButtonRelease-1> {sqlitecon::cancelMotor %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <KeyPress> {sqlitecon::Insert %W %A}
+bind Sqlitecon <Left> {sqlitecon::Left %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Control-b> {sqlitecon::Left %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Right> {sqlitecon::Right %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Control-f> {sqlitecon::Right %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <BackSpace> {sqlitecon::Backspace %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Control-h> {sqlitecon::Backspace %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Delete> {sqlitecon::Delete %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Control-d> {sqlitecon::Delete %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Home> {sqlitecon::Home %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Control-a> {sqlitecon::Home %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <End> {sqlitecon::End %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Control-e> {sqlitecon::End %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Return> {sqlitecon::Enter %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <KP_Enter> {sqlitecon::Enter %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Up> {sqlitecon::Prior %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Control-p> {sqlitecon::Prior %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Down> {sqlitecon::Next %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Control-n> {sqlitecon::Next %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Control-k> {sqlitecon::EraseEOL %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <<Cut>> {sqlitecon::Cut %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <<Copy>> {sqlitecon::Copy %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <<Paste>> {sqlitecon::Paste %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <<Clear>> {sqlitecon::Clear %W}
+
+# Insert a single character at the insertion cursor
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Insert {w a} {
+  $w insert insert $a
+  $w yview insert
+}
+
+# Move the cursor one character to the left
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Left {w} {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  scan [$w index insert] %d.%d row col
+  if {$col>$v(plength)} {
+    $w mark set insert "insert -1c"
+  }
+}
+
+# Erase the character to the left of the cursor
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Backspace {w} {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  scan [$w index insert] %d.%d row col
+  if {$col>$v(plength)} {
+    $w delete {insert -1c}
+  }
+}
+
+# Erase to the end of the line
+#
+proc sqlitecon::EraseEOL {w} {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  scan [$w index insert] %d.%d row col
+  if {$col>=$v(plength)} {
+    $w delete insert {insert lineend}
+  }
+}
+
+# Move the cursor one character to the right
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Right {w} {
+  $w mark set insert "insert +1c"
+}
+
+# Erase the character to the right of the cursor
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Delete w {
+  $w delete insert
+}
+
+# Move the cursor to the beginning of the current line
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Home w {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  scan [$w index insert] %d.%d row col
+  $w mark set insert $row.$v(plength)
+}
+
+# Move the cursor to the end of the current line
+#
+proc sqlitecon::End w {
+  $w mark set insert {insert lineend}
+}
+
+# Add a line to the history
+#
+proc sqlitecon::addHistory {w line} {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  if {$v(historycnt)>0} {
+    set last [lindex $v(history) [expr $v(historycnt)-1]]
+    if {[string compare $last $line]} {
+      lappend v(history) $line
+      incr v(historycnt)
+    }
+  } else {
+    set v(history) [list $line]
+    set v(historycnt) 1
+  }
+  set v(current) $v(historycnt)
+}
+
+# Called when "Enter" is pressed.  Do something with the line
+# of text that was entered.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Enter w {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  scan [$w index insert] %d.%d row col
+  set start $row.$v(plength)
+  set line [$w get $start "$start lineend"]
+  $w insert end \n
+  $w mark set out end
+  if {$v(prior)==""} {
+    set cmd $line
+  } else {
+    set cmd $v(prior)\n$line
+  }
+  if {[string index $cmd 0]=="." || [$v(db) complete $cmd]} {
+    regsub -all {\n} [string trim $cmd] { } cmd2
+    addHistory $w $cmd2
+    set rc [catch {DoCommand $w $cmd} res]
+    if {![winfo exists $w]} return
+    if {$rc} {
+      $w insert end $res\n err
+    } elseif {[string length $res]>0} {
+      $w insert end $res\n ok
+    }
+    set v(prior) {}
+    $w insert end $v(prompt)
+  } else {
+    set v(prior) $cmd
+    regsub -all {[^ ]} $v(prompt) . x
+    $w insert end $x
+  }
+  $w mark set insert end
+  $w mark set out {insert linestart}
+  $w yview insert
+}
+
+# Execute a single SQL command.  Pay special attention to control
+# directives that begin with "."
+#
+# The return value is the text output from the command, properly
+# formatted.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::DoCommand {w cmd} {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  set mode $v(mode)
+  set header $v(header)
+  if {[regexp {^(\.[a-z]+)} $cmd all word]} {
+    if {$word==".mode"} {
+      regexp {^.[a-z]+ +([a-z]+)} $cmd all v(mode)
+      return {}
+    } elseif {$word==".exit"} {
+      destroy [winfo toplevel $w]
+      return {}
+    } elseif {$word==".header"} {
+      regexp {^.[a-z]+ +([a-z]+)} $cmd all v(header)
+      return {}
+    } elseif {$word==".tables"} {
+      set mode multicolumn
+      set cmd {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table'
+               UNION ALL
+               SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master WHERE type='table'}
+      $v(db) eval {PRAGMA database_list} {
+         if {$name!="temp" && $name!="main"} {
+            append cmd "UNION ALL SELECT name FROM $name.sqlite_master\
+                        WHERE type='table'"
+         }
+      }
+      append cmd  { ORDER BY 1}
+    } elseif {$word==".fullschema"} {
+      set pattern %
+      regexp {^.[a-z]+ +([^ ]+)} $cmd all pattern
+      set mode list
+      set header 0
+      set cmd "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master WHERE tbl_name LIKE '$pattern'
+               AND sql NOT NULL UNION ALL SELECT sql FROM sqlite_temp_master
+               WHERE tbl_name LIKE '$pattern' AND sql NOT NULL"
+      $v(db) eval {PRAGMA database_list} {
+         if {$name!="temp" && $name!="main"} {
+            append cmd " UNION ALL SELECT sql FROM $name.sqlite_master\
+                        WHERE tbl_name LIKE '$pattern' AND sql NOT NULL"
+         }
+      }
+    } elseif {$word==".schema"} {
+      set pattern %
+      regexp {^.[a-z]+ +([^ ]+)} $cmd all pattern
+      set mode list
+      set header 0
+      set cmd "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master WHERE name LIKE '$pattern'
+               AND sql NOT NULL UNION ALL SELECT sql FROM sqlite_temp_master
+               WHERE name LIKE '$pattern' AND sql NOT NULL"
+      $v(db) eval {PRAGMA database_list} {
+         if {$name!="temp" && $name!="main"} {
+            append cmd " UNION ALL SELECT sql FROM $name.sqlite_master\
+                        WHERE name LIKE '$pattern' AND sql NOT NULL"
+         }
+      }
+    } else {
+      return \
+        ".exit\n.mode line|list|column\n.schema ?TABLENAME?\n.tables"
+    }
+  }
+  set res {}
+  if {$mode=="list"} {
+    $v(db) eval $cmd x {
+      set sep {}
+      foreach col $x(*) {
+        append res $sep$x($col)
+        set sep |
+      }
+      append res \n
+    }
+    if {[info exists x(*)] && $header} {
+      set sep {}
+      set hdr {}
+      foreach col $x(*) {
+        append hdr $sep$col
+        set sep |
+      }
+      set res $hdr\n$res
+    }
+  } elseif {[string range $mode 0 2]=="col"} {
+    set y {}
+    $v(db) eval $cmd x {
+      foreach col $x(*) {
+        if {![info exists cw($col)] || $cw($col)<[string length $x($col)]} {
+           set cw($col) [string length $x($col)]
+        }
+        lappend y $x($col)
+      }
+    }
+    if {[info exists x(*)] && $header} {
+      set hdr {}
+      set ln {}
+      set dash ---------------------------------------------------------------
+      append dash ------------------------------------------------------------
+      foreach col $x(*) {
+        if {![info exists cw($col)] || $cw($col)<[string length $col]} {
+           set cw($col) [string length $col]
+        }
+        lappend hdr $col
+        lappend ln [string range $dash 1 $cw($col)]
+      }
+      set y [concat $hdr $ln $y]
+    }
+    if {[info exists x(*)]} {
+      set format {}
+      set arglist {}
+      set arglist2 {}
+      set i 0
+      foreach col $x(*) {
+        lappend arglist x$i
+        append arglist2 " \$x$i"
+        incr i
+        append format "  %-$cw($col)s"
+      }
+      set format [string trimleft $format]\n
+      if {[llength $arglist]>0} {
+        foreach $arglist $y "append res \[format [list $format] $arglist2\]"
+      }
+    }
+  } elseif {$mode=="multicolumn"} {
+    set y [$v(db) eval $cmd]
+    set max 0
+    foreach e $y {
+      if {$max<[string length $e]} {set max [string length $e]}
+    }
+    set ncol [expr {int(80/($max+2))}]
+    if {$ncol<1} {set ncol 1}
+    set nelem [llength $y]
+    set nrow [expr {($nelem+$ncol-1)/$ncol}]
+    set format "%-${max}s"
+    for {set i 0} {$i<$nrow} {incr i} {
+      set j $i
+      while 1 {
+        append res [format $format [lindex $y $j]]
+        incr j $nrow
+        if {$j>=$nelem} break
+        append res {  }
+      }
+      append res \n
+    }
+  } else {
+    $v(db) eval $cmd x {
+      foreach col $x(*) {append res "$col = $x($col)\n"}
+      append res \n
+    }
+  }
+  return [string trimright $res]
+}
+
+# Change the line to the previous line
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Prior w {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  if {$v(current)<=0} return
+  incr v(current) -1
+  set line [lindex $v(history) $v(current)]
+  sqlitecon::SetLine $w $line
+}
+
+# Change the line to the next line
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Next w {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  if {$v(current)>=$v(historycnt)} return
+  incr v(current) 1
+  set line [lindex $v(history) $v(current)]
+  sqlitecon::SetLine $w $line
+}
+
+# Change the contents of the entry line
+#
+proc sqlitecon::SetLine {w line} {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  scan [$w index insert] %d.%d row col
+  set start $row.$v(plength)
+  $w delete $start end
+  $w insert end $line
+  $w mark set insert end
+  $w yview insert
+}
+
+# Called when the mouse button is pressed at position $x,$y on
+# the console widget.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Button1 {w x y} {
+  global tkPriv
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  set v(mouseMoved) 0
+  set v(pressX) $x
+  set p [sqlitecon::nearestBoundry $w $x $y]
+  scan [$w index insert] %d.%d ix iy
+  scan $p %d.%d px py
+  if {$px==$ix} {
+    $w mark set insert $p
+  }
+  $w mark set anchor $p
+  focus $w
+}
+
+# Find the boundry between characters that is nearest
+# to $x,$y
+#
+proc sqlitecon::nearestBoundry {w x y} {
+  set p [$w index @$x,$y]
+  set bb [$w bbox $p]
+  if {![string compare $bb ""]} {return $p}
+  if {($x-[lindex $bb 0])<([lindex $bb 2]/2)} {return $p}
+  $w index "$p + 1 char"
+}
+
+# This routine extends the selection to the point specified by $x,$y
+#
+proc sqlitecon::SelectTo {w x y} {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  set cur [sqlitecon::nearestBoundry $w $x $y]
+  if {[catch {$w index anchor}]} {
+    $w mark set anchor $cur
+  }
+  set anchor [$w index anchor]
+  if {[$w compare $cur != $anchor] || (abs($v(pressX) - $x) >= 3)} {
+    if {$v(mouseMoved)==0} {
+      $w tag remove sel 0.0 end
+    }
+    set v(mouseMoved) 1
+  }
+  if {[$w compare $cur < anchor]} {
+    set first $cur
+    set last anchor
+  } else {
+    set first anchor
+    set last $cur
+  }
+  if {$v(mouseMoved)} {
+    $w tag remove sel 0.0 $first
+    $w tag add sel $first $last
+    $w tag remove sel $last end
+    update idletasks
+  }
+}
+
+# Called whenever the mouse moves while button-1 is held down.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::B1Motion {w x y} {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  set v(y) $y
+  set v(x) $x
+  sqlitecon::SelectTo $w $x $y
+}
+
+# Called whenever the mouse leaves the boundries of the widget
+# while button 1 is held down.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::B1Leave {w x y} {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  set v(y) $y
+  set v(x) $x
+  sqlitecon::motor $w
+}
+
+# This routine is called to automatically scroll the window when
+# the mouse drags offscreen.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::motor w {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  if {![winfo exists $w]} return
+  if {$v(y)>=[winfo height $w]} {
+    $w yview scroll 1 units
+  } elseif {$v(y)<0} {
+    $w yview scroll -1 units
+  } else {
+    return
+  }
+  sqlitecon::SelectTo $w $v(x) $v(y)
+  set v(timer) [after 50 sqlitecon::motor $w]
+}
+
+# This routine cancels the scrolling motor if it is active
+#
+proc sqlitecon::cancelMotor w {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  catch {after cancel $v(timer)}
+  catch {unset v(timer)}
+}
+
+# Do a Copy operation on the stuff currently selected.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Copy w {
+  if {![catch {set text [$w get sel.first sel.last]}]} {
+     clipboard clear -displayof $w
+     clipboard append -displayof $w $text
+  }
+}
+
+# Return 1 if the selection exists and is contained
+# entirely on the input line.  Return 2 if the selection
+# exists but is not entirely on the input line.  Return 0
+# if the selection does not exist.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::canCut w {
+  set r [catch {
+    scan [$w index sel.first] %d.%d s1x s1y
+    scan [$w index sel.last] %d.%d s2x s2y
+    scan [$w index insert] %d.%d ix iy
+  }]
+  if {$r==1} {return 0}
+  if {$s1x==$ix && $s2x==$ix} {return 1}
+  return 2
+}
+
+# Do a Cut operation if possible.  Cuts are only allowed
+# if the current selection is entirely contained on the
+# current input line.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Cut w {
+  if {[sqlitecon::canCut $w]==1} {
+    sqlitecon::Copy $w
+    $w delete sel.first sel.last
+  }
+}
+
+# Do a paste opeation.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Paste w {
+  if {[sqlitecon::canCut $w]==1} {
+    $w delete sel.first sel.last
+  }
+  if {[catch {selection get -displayof $w -selection CLIPBOARD} topaste]
+    && [catch {selection get -displayof $w -selection PRIMARY} topaste]} {
+    return
+  }
+  if {[info exists ::$w]} {
+    set prior 0
+    foreach line [split $topaste \n] {
+      if {$prior} {
+        sqlitecon::Enter $w
+        update
+      }
+      set prior 1
+      $w insert insert $line
+    }
+  } else {
+    $w insert insert $topaste
+  }
+}
+
+# Enable or disable entries in the Edit menu
+#
+proc sqlitecon::EnableEditMenu w {
+  upvar #0 $w.t v
+  set m $v(editmenu)
+  if {$m=="" || ![winfo exists $m]} return
+  switch [sqlitecon::canCut $w.t] {
+    0 {
+      $m entryconf Copy -state disabled
+      $m entryconf Cut -state disabled
+    }
+    1 {
+      $m entryconf Copy -state normal
+      $m entryconf Cut -state normal
+    }
+    2 {
+      $m entryconf Copy -state normal
+      $m entryconf Cut -state disabled
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+# Prompt the user for the name of a writable file.  Then write the
+# entire contents of the console screen to that file.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::SaveFile w {
+  set types {
+    {{Text Files}  {.txt}}
+    {{All Files}    *}
+  }
+  set f [tk_getSaveFile -filetypes $types -title "Write Screen To..."]
+  if {$f!=""} {
+    if {[catch {open $f w} fd]} {
+      tk_messageBox -type ok -icon error -message $fd
+    } else {
+      puts $fd [string trimright [$w get 1.0 end] \n]
+      close $fd
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+# Erase everything from the console above the insertion line.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Clear w {
+  $w delete 1.0 {insert linestart}
+}
+
+# An in-line editor for SQL
+#
+proc sqlitecon::_edit {origtxt {title {}}} {
+  for {set i 0} {[winfo exists .ed$i]} {incr i} continue
+  set w .ed$i
+  toplevel $w
+  wm protocol $w WM_DELETE_WINDOW "$w.b.can invoke"
+  wm title $w {Inline SQL Editor}
+  frame $w.b
+  pack $w.b -side bottom -fill x
+  button $w.b.can -text Cancel -width 6 -command [list set ::$w 0]
+  button $w.b.ok -text OK -width 6 -command [list set ::$w 1]
+  button $w.b.cut -text Cut -width 6 -command [list ::sqlitecon::Cut $w.t]
+  button $w.b.copy -text Copy -width 6 -command [list ::sqlitecon::Copy $w.t]
+  button $w.b.paste -text Paste -width 6 -command [list ::sqlitecon::Paste $w.t]
+  set ::$w {}
+  pack $w.b.cut $w.b.copy $w.b.paste $w.b.can $w.b.ok\
+     -side left -padx 5 -pady 5 -expand 1
+  if {$title!=""} {
+    label $w.title -text $title
+    pack $w.title -side top -padx 5 -pady 5
+  }
+  text $w.t -bg white -fg black -yscrollcommand [list $w.sb set]
+  pack $w.t -side left -fill both -expand 1
+  scrollbar $w.sb -orient vertical -command [list $w.t yview]
+  pack $w.sb -side left -fill y
+  $w.t insert end $origtxt
+
+  vwait ::$w
+
+  if {[set ::$w]} {
+    set txt [string trimright [$w.t get 1.0 end]]
+  } else {
+    set txt $origtxt
+  }
+  destroy $w
+  return $txt
+}

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/doc/F2FS.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+
+SQLite's OS layer contains the following definitions used in F2FS related
+calls:
+
+#define F2FS_IOCTL_MAGIC        0xf5
+#define F2FS_IOC_START_ATOMIC_WRITE     _IO(F2FS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 1)
+#define F2FS_IOC_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE    _IO(F2FS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 2)
+#define F2FS_IOC_START_VOLATILE_WRITE   _IO(F2FS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 3)
+#define F2FS_IOC_ABORT_VOLATILE_WRITE   _IO(F2FS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 5)
+#define F2FS_IOC_GET_FEATURES           _IOR(F2FS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 12, u32)
+#define F2FS_FEATURE_ATOMIC_WRITE       0x0004
+
+After opening a database file on Linux (including Android), SQLite determines
+whether or not a file supports F2FS atomic commits as follows:
+
+  u32 flags = 0;
+  rc = ioctl(fd, F2FS_IOC_GET_FEATURES, &flags);
+  if( rc==0 && (flags & F2FS_FEATURE_ATOMIC_WRITE) ){
+    /* File supports F2FS atomic commits */
+  }else{
+    /* File does NOT support F2FS atomic commits */
+  }
+
+where "fd" is the file-descriptor open on the database file.
+
+Usually, when writing to a database file that supports atomic commits, SQLite
+accumulates the entire transaction in heap memory, deferring all writes to the
+db file until the transaction is committed.
+
+When it is time to commit a transaction on a file that supports atomic
+commits, SQLite does:
+
+  /* Take an F_WRLCK lock on the database file. This prevents any other
+  ** SQLite clients from reading or writing the file until the lock
+  ** is released.  */
+  rc = fcntl(fd, F_SETLK, ...);
+  if( rc!=0 ) goto failed;
+
+  rc = ioctl(fd, F2FS_IOC_START_ATOMIC_WRITE);
+  if( rc!=0 ) goto fallback_to_legacy_journal_commit;
+
+  foreach (dirty page){
+    rc = write(fd, ...dirty page...);
+    if( rc!=0 ){
+      ioctl(fd, F2FS_IOC_ABORT_VOLATILE_WRITE);
+      goto fallback_to_legacy_journal_commit;
+    }
+  }
+
+  rc = ioctl(fd, F2FS_IOC_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE);
+  if( rc!=0 ){
+    ioctl(fd, F2FS_IOC_ABORT_VOLATILE_WRITE);
+    goto fallback_to_legacy_journal_commit;
+  }
+
+  /* If we get there, the transaction has been successfully 
+  ** committed to persistent storage. The following call
+  ** relinquishes the F_WRLCK lock.  */
+  fcntl(fd, F_SETLK, ...);
+
+Assumptions:
+
+1. After either of the F2FS_IOC_ABORT_VOLATILE_WRITE calls return,
+   the database file is in the state that it was in before
+   F2FS_IOC_START_ATOMIC_WRITE was invoked. Even if the ioctl()
+   fails - we're ignoring the return code.
+
+   This is true regardless of the type of error that occurred in
+   ioctl() or write().
+
+2. If the system fails before the F2FS_IOC_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE is
+   completed, then following a reboot the database file is in the
+   state that it was in before F2FS_IOC_START_ATOMIC_WRITE was invoked.
+   Or, if the write was commited right before the system failed, in a 
+   state indicating that all write() calls were successfully committed
+   to persistent storage before the failure occurred.
+
+3. If the process crashes before the F2FS_IOC_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE is
+   completed then the file is automatically restored to the state that
+   it was in before F2FS_IOC_START_ATOMIC_WRITE was called. This occurs
+   before the posix advisory lock is automatically dropped - there is
+   no chance that another client will be able to read the file in a
+   half-committed state before the rollback operation occurs.
+
+
+
+

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/doc/pager-invariants.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+ *** Throughout this document, a page is deemed to have been synced
+     automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
+     Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
+     is called successfully on the file containing the page.
+
+ *** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
+     one or more of the following are true about the page:
+ 
+     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
+          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
+          synced.
+ 
+     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
+ 
+     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
+          the database file at the start of the transaction.
+ 
+ (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
+     following are true:
+ 
+     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
+ 
+     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
+         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
+         number consists of a single page change.
+ 
+ (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
+     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
+     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
+     transaction.
+ 
+ (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
+     in length and are aligned to a page boundary.
+ 
+ (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
+     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
+     first 100 bytes of the database file.
+ 
+ (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
+     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
+ 
+ (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
+     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
+ 
+ *** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
+     are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
+     all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
+     pages can be changed arbitarily without effecting the logical equivalence
+     of the database.
+ 
+ (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
+     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the 
+     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logical
+     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
+ 
+ (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
+     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
+     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
+     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
+     invoke it.)
+ 
+ (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
+     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
+     the EXCLUSIVE lock.
+
+(10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
+     than one billion transactions.
+
+(11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
+     of every transaction.
+
+(12) An EXCLUSIVE lock must be held on the database file before making
+     any changes to the database file.
+
+(13) A SHARED lock must be held on the database file before reading any
+     content out of the database file.

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/doc/trusted-schema.md

@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+# The new-security-options branch
+
+## The problem that the [new-security-options](/timeline?r=new-security-options) branch tries to solve
+
+An attacker might modify the schema of an SQLite database by adding
+structures that cause code to run when some other application opens and
+reads the database.  For example, the attacker might replace a table
+definition with a view.  Or the attacker might add triggers to tables
+or views, or add new CHECK constraints or generated columns or indexes
+with expressions in the index list or in the WHERE clause.  If the
+added features invoke SQL functions or virtual tables with side effects,
+that might cause harm to the system if run by a high-privilege victim.
+Or, the added features might exfiltrate information if the database is
+read by a high-privilege victim.
+
+The changes in this branch strive to make it easier for high-privilege
+applications to safely read SQLite database files that might have been
+maliciously corrupted by an attacker.
+
+## Overview of changes in [new-security-options](/timeline?r=new-security-options)
+
+The basic idea is to tag every SQL function and virtual table with one
+of three risk levels:
+
+  1.  Innocuous
+  2.  Normal
+  3.  Direct-Only
+
+Innocuous functions/vtabs are safe and can be used at any time.
+Direct-only elements, in contrast, might have cause side-effects and
+should only be used from top-level SQL, not from within triggers or views nor
+in elements of the schema such as CHECK constraint, DEFAULT values, 
+generated columns, index expressions, or in the WHERE clause of a 
+partial index that are potentially under the control of an attacker.
+Normal elements behave like Innocuous if TRUSTED\_SCHEMA=on
+and behave like direct-only if TRUSTED\_SCHEMA=off.
+
+Application-defined functions and virtual tables go in as Normal unless
+the application takes deliberate steps to change the risk level.
+
+For backwards compatibility, the default is TRUSTED\_SCHEMA=on.  Documentation
+will be updated to recommend applications turn TRUSTED\_SCHEMA to off.
+
+An innocuous function or virtual table is one that can only read content
+from the database file in which it resides, and can only alter the database
+in which it resides.  Most SQL functions are innocuous.  For example, there
+is no harm in an attacker running the abs() function.
+
+Direct-only elements that have side-effects that go outside the database file
+in which it lives, or return information from outside of the database file.
+Examples of direct-only elements include:
+
+  1.  The fts3\_tokenizer() function
+  2.  The writefile() function
+  3.  The readfile() function
+  4.  The zipvfs virtual table
+  5.  The csv virtual table
+
+We do not want an attacker to be able to add these kinds of things to
+the database schema and possibly trick a high-privilege application 
+from performing any of these actions.  Therefore, functions and vtabs
+with side-effects are marked as Direct-Only.
+
+Legacy applications might add other risky functions or vtabs.  Those will
+go in as "Normal" by default.  For optimal security, we want those risky
+app-defined functions and vtabs to be direct-only, but making that the
+default might break some legacy applications.  Hence, all app-defined
+functions and vtabs go in as Normal, but the application can switch them
+over to "Direct-Only" behavior using a single pragma.
+
+The restrictions on the use of functions and virtual tables do not apply
+to TEMP.  A TEMP VIEW or a TEMP TRIGGER can use any valid SQL function
+or virtual table.  The idea is that TEMP views and triggers must be
+directly created by the application and are thus under the control of the
+application.  TEMP views and triggers cannot be created by an attacker who
+corrupts the schema of a persistent database file.  Hence TEMP views and
+triggers are safe.
+
+## Specific changes
+
+  1.  New sqlite3\_db\_config() option SQLITE\_DBCONFIG\_TRUSTED\_SCHEMA for
+      turning TRUSTED\_SCHEMA on and off.  It defaults to ON.
+
+  2.  Compile-time option -DSQLITE\_TRUSTED\_SCHEMA=0 causes the default
+      TRUSTED\_SCHEMA setting to be off.
+
+  3.  New pragma "PRAGMA trusted\_schema=(ON\|OFF);".  This provides access
+      to the TRUSTED_SCHEMA setting for application coded using scripting
+      languages or other secondary languages where they are unable to make
+      calls to sqlite3\_db\_config().
+
+  4.  New options for the "enc" parameter to sqlite3\_create\_function() and
+      its kin:
+      <ol type="a">
+      <li>  _SQLITE\_INNOCUOUS_  &rarr; tags the new functions as Innocuous
+      <li>  _SQLITE\_DIRECTONLY_ &rarr; tags the new functions as Direct-Only
+      </ol>
+
+  5.  New options to sqlite3\_vtab\_config():
+      <ol type="a">
+      <li>  _SQLITE\_VTAB\_INNOCUOUS_   &rarr; tags the vtab as Innocuous
+      <li>  _SQLITE\_VTAB\_DIRECTONLY_  &rarr; tags the vtab as Direct-Only
+      </ol>
+
+  6.  Change many of the functions and virtual tables in the SQLite source
+      tree to use one of the tags above.
+
+  7.  Enhanced PRAGMA function\_list and virtual-table "pragma\_function\_list"
+      with additional columns.  The columns now are:
+      <ul>
+      <li> _name_      &rarr;  Name of the function
+      <li> _builtin_   &rarr;  1 for built-in functions.  0 otherwise.
+      <li> _type_      &rarr;  's'=Scalar, 'a'=Aggregate, 'w'=Window
+      <li> _enc_       &rarr;  'utf8', 'utf16le', or 'utf16be'
+      <li> _narg_      &rarr;  number of argument
+      <li> _flags_     &rarr;  Bitmask of SQLITE\_INNOCUOUS, SQLITE\_DIRECTONLY,
+                               SQLITE\_DETERMINISTIC, SQLITE\_SUBTYPE, and
+                               SQLITE\_FUNC\_INTERNAL flags.
+      </ul>
+      <p>The last four columns are new.
+
+  8.  The function\_list PRAGMA now also shows all entries for each function.
+      So, for example, if a function can take either 2 or 3 arguments,
+      there are separate rows for the 2-argument and 3-argument versions of
+      the function.
+
+## Additional Notes
+
+The function_list enhancements allow the application to query the set
+of SQL functions that meet various criteria.  For example, to see all
+SQL functions that are never allowed to be used in the schema or in
+trigger or views:
+
+~~~
+    SELECT DISTINCT name FROM pragma_function_list
+     WHERE (flags & 0x80000)!=0
+     ORDER BY name;
+~~~
+
+Doing the same is not possible for virtual tables, as a virtual table
+might be Innocuous, Normal, or Direct-Only depending on the arguments
+passed into the xConnect method.

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/doc/vfs-shm.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+The 5 states of an historical rollback lock as implemented by the
+xLock, xUnlock, and xCheckReservedLock methods of the sqlite3_io_methods
+objec are:
+
+   UNLOCKED
+   SHARED
+   RESERVED
+   PENDING
+   EXCLUSIVE
+
+The wal-index file has a similar locking hierarchy implemented using
+the xShmLock method of the sqlite3_vfs object, but with 7
+states.  Each connection to a wal-index file must be in one of
+the following 7 states:
+
+   UNLOCKED
+   READ
+   READ_FULL
+   WRITE
+   PENDING
+   CHECKPOINT
+   RECOVER
+
+These roughly correspond to the 5 states of a rollback lock except
+that SHARED is split out into 2 states: READ and READ_FULL and
+there is an extra RECOVER state used for wal-index reconstruction.
+
+The meanings of the various wal-index locking states is as follows:
+
+   UNLOCKED    - The wal-index is not in use.
+
+   READ        - Some prefix of the wal-index is being read. Additional
+                 wal-index information can be appended at any time.  The
+                 newly appended content will be ignored by the holder of
+                 the READ lock.
+
+   READ_FULL   - The entire wal-index is being read.  No new information
+                 can be added to the wal-index.  The holder of a READ_FULL
+                 lock promises never to read pages from the database file
+                 that are available anywhere in the wal-index.
+
+   WRITE       - It is OK to append to the wal-index file and to adjust
+                 the header to indicate the new "last valid frame".
+
+   PENDING     - Waiting on all READ locks to clear so that a
+                 CHECKPOINT lock can be acquired.
+
+   CHECKPOINT  - It is OK to write any WAL data into the database file
+                 and zero the last valid frame field of the wal-index
+                 header.  The wal-index file itself may not be changed
+                 other than to zero the last valid frame field in the
+                 header.
+
+   RECOVER     - Held during wal-index recovery.  Used to prevent a
+                 race if multiple clients try to recover a wal-index at
+                 the same time.
+   
+
+A particular lock manager implementation may coalesce one or more of 
+the wal-index locking states, though with a reduction in concurrency.
+For example, an implemention might implement only exclusive locking,
+in which case all states would be equivalent to CHECKPOINT, meaning that 
+only one reader or one writer or one checkpointer could be active at a 
+time.  Or, an implementation might combine READ and READ_FULL into 
+a single state equivalent to READ, meaning that a writer could
+coexist with a reader, but no reader or writers could coexist with a
+checkpointer.
+
+The lock manager must obey the following rules:
+
+(1)  A READ cannot coexist with CHECKPOINT.
+(2)  A READ_FULL cannot coexist with WRITE.
+(3)  None of WRITE, PENDING, CHECKPOINT, or RECOVER can coexist.
+
+The SQLite core will obey the next set of rules.  These rules are
+assertions on the behavior of the SQLite core which might be verified
+during testing using an instrumented lock manager.
+
+(5)  No part of the wal-index will be read without holding either some
+     kind of SHM lock or an EXCLUSIVE lock on the original database.
+     The original database is the file named in the 2nd parameter to
+     the xShmOpen method.
+
+(6)  A holder of a READ_FULL will never read any page of the database
+     file that is contained anywhere in the wal-index.
+
+(7)  No part of the wal-index other than the header will be written nor
+     will the size of the wal-index grow without holding a WRITE or
+     an EXCLUSIVE on the original database file.
+
+(8)  The wal-index header will not be written without holding one of
+     WRITE, CHECKPOINT, or RECOVER on the wal-index or an EXCLUSIVE on
+     the original database files.
+
+(9)  A CHECKPOINT or RECOVER must be held on the wal-index, or an
+     EXCLUSIVE on the original database file, in order to reset the 
+     last valid frame counter in the header of the wal-index back to zero.
+
+(10) A WRITE can only increase the last valid frame pointer in the header.
+
+The SQLite core will only ever send requests for UNLOCK, READ, WRITE,
+CHECKPOINT, or RECOVER to the lock manager.   The SQLite core will never
+request a READ_FULL or PENDING lock though the lock manager may deliver
+those locking states in response to READ and CHECKPOINT requests,
+respectively, if and only if the requested READ or CHECKPOINT cannot
+be delivered.
+
+The following are the allowed lock transitions:
+
+       Original-State     Request         New-State
+       --------------     ----------      ----------
+(11a)  UNLOCK             READ            READ
+(11b)  UNLOCK             READ            READ_FULL
+(11c)  UNLOCK             CHECKPOINT      PENDING
+(11d)  UNLOCK             CHECKPOINT      CHECKPOINT
+(11e)  READ               UNLOCK          UNLOCK
+(11f)  READ               WRITE           WRITE
+(11g)  READ               RECOVER         RECOVER
+(11h)  READ_FULL          UNLOCK          UNLOCK
+(11i)  READ_FULL          WRITE           WRITE
+(11j)  READ_FULL          RECOVER         RECOVER
+(11k)  WRITE              READ            READ
+(11l)  PENDING            UNLOCK          UNLOCK
+(11m)  PENDING            CHECKPOINT      CHECKPOINT
+(11n)  CHECKPOINT         UNLOCK          UNLOCK
+(11o)  RECOVER            READ            READ
+
+These 15 transitions are all that needs to be supported.  The lock
+manager implementation can assert that fact.  The other 27 possible
+transitions among the 7 locking states will never occur.

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/doc/wal-lock.md

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+# Wal-Mode Blocking Locks
+
+On some Unix-like systems, SQLite may be configured to use POSIX blocking locks
+by:
+
+  * building the library with SQLITE\_ENABLE\_SETLK\_TIMEOUT defined, and 
+  * configuring a timeout in ms using the sqlite3\_busy\_timeout() API.
+
+Blocking locks may be advantageous as (a) waiting database clients do not
+need to continuously poll the database lock, and (b) using blocking locks
+facilitates transfer of OS priority between processes when a high priority
+process is blocked by a lower priority one.
+
+Only read/write clients use blocking locks. Clients that have read-only access
+to the \*-shm file nevery use blocking locks.
+
+Threads or processes that access a single database at a time never deadlock as
+a result of blocking database locks. But it is of course possible for threads
+that lock multiple databases simultaneously to do so. In most cases the OS will
+detect the deadlock and return an error.
+
+## Wal Recovery
+
+Wal database "recovery" is a process required when the number of connected
+database clients changes from zero to one. In this case, a client is 
+considered to connect to the database when it first reads data from it.
+Before recovery commences, an exclusive WRITER lock is taken. 
+
+Without blocking locks, if two clients attempt recovery simultaneously, one
+fails to obtain the WRITER lock and either invokes the busy-handler callback or
+returns SQLITE\_BUSY to the user. With blocking locks configured, the second
+client blocks on the WRITER lock.
+
+## Database Readers
+
+Usually, read-only are not blocked by any other database clients, so they 
+have no need of blocking locks.
+
+If a read-only transaction is being opened on a snapshot, the CHECKPOINTER
+lock is required briefly as part of opening the transaction (to check that a
+checkpointer is not currently overwriting the snapshot being opened). A
+blocking lock is used to obtain the CHECKPOINTER lock in this case. A snapshot
+opener may therefore block on and transfer priority to a checkpointer in some
+cases.
+
+## Database Writers
+
+A database writer must obtain the exclusive WRITER lock. It uses a blocking
+lock to do so if any of the following are true:
+
+  * the transaction is an implicit one consisting of a single DML or DDL
+    statement, or
+  * the transaction is opened using BEGIN IMMEDIATE or BEGIN EXCLUSIVE, or
+  * the first SQL statement executed following the BEGIN command is a DML or
+    DDL statement (not a read-only statement like a SELECT).
+
+In other words, in all cases except when an open read-transaction is upgraded
+to a write-transaction. In that case a non-blocking lock is used.
+
+## Database Checkpointers
+
+Database checkpointers takes the following locks, in order:
+
+  * The exclusive CHECKPOINTER lock.
+  * The exclusive WRITER lock (FULL, RESTART and TRUNCATE only).
+  * Exclusive lock on read-mark slots 1-N. These are immediately released after being taken.
+  * Exclusive lock on read-mark 0.
+  * Exclusive lock on read-mark slots 1-N again. These are immediately released
+    after being taken (RESTART and TRUNCATE only).
+
+All of the above use blocking locks.
+
+## Summary
+
+With blocking locks configured, the only cases in which clients should see an
+SQLITE\_BUSY error are:
+
+  * if the OS does not grant a blocking lock before the configured timeout
+    expires, and
+  * when an open read-transaction is upgraded to a write-transaction.
+
+In all other cases the blocking locks implementation should prevent clients
+from having to handle SQLITE\_BUSY errors and facilitate appropriate transfer
+of priorities between competing clients.
+
+Clients that lock multiple databases simultaneously must be wary of deadlock.
+
+

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/ext/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+## Loadable Extensions
+
+Various [loadable extensions](https://www.sqlite.org/loadext.html) for
+SQLite are found in subfolders.
+
+Most subfolders are dedicated to a single loadable extension (for
+example FTS5, or RTREE).  But the misc/ subfolder contains a collection
+of smaller single-file extensions.

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/ext/async/README.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+NOTE (2012-11-29):
+
+The functionality implemented by this extension has been superseded
+by WAL-mode.  This module is no longer supported or maintained.  The
+code is retained for historical reference only.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Normally, when SQLite writes to a database file, it waits until the write
+operation is finished before returning control to the calling application.
+Since writing to the file-system is usually very slow compared with CPU
+bound operations, this can be a performance bottleneck. This directory
+contains an extension that causes SQLite to perform all write requests
+using a separate thread running in the background. Although this does not
+reduce the overall system resources (CPU, disk bandwidth etc.) at all, it
+allows SQLite to return control to the caller quickly even when writing to
+the database, eliminating the bottleneck.
+
+  1. Functionality
+
+    1.1 How it Works
+    1.2 Limitations
+    1.3 Locking and Concurrency
+
+  2. Compilation and Usage
+
+  3. Porting
+
+
+
+1. FUNCTIONALITY
+
+  With asynchronous I/O, write requests are handled by a separate thread
+  running in the background.  This means that the thread that initiates
+  a database write does not have to wait for (sometimes slow) disk I/O
+  to occur.  The write seems to happen very quickly, though in reality
+  it is happening at its usual slow pace in the background.
+
+  Asynchronous I/O appears to give better responsiveness, but at a price.
+  You lose the Durable property.  With the default I/O backend of SQLite,
+  once a write completes, you know that the information you wrote is
+  safely on disk.  With the asynchronous I/O, this is not the case.  If
+  your program crashes or if a power loss occurs after the database
+  write but before the asynchronous write thread has completed, then the
+  database change might never make it to disk and the next user of the
+  database might not see your change.
+
+  You lose Durability with asynchronous I/O, but you still retain the
+  other parts of ACID:  Atomic,  Consistent, and Isolated.  Many
+  appliations get along fine without the Durablity.
+
+  1.1 How it Works
+
+    Asynchronous I/O works by creating a special SQLite "vfs" structure
+    and registering it with sqlite3_vfs_register(). When files opened via 
+    this vfs are written to (using the vfs xWrite() method), the data is not 
+    written directly to disk, but is placed in the "write-queue" to be
+    handled by the background thread.
+
+    When files opened with the asynchronous vfs are read from 
+    (using the vfs xRead() method), the data is read from the file on 
+    disk and the write-queue, so that from the point of view of
+    the vfs reader the xWrite() appears to have already completed.
+
+    The special vfs is registered (and unregistered) by calls to the 
+    API functions sqlite3async_initialize() and sqlite3async_shutdown().
+    See section "Compilation and Usage" below for details.
+
+  1.2 Limitations
+
+    In order to gain experience with the main ideas surrounding asynchronous 
+    IO, this implementation is deliberately kept simple. Additional 
+    capabilities may be added in the future.
+
+    For example, as currently implemented, if writes are happening at a 
+    steady stream that exceeds the I/O capability of the background writer
+    thread, the queue of pending write operations will grow without bound.
+    If this goes on for long enough, the host system could run out of memory. 
+    A more sophisticated module could to keep track of the quantity of 
+    pending writes and stop accepting new write requests when the queue of 
+    pending writes grows too large.
+
+  1.3 Locking and Concurrency
+
+    Multiple connections from within a single process that use this
+    implementation of asynchronous IO may access a single database
+    file concurrently. From the point of view of the user, if all
+    connections are from within a single process, there is no difference
+    between the concurrency offered by "normal" SQLite and SQLite
+    using the asynchronous backend.
+
+    If file-locking is enabled (it is enabled by default), then connections
+    from multiple processes may also read and write the database file.
+    However concurrency is reduced as follows:
+
+      * When a connection using asynchronous IO begins a database
+        transaction, the database is locked immediately. However the
+        lock is not released until after all relevant operations
+        in the write-queue have been flushed to disk. This means
+        (for example) that the database may remain locked for some 
+        time after a "COMMIT" or "ROLLBACK" is issued.
+
+      * If an application using asynchronous IO executes transactions
+        in quick succession, other database users may be effectively
+        locked out of the database. This is because when a BEGIN
+        is executed, a database lock is established immediately. But
+        when the corresponding COMMIT or ROLLBACK occurs, the lock
+        is not released until the relevant part of the write-queue 
+        has been flushed through. As a result, if a COMMIT is followed
+        by a BEGIN before the write-queue is flushed through, the database 
+        is never unlocked,preventing other processes from accessing 
+        the database.
+
+    File-locking may be disabled at runtime using the sqlite3async_control()
+    API (see below). This may improve performance when an NFS or other 
+    network file-system, as the synchronous round-trips to the server be 
+    required to establish file locks are avoided. However, if multiple 
+    connections attempt to access the same database file when file-locking
+    is disabled, application crashes and database corruption is a likely
+    outcome.
+
+
+2. COMPILATION AND USAGE
+
+  The asynchronous IO extension consists of a single file of C code
+  (sqlite3async.c), and a header file (sqlite3async.h) that defines the 
+  C API used by applications to activate and control the modules 
+  functionality.
+
+  To use the asynchronous IO extension, compile sqlite3async.c as
+  part of the application that uses SQLite. Then use the API defined
+  in sqlite3async.h to initialize and configure the module.
+
+  The asynchronous IO VFS API is described in detail in comments in 
+  sqlite3async.h. Using the API usually consists of the following steps:
+
+    1. Register the asynchronous IO VFS with SQLite by calling the
+       sqlite3async_initialize() function.
+
+    2. Create a background thread to perform write operations and call
+       sqlite3async_run().
+
+    3. Use the normal SQLite API to read and write to databases via 
+       the asynchronous IO VFS.
+
+  Refer to sqlite3async.h for details.
+
+
+3. PORTING
+
+  Currently the asynchronous IO extension is compatible with win32 systems
+  and systems that support the pthreads interface, including Mac OSX, Linux, 
+  and other varieties of Unix. 
+
+  To port the asynchronous IO extension to another platform, the user must
+  implement mutex and condition variable primitives for the new platform.
+  Currently there is no externally available interface to allow this, but
+  modifying the code within sqlite3async.c to include the new platforms
+  concurrency primitives is relatively easy. Search within sqlite3async.c
+  for the comment string "PORTING FUNCTIONS" for details. Then implement
+  new versions of each of the following:
+
+    static void async_mutex_enter(int eMutex);
+    static void async_mutex_leave(int eMutex);
+    static void async_cond_wait(int eCond, int eMutex);
+    static void async_cond_signal(int eCond);
+    static void async_sched_yield(void);
+
+  The functionality required of each of the above functions is described
+  in comments in sqlite3async.c.

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/ext/async/sqlite3async.h

@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+
+#ifndef __SQLITEASYNC_H_
+#define __SQLITEASYNC_H_ 1
+
+/*
+** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
+*/
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define SQLITEASYNC_VFSNAME "sqlite3async"
+
+/*
+** THREAD SAFETY NOTES:
+**
+** Of the four API functions in this file, the following are not threadsafe:
+**
+**   sqlite3async_initialize()
+**   sqlite3async_shutdown()
+**
+** Care must be taken that neither of these functions is called while 
+** another thread may be calling either any sqlite3async_XXX() function
+** or an sqlite3_XXX() API function related to a database handle that
+** is using the asynchronous IO VFS.
+**
+** These functions:
+**
+**   sqlite3async_run()
+**   sqlite3async_control()
+**
+** are threadsafe. It is quite safe to call either of these functions even
+** if another thread may also be calling one of them or an sqlite3_XXX()
+** function related to a database handle that uses the asynchronous IO VFS.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Initialize the asynchronous IO VFS and register it with SQLite using
+** sqlite3_vfs_register(). If the asynchronous VFS is already initialized
+** and registered, this function is a no-op. The asynchronous IO VFS
+** is registered as "sqlite3async".
+**
+** The asynchronous IO VFS does not make operating system IO requests 
+** directly. Instead, it uses an existing VFS implementation for all
+** required file-system operations. If the first parameter to this function
+** is NULL, then the current default VFS is used for IO. If it is not
+** NULL, then it must be the name of an existing VFS. In other words, the
+** first argument to this function is passed to sqlite3_vfs_find() to
+** locate the VFS to use for all real IO operations. This VFS is known
+** as the "parent VFS".
+**
+** If the second parameter to this function is non-zero, then the 
+** asynchronous IO VFS is registered as the default VFS for all SQLite 
+** database connections within the process. Otherwise, the asynchronous IO
+** VFS is only used by connections opened using sqlite3_open_v2() that
+** specifically request VFS "sqlite3async".
+**
+** If a parent VFS cannot be located, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned.
+** In the unlikely event that operating system specific initialization
+** fails (win32 systems create the required critical section and event 
+** objects within this function), then SQLITE_ERROR is also returned.
+** Finally, if the call to sqlite3_vfs_register() returns an error, then 
+** the error code is returned to the user by this function. In all three
+** of these cases, intialization has failed and the asynchronous IO VFS
+** is not registered with SQLite.
+**
+** Otherwise, if no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/ 
+int sqlite3async_initialize(const char *zParent, int isDefault);
+
+/*
+** This function unregisters the asynchronous IO VFS using 
+** sqlite3_vfs_unregister().
+**
+** On win32 platforms, this function also releases the small number of 
+** critical section and event objects created by sqlite3async_initialize().
+*/ 
+void sqlite3async_shutdown(void);
+
+/*
+** This function may only be called when the asynchronous IO VFS is 
+** installed (after a call to sqlite3async_initialize()). It processes
+** zero or more queued write operations before returning. It is expected
+** (but not required) that this function will be called by a different 
+** thread than those threads that use SQLite. The "background thread"
+** that performs IO.
+**
+** How many queued write operations are performed before returning 
+** depends on the global setting configured by passing the SQLITEASYNC_HALT
+** verb to sqlite3async_control() (see below for details). By default
+** this function never returns - it processes all pending operations and 
+** then blocks waiting for new ones.
+**
+** If multiple simultaneous calls are made to sqlite3async_run() from two
+** or more threads, then the calls are serialized internally.
+*/
+void sqlite3async_run(void);
+
+/*
+** This function may only be called when the asynchronous IO VFS is 
+** installed (after a call to sqlite3async_initialize()). It is used 
+** to query or configure various parameters that affect the operation 
+** of the asynchronous IO VFS. At present there are three parameters 
+** supported:
+**
+**   * The "halt" parameter, which configures the circumstances under
+**     which the sqlite3async_run() parameter is configured.
+**
+**   * The "delay" parameter. Setting the delay parameter to a non-zero
+**     value causes the sqlite3async_run() function to sleep for the
+**     configured number of milliseconds between each queued write 
+**     operation.
+**
+**   * The "lockfiles" parameter. This parameter determines whether or 
+**     not the asynchronous IO VFS locks the database files it operates
+**     on. Disabling file locking can improve throughput.
+**
+** This function is always passed two arguments. When setting the value
+** of a parameter, the first argument must be one of SQLITEASYNC_HALT,
+** SQLITEASYNC_DELAY or SQLITEASYNC_LOCKFILES. The second argument must
+** be passed the new value for the parameter as type "int".
+**
+** When querying the current value of a paramter, the first argument must
+** be one of SQLITEASYNC_GET_HALT, GET_DELAY or GET_LOCKFILES. The second 
+** argument to this function must be of type (int *). The current value
+** of the queried parameter is copied to the memory pointed to by the
+** second argument. For example:
+**
+**   int eCurrentHalt;
+**   int eNewHalt = SQLITEASYNC_HALT_IDLE;
+**
+**   sqlite3async_control(SQLITEASYNC_HALT, eNewHalt);
+**   sqlite3async_control(SQLITEASYNC_GET_HALT, &eCurrentHalt);
+**   assert( eNewHalt==eCurrentHalt );
+**
+** See below for more detail on each configuration parameter.
+**
+** SQLITEASYNC_HALT:
+**
+**   This is used to set the value of the "halt" parameter. The second
+**   argument must be one of the SQLITEASYNC_HALT_XXX symbols defined
+**   below (either NEVER, IDLE and NOW).
+**
+**   If the parameter is set to NEVER, then calls to sqlite3async_run()
+**   never return. This is the default setting. If the parameter is set
+**   to IDLE, then calls to sqlite3async_run() return as soon as the
+**   queue of pending write operations is empty. If the parameter is set
+**   to NOW, then calls to sqlite3async_run() return as quickly as 
+**   possible, without processing any pending write requests.
+**
+**   If an attempt is made to set this parameter to an integer value other
+**   than SQLITEASYNC_HALT_NEVER, IDLE or NOW, then sqlite3async_control() 
+**   returns SQLITE_MISUSE and the current value of the parameter is not 
+**   modified.
+**
+**   Modifying the "halt" parameter affects calls to sqlite3async_run() 
+**   made by other threads that are currently in progress.
+**
+** SQLITEASYNC_DELAY:
+**
+**   This is used to set the value of the "delay" parameter. If set to
+**   a non-zero value, then after completing a pending write request, the
+**   sqlite3async_run() function sleeps for the configured number of 
+**   milliseconds.
+**
+**   If an attempt is made to set this parameter to a negative value,
+**   sqlite3async_control() returns SQLITE_MISUSE and the current value
+**   of the parameter is not modified.
+**
+**   Modifying the "delay" parameter affects calls to sqlite3async_run() 
+**   made by other threads that are currently in progress.
+**
+** SQLITEASYNC_LOCKFILES:
+**
+**   This is used to set the value of the "lockfiles" parameter. This
+**   parameter must be set to either 0 or 1. If set to 1, then the
+**   asynchronous IO VFS uses the xLock() and xUnlock() methods of the
+**   parent VFS to lock database files being read and/or written. If
+**   the parameter is set to 0, then these locks are omitted.
+**
+**   This parameter may only be set when there are no open database
+**   connections using the VFS and the queue of pending write requests
+**   is empty. Attempting to set it when this is not true, or to set it 
+**   to a value other than 0 or 1 causes sqlite3async_control() to return
+**   SQLITE_MISUSE and the value of the parameter to remain unchanged.
+**
+**   If this parameter is set to zero, then it is only safe to access the
+**   database via the asynchronous IO VFS from within a single process. If
+**   while writing to the database via the asynchronous IO VFS the database
+**   is also read or written from within another process, or via another
+**   connection that does not use the asynchronous IO VFS within the same
+**   process, the results are undefined (and may include crashes or database
+**   corruption).
+**
+**   Alternatively, if this parameter is set to 1, then it is safe to access
+**   the database from multiple connections within multiple processes using
+**   either the asynchronous IO VFS or the parent VFS directly.
+*/
+int sqlite3async_control(int op, ...);
+
+/*
+** Values that can be used as the first argument to sqlite3async_control().
+*/
+#define SQLITEASYNC_HALT          1
+#define SQLITEASYNC_GET_HALT      2
+#define SQLITEASYNC_DELAY         3
+#define SQLITEASYNC_GET_DELAY     4
+#define SQLITEASYNC_LOCKFILES     5
+#define SQLITEASYNC_GET_LOCKFILES 6
+
+/*
+** If the first argument to sqlite3async_control() is SQLITEASYNC_HALT,
+** the second argument should be one of the following.
+*/
+#define SQLITEASYNC_HALT_NEVER 0       /* Never halt (default value) */
+#define SQLITEASYNC_HALT_NOW   1       /* Halt as soon as possible */
+#define SQLITEASYNC_HALT_IDLE  2       /* Halt when write-queue is empty */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
+#endif
+#endif        /* ifndef __SQLITEASYNC_H_ */

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/ext/expert/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+## SQLite Expert Extension
+
+This folder contains code for a simple system to propose useful indexes
+given a database and a set of SQL queries. It works as follows:
+
+  1. The user database schema is copied to a temporary database.
+
+  1. All SQL queries are prepared against the temporary database.
+     Information regarding the WHERE and ORDER BY clauses, and other query
+     features that affect index selection are recorded.
+
+  1. The information gathered in step 2 is used to create candidate 
+     indexes - indexes that the planner might have made use of in the previous
+     step, had they been available.
+
+  1. A subset of the data in the user database is used to generate statistics
+     for all existing indexes and the candidate indexes generated in step 3
+     above.
+
+  1. The SQL queries are prepared a second time. If the planner uses any
+     of the indexes created in step 3, they are recommended to the user.
+
+# C API
+
+The SQLite expert C API is defined in sqlite3expert.h. Most uses will proceed
+as follows:
+
+  1. An sqlite3expert object is created by calling **sqlite3\_expert\_new()**.
+     A database handle opened by the user is passed as an argument.
+
+  1. The sqlite3expert object is configured with one or more SQL statements
+     by making one or more calls to **sqlite3\_expert\_sql()**. Each call may
+     specify a single SQL statement, or multiple statements separated by
+     semi-colons.
+  
+  1. Optionally, the **sqlite3\_expert\_config()** API may be used to 
+     configure the size of the data subset used to generate index statistics.
+     Using a smaller subset of the data can speed up the analysis.
+
+  1. **sqlite3\_expert\_analyze()** is called to run the analysis.
+
+  1. One or more calls are made to **sqlite3\_expert\_report()** to extract
+     components of the results of the analysis.
+
+  1. **sqlite3\_expert\_destroy()** is called to free all resources.
+
+Refer to comments in sqlite3expert.h for further details.
+
+# sqlite3_expert application
+
+The file "expert.c" contains the code for a command line application that
+uses the API described above. It can be compiled with (for example):
+
+<pre>
+  gcc -O2 sqlite3.c expert.c sqlite3expert.c -o sqlite3_expert
+</pre>
+
+Assuming the database is named "test.db", it can then be run to analyze a
+single query:
+
+<pre>
+  ./sqlite3_expert -sql &lt;sql-query&gt; test.db
+</pre>
+
+Or an entire text file worth of queries with:
+
+<pre>
+  ./sqlite3_expert -file &lt;text-file&gt; test.db
+</pre>
+
+By default, sqlite3\_expert generates index statistics using all the data in
+the user database. For a large database, this may be prohibitively time
+consuming. The "-sample" option may be used to configure sqlite3\_expert to
+generate statistics based on an integer percentage of the user database as
+follows:
+
+<pre>
+  # Generate statistics based on 25% of the user database rows:
+  ./sqlite3_expert -sample 25 -sql &lt;sql-query&gt; test.db
+
+  # Do not generate any statistics at all:
+  ./sqlite3_expert -sample 0 -sql &lt;sql-query&gt; test.db
+</pre>

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/ext/expert/expert.c

@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/*
+** 2017 April 07
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+*/
+
+
+#include <sqlite3.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "sqlite3expert.h"
+
+
+static void option_requires_argument(const char *zOpt){
+  fprintf(stderr, "Option requires an argument: %s\n", zOpt);
+  exit(-3);
+}
+
+static int option_integer_arg(const char *zVal){
+  return atoi(zVal);
+}
+
+static void usage(char **argv){
+  fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+  fprintf(stderr, "Usage %s ?OPTIONS? DATABASE\n", argv[0]);
+  fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+  fprintf(stderr, "Options are:\n");
+  fprintf(stderr, "  -sql SQL   (analyze SQL statements passed as argument)\n");
+  fprintf(stderr, "  -file FILE (read SQL statements from file FILE)\n");
+  fprintf(stderr, "  -verbose LEVEL (integer verbosity level. default 1)\n");
+  fprintf(stderr, "  -sample PERCENT (percent of db to sample. default 100)\n");
+  exit(-1);
+}
+
+static int readSqlFromFile(sqlite3expert *p, const char *zFile, char **pzErr){
+  FILE *in = fopen(zFile, "rb");
+  long nIn;
+  size_t nRead;
+  char *pBuf;
+  int rc;
+  if( in==0 ){
+    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("failed to open file %s\n", zFile);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  fseek(in, 0, SEEK_END);
+  nIn = ftell(in);
+  rewind(in);
+  pBuf = sqlite3_malloc64( nIn+1 );
+  nRead = fread(pBuf, nIn, 1, in);
+  fclose(in);
+  if( nRead!=1 ){
+    sqlite3_free(pBuf);
+    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("failed to read file %s\n", zFile);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  pBuf[nIn] = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3_expert_sql(p, pBuf, pzErr);
+  sqlite3_free(pBuf);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+int main(int argc, char **argv){
+  const char *zDb;
+  int rc = 0;
+  char *zErr = 0;
+  int i;
+  int iVerbose = 1;               /* -verbose option */
+
+  sqlite3 *db = 0;
+  sqlite3expert *p = 0;
+
+  if( argc<2 ) usage(argv);
+  zDb = argv[argc-1];
+  if( zDb[0]=='-' ) usage(argv);
+  rc = sqlite3_open(zDb, &db);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open db file: %s - %s\n", zDb, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+    exit(-2);
+  }
+
+  p = sqlite3_expert_new(db, &zErr);
+  if( p==0 ){
+    fprintf(stderr, "Cannot run analysis: %s\n", zErr);
+    rc = 1;
+  }else{
+    for(i=1; i<(argc-1); i++){
+      char *zArg = argv[i];
+      int nArg;
+      if( zArg[0]=='-' && zArg[1]=='-' && zArg[2]!=0 ) zArg++;
+      nArg = (int)strlen(zArg);
+      if( nArg>=2 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zArg, "-file", nArg) ){
+        if( ++i==(argc-1) ) option_requires_argument("-file");
+        rc = readSqlFromFile(p, argv[i], &zErr);
+      }
+
+      else if( nArg>=3 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zArg, "-sql", nArg) ){
+        if( ++i==(argc-1) ) option_requires_argument("-sql");
+        rc = sqlite3_expert_sql(p, argv[i], &zErr);
+      }
+
+      else if( nArg>=3 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zArg, "-sample", nArg) ){
+        int iSample;
+        if( ++i==(argc-1) ) option_requires_argument("-sample");
+        iSample = option_integer_arg(argv[i]);
+        sqlite3_expert_config(p, EXPERT_CONFIG_SAMPLE, iSample);
+      }
+
+      else if( nArg>=2 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zArg, "-verbose", nArg) ){
+        if( ++i==(argc-1) ) option_requires_argument("-verbose");
+        iVerbose = option_integer_arg(argv[i]);
+      }
+
+      else{
+        usage(argv);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3_expert_analyze(p, &zErr);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int nQuery = sqlite3_expert_count(p);
+    if( iVerbose>0 ){
+      const char *zCand = sqlite3_expert_report(p,0,EXPERT_REPORT_CANDIDATES);
+      fprintf(stdout, "-- Candidates -------------------------------\n");
+      fprintf(stdout, "%s\n", zCand);
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<nQuery; i++){
+      const char *zSql = sqlite3_expert_report(p, i, EXPERT_REPORT_SQL);
+      const char *zIdx = sqlite3_expert_report(p, i, EXPERT_REPORT_INDEXES);
+      const char *zEQP = sqlite3_expert_report(p, i, EXPERT_REPORT_PLAN);
+      if( zIdx==0 ) zIdx = "(no new indexes)\n";
+      if( iVerbose>0 ){
+        fprintf(stdout, "-- Query %d ----------------------------------\n",i+1);
+        fprintf(stdout, "%s\n\n", zSql);
+      }
+      fprintf(stdout, "%s\n%s\n", zIdx, zEQP);
+    }
+  }else{
+    fprintf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", zErr ? zErr : "?");
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_expert_destroy(p);
+  sqlite3_free(zErr);
+  return rc;
+}

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/ext/expert/expert1.test

@@ -0,0 +1,393 @@
+# 2009 Nov 11
+#
+# The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+# a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+#
+#    May you do good and not evil.
+#    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+#    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+#
+#***********************************************************************
+#
+# The focus of this file is testing the CLI shell tool. Specifically,
+# the ".recommend" command.
+#
+#
+
+# Test plan:
+#
+#
+if {![info exists testdir]} {
+  set testdir [file join [file dirname [info script]] .. .. test]
+}
+source $testdir/tester.tcl
+set testprefix expert1
+
+if {[info commands sqlite3_expert_new]==""} {
+  finish_test
+  return
+}
+
+set CLI [test_binary_name sqlite3]
+set CMD [test_binary_name sqlite3_expert]
+
+proc squish {txt} {
+  regsub -all {[[:space:]]+} $txt { }
+}
+
+proc do_setup_rec_test {tn setup sql res} {
+  reset_db
+  if {[info exists ::set_main_db_name]} {
+    dbconfig_maindbname_icecube db
+  }
+  db eval $setup
+  uplevel [list do_rec_test $tn $sql $res]
+}
+
+foreach {tn setup} {
+  1 {
+    if {![file executable $CMD]} { continue }
+
+    proc do_rec_test {tn sql res} {
+      set res [squish [string trim $res]]
+      set tst [subst -nocommands { 
+        squish [string trim [exec $::CMD -verbose 0 -sql {$sql;} test.db]]
+      }]
+      uplevel [list do_test $tn $tst $res]
+    }
+  }
+  2 {
+    if {[info commands sqlite3_expert_new]==""} { continue }
+
+    proc do_rec_test {tn sql res} {
+      set expert [sqlite3_expert_new db]
+      $expert sql $sql
+      $expert analyze
+
+      set result [list]
+      for {set i 0} {$i < [$expert count]} {incr i} {
+        set idx [string trim [$expert report $i indexes]]
+        if {$idx==""} {set idx "(no new indexes)"}
+        lappend result $idx
+        lappend result [string trim [$expert report $i plan]]
+      }
+
+      $expert destroy
+
+      set tst [subst -nocommands {set {} [squish [join {$result}]]}]
+      uplevel [list do_test $tn $tst [string trim [squish $res]]]
+    }
+  }
+  3 {
+    if {[info commands sqlite3_expert_new]==""} { continue }
+    set ::set_main_db_name 1
+  }
+  4 {
+    if {![file executable $CLI]} { continue }
+
+    proc do_rec_test {tn sql res} {
+      set res [squish [string trim $res]]
+      set tst [subst -nocommands { 
+        squish [string trim [exec $::CLI test.db ".expert" {$sql;}]]
+      }]
+      uplevel [list do_test $tn $tst $res]
+    }
+  }
+} {
+
+  eval $setup
+
+
+do_setup_rec_test $tn.1 { CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c) } {
+  SELECT * FROM t1
+} {
+  (no new indexes)
+  SCAN TABLE t1
+}
+
+do_setup_rec_test $tn.2 {
+  CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c);
+} {
+  SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE b>?;
+} {
+  CREATE INDEX t1_idx_00000062 ON t1(b);
+  SEARCH TABLE t1 USING INDEX t1_idx_00000062 (b>?)
+}
+
+do_setup_rec_test $tn.3 {
+  CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c);
+} {
+  SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE b COLLATE nocase BETWEEN ? AND ?
+} {
+  CREATE INDEX t1_idx_3e094c27 ON t1(b COLLATE NOCASE);
+  SEARCH TABLE t1 USING INDEX t1_idx_3e094c27 (b>? AND b<?)
+}
+
+do_setup_rec_test $tn.4 {
+  CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c);
+} {
+  SELECT a FROM t1 ORDER BY b;
+} {
+  CREATE INDEX t1_idx_00000062 ON t1(b);
+  SCAN TABLE t1 USING INDEX t1_idx_00000062
+}
+
+do_setup_rec_test $tn.5 {
+  CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c);
+} {
+  SELECT a FROM t1 WHERE a=? ORDER BY b;
+} {
+  CREATE INDEX t1_idx_000123a7 ON t1(a, b);
+  SEARCH TABLE t1 USING COVERING INDEX t1_idx_000123a7 (a=?)
+}
+
+if 0 {
+do_setup_rec_test $tn.6 {
+  CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c);
+} {
+  SELECT min(a) FROM t1
+} {
+  CREATE INDEX t1_idx_00000061 ON t1(a);
+  SEARCH TABLE t1 USING COVERING INDEX t1_idx_00000061
+}
+}
+
+do_setup_rec_test $tn.7 {
+  CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c);
+} {
+  SELECT * FROM t1 ORDER BY a, b, c;
+} {
+  CREATE INDEX t1_idx_033e95fe ON t1(a, b, c);
+  SCAN TABLE t1 USING COVERING INDEX t1_idx_033e95fe
+}
+
+#do_setup_rec_test $tn.1.8 {
+#  CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c);
+#} {
+#  SELECT * FROM t1 ORDER BY a ASC, b COLLATE nocase DESC, c ASC;
+#} {
+#  CREATE INDEX t1_idx_5be6e222 ON t1(a, b COLLATE NOCASE DESC, c);
+#  0|0|0|SCAN TABLE t1 USING COVERING INDEX t1_idx_5be6e222
+#}
+
+do_setup_rec_test $tn.8.1 {
+  CREATE TABLE t1(a COLLATE NOCase, b, c);
+} {
+  SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=?
+} {
+  CREATE INDEX t1_idx_00000061 ON t1(a);
+  SEARCH TABLE t1 USING INDEX t1_idx_00000061 (a=?)
+}
+do_setup_rec_test $tn.8.2 {
+  CREATE TABLE t1(a, b COLLATE nocase, c);
+} {
+  SELECT * FROM t1 ORDER BY a ASC, b DESC, c ASC;
+} {
+  CREATE INDEX t1_idx_5cb97285 ON t1(a, b DESC, c);
+  SCAN TABLE t1 USING COVERING INDEX t1_idx_5cb97285
+}
+
+
+# Tables with names that require quotes.
+#
+do_setup_rec_test $tn.9.1 {
+  CREATE TABLE "t t"(a, b, c);
+} {
+  SELECT * FROM "t t" WHERE a=?
+} {
+  CREATE INDEX 't t_idx_00000061' ON 't t'(a);
+  SEARCH TABLE t t USING INDEX t t_idx_00000061 (a=?) 
+}
+
+do_setup_rec_test $tn.9.2 {
+  CREATE TABLE "t t"(a, b, c);
+} {
+  SELECT * FROM "t t" WHERE b BETWEEN ? AND ?
+} {
+  CREATE INDEX 't t_idx_00000062' ON 't t'(b);
+  SEARCH TABLE t t USING INDEX t t_idx_00000062 (b>? AND b<?)
+}
+
+# Columns with names that require quotes.
+#
+do_setup_rec_test $tn.10.1 {
+  CREATE TABLE t3(a, "b b", c);
+} {
+  SELECT * FROM t3 WHERE "b b" = ?
+} {
+  CREATE INDEX t3_idx_00050c52 ON t3('b b');
+  SEARCH TABLE t3 USING INDEX t3_idx_00050c52 (b b=?)
+}
+
+do_setup_rec_test $tn.10.2 {
+  CREATE TABLE t3(a, "b b", c);
+} {
+  SELECT * FROM t3 ORDER BY "b b"
+} {
+  CREATE INDEX t3_idx_00050c52 ON t3('b b');
+  SCAN TABLE t3 USING INDEX t3_idx_00050c52
+}
+
+# Transitive constraints
+#
+do_setup_rec_test $tn.11.1 {
+  CREATE TABLE t5(a, b);
+  CREATE TABLE t6(c, d);
+} {
+  SELECT * FROM t5, t6 WHERE a=? AND b=c AND c=?
+} {
+  CREATE INDEX t5_idx_000123a7 ON t5(a, b);
+  CREATE INDEX t6_idx_00000063 ON t6(c);
+  SEARCH TABLE t6 USING INDEX t6_idx_00000063 (c=?) 
+  SEARCH TABLE t5 USING COVERING INDEX t5_idx_000123a7 (a=? AND b=?)
+}
+
+# OR terms.
+#
+do_setup_rec_test $tn.12.1 {
+  CREATE TABLE t7(a, b);
+} {
+  SELECT * FROM t7 WHERE a=? OR b=?
+} {
+  CREATE INDEX t7_idx_00000062 ON t7(b);
+  CREATE INDEX t7_idx_00000061 ON t7(a);
+  MULTI-INDEX OR
+    INDEX 1
+      SEARCH TABLE t7 USING INDEX t7_idx_00000061 (a=?) 
+    INDEX 2
+      SEARCH TABLE t7 USING INDEX t7_idx_00000062 (b=?)
+}
+
+# rowid terms.
+#
+do_setup_rec_test $tn.13.1 {
+  CREATE TABLE t8(a, b);
+} {
+  SELECT * FROM t8 WHERE rowid=?
+} {
+  (no new indexes)
+  SEARCH TABLE t8 USING INTEGER PRIMARY KEY (rowid=?)
+}
+do_setup_rec_test $tn.13.2 {
+  CREATE TABLE t8(a, b);
+} {
+  SELECT * FROM t8 ORDER BY rowid
+} {
+  (no new indexes)
+  SCAN TABLE t8
+}
+do_setup_rec_test $tn.13.3 {
+  CREATE TABLE t8(a, b);
+} {
+  SELECT * FROM t8 WHERE a=? ORDER BY rowid
+} {
+  CREATE INDEX t8_idx_00000061 ON t8(a); 
+  SEARCH TABLE t8 USING INDEX t8_idx_00000061 (a=?)
+}
+
+# Triggers
+#
+do_setup_rec_test $tn.14 {
+  CREATE TABLE t9(a, b, c);
+  CREATE TABLE t10(a, b, c);
+  CREATE TRIGGER t9t AFTER INSERT ON t9 BEGIN
+    UPDATE t10 SET a=new.a WHERE b = new.b;
+  END;
+} {
+  INSERT INTO t9 VALUES(?, ?, ?);
+} {
+  CREATE INDEX t10_idx_00000062 ON t10(b); 
+  SEARCH TABLE t10 USING INDEX t10_idx_00000062 (b=?)
+}
+
+do_setup_rec_test $tn.15 {
+  CREATE TABLE t1(a, b);
+  CREATE TABLE t2(c, d);
+
+  WITH s(i) AS ( VALUES(1) UNION ALL SELECT i+1 FROM s WHERE i<100)
+  INSERT INTO t1 SELECT (i-1)/50, (i-1)/20 FROM s;
+
+  WITH s(i) AS ( VALUES(1) UNION ALL SELECT i+1 FROM s WHERE i<100)
+  INSERT INTO t2 SELECT (i-1)/20, (i-1)/5 FROM s;
+} {
+  SELECT * FROM t2, t1 WHERE b=? AND d=? AND t2.rowid=t1.rowid
+} {
+  CREATE INDEX t2_idx_00000064 ON t2(d);
+  SEARCH TABLE t2 USING INDEX t2_idx_00000064 (d=?) 
+  SEARCH TABLE t1 USING INTEGER PRIMARY KEY (rowid=?)
+}
+
+do_setup_rec_test $tn.16 {
+  CREATE TABLE t1(a, b);
+} {
+  SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE b IS NOT NULL;
+} {
+  (no new indexes)
+  SCAN TABLE t1
+}
+
+}
+
+proc do_candidates_test {tn sql res} {
+  set res [squish [string trim $res]]
+
+  set expert [sqlite3_expert_new db]
+  $expert sql $sql
+  $expert analyze
+
+  set candidates [squish [string trim [$expert report 0 candidates]]]
+  $expert destroy
+
+  uplevel [list do_test $tn [list set {} $candidates] $res]
+}
+
+
+reset_db
+do_execsql_test 5.0 {
+  CREATE TABLE t1(a, b);
+  CREATE TABLE t2(c, d);
+
+  WITH s(i) AS ( VALUES(1) UNION ALL SELECT i+1 FROM s WHERE i<100)
+  INSERT INTO t1 SELECT (i-1)/50, (i-1)/20 FROM s;
+
+  WITH s(i) AS ( VALUES(1) UNION ALL SELECT i+1 FROM s WHERE i<100)
+  INSERT INTO t2 SELECT (i-1)/20, (i-1)/5 FROM s;
+}
+do_candidates_test 5.1 {
+  SELECT * FROM t1,t2 WHERE (b=? OR a=?) AND (c=? OR d=?)
+} {
+  CREATE INDEX t1_idx_00000062 ON t1(b); -- stat1: 100 20 
+  CREATE INDEX t1_idx_00000061 ON t1(a); -- stat1: 100 50 
+  CREATE INDEX t2_idx_00000063 ON t2(c); -- stat1: 100 20 
+  CREATE INDEX t2_idx_00000064 ON t2(d); -- stat1: 100 5
+}
+
+do_candidates_test 5.2 {
+  SELECT * FROM t1,t2 WHERE a=? AND b=? AND c=? AND d=?
+} {
+  CREATE INDEX t1_idx_000123a7 ON t1(a, b); -- stat1: 100 50 17
+  CREATE INDEX t2_idx_0001295b ON t2(c, d); -- stat1: 100 20 5
+}
+
+do_execsql_test 5.3 {
+  CREATE INDEX t1_idx_00000061 ON t1(a); -- stat1: 100 50 
+  CREATE INDEX t1_idx_00000062 ON t1(b); -- stat1: 100 20 
+  CREATE INDEX t1_idx_000123a7 ON t1(a, b); -- stat1: 100 50 16
+
+  CREATE INDEX t2_idx_00000063 ON t2(c); -- stat1: 100 20 
+  CREATE INDEX t2_idx_00000064 ON t2(d); -- stat1: 100 5
+  CREATE INDEX t2_idx_0001295b ON t2(c, d); -- stat1: 100 20 5
+
+  ANALYZE;
+  SELECT * FROM sqlite_stat1 ORDER BY 1, 2;
+} {
+  t1 t1_idx_00000061 {100 50} 
+  t1 t1_idx_00000062 {100 20}
+  t1 t1_idx_000123a7 {100 50 17}
+  t2 t2_idx_00000063 {100 20} 
+  t2 t2_idx_00000064 {100 5} 
+  t2 t2_idx_0001295b {100 20 5}
+}
+
+
+finish_test

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/ext/expert/sqlite3expert.h

@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/*
+** 2017 April 07
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITEEXPERT_H)
+#define SQLITEEXPERT_H 1
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+
+typedef struct sqlite3expert sqlite3expert;
+
+/*
+** Create a new sqlite3expert object.
+**
+** If successful, a pointer to the new object is returned and (*pzErr) set
+** to NULL. Or, if an error occurs, NULL is returned and (*pzErr) set to
+** an English-language error message. In this case it is the responsibility
+** of the caller to eventually free the error message buffer using
+** sqlite3_free().
+*/
+sqlite3expert *sqlite3_expert_new(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErr);
+
+/*
+** Configure an sqlite3expert object.
+**
+** EXPERT_CONFIG_SAMPLE:
+**   By default, sqlite3_expert_analyze() generates sqlite_stat1 data for
+**   each candidate index. This involves scanning and sorting the entire
+**   contents of each user database table once for each candidate index
+**   associated with the table. For large databases, this can be 
+**   prohibitively slow. This option allows the sqlite3expert object to
+**   be configured so that sqlite_stat1 data is instead generated based on a
+**   subset of each table, or so that no sqlite_stat1 data is used at all.
+**
+**   A single integer argument is passed to this option. If the value is less
+**   than or equal to zero, then no sqlite_stat1 data is generated or used by
+**   the analysis - indexes are recommended based on the database schema only.
+**   Or, if the value is 100 or greater, complete sqlite_stat1 data is
+**   generated for each candidate index (this is the default). Finally, if the
+**   value falls between 0 and 100, then it represents the percentage of user
+**   table rows that should be considered when generating sqlite_stat1 data.
+**
+**   Examples:
+**
+**     // Do not generate any sqlite_stat1 data
+**     sqlite3_expert_config(pExpert, EXPERT_CONFIG_SAMPLE, 0);
+**
+**     // Generate sqlite_stat1 data based on 10% of the rows in each table.
+**     sqlite3_expert_config(pExpert, EXPERT_CONFIG_SAMPLE, 10);
+*/
+int sqlite3_expert_config(sqlite3expert *p, int op, ...);
+
+#define EXPERT_CONFIG_SAMPLE 1    /* int */
+
+/*
+** Specify zero or more SQL statements to be included in the analysis.
+**
+** Buffer zSql must contain zero or more complete SQL statements. This
+** function parses all statements contained in the buffer and adds them
+** to the internal list of statements to analyze. If successful, SQLITE_OK
+** is returned and (*pzErr) set to NULL. Or, if an error occurs - for example
+** due to a error in the SQL - an SQLite error code is returned and (*pzErr)
+** may be set to point to an English language error message. In this case
+** the caller is responsible for eventually freeing the error message buffer
+** using sqlite3_free().
+**
+** If an error does occur while processing one of the statements in the
+** buffer passed as the second argument, none of the statements in the
+** buffer are added to the analysis.
+**
+** This function must be called before sqlite3_expert_analyze(). If a call
+** to this function is made on an sqlite3expert object that has already
+** been passed to sqlite3_expert_analyze() SQLITE_MISUSE is returned
+** immediately and no statements are added to the analysis.
+*/
+int sqlite3_expert_sql(
+  sqlite3expert *p,               /* From a successful sqlite3_expert_new() */
+  const char *zSql,               /* SQL statement(s) to add */
+  char **pzErr                    /* OUT: Error message (if any) */
+);
+
+
+/*
+** This function is called after the sqlite3expert object has been configured
+** with all SQL statements using sqlite3_expert_sql() to actually perform
+** the analysis. Once this function has been called, it is not possible to
+** add further SQL statements to the analysis.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and (*pzErr) is set to NULL. Or, if
+** an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and (*pzErr) set to 
+** point to a buffer containing an English language error message. In this
+** case it is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer
+** using sqlite3_free().
+**
+** If an error does occur within this function, the sqlite3expert object
+** is no longer useful for any purpose. At that point it is no longer
+** possible to add further SQL statements to the object or to re-attempt
+** the analysis. The sqlite3expert object must still be freed using a call
+** sqlite3_expert_destroy().
+*/
+int sqlite3_expert_analyze(sqlite3expert *p, char **pzErr);
+
+/*
+** Return the total number of statements loaded using sqlite3_expert_sql().
+** The total number of SQL statements may be different from the total number
+** to calls to sqlite3_expert_sql().
+*/
+int sqlite3_expert_count(sqlite3expert*);
+
+/*
+** Return a component of the report.
+**
+** This function is called after sqlite3_expert_analyze() to extract the
+** results of the analysis. Each call to this function returns either a
+** NULL pointer or a pointer to a buffer containing a nul-terminated string.
+** The value passed as the third argument must be one of the EXPERT_REPORT_*
+** #define constants defined below.
+**
+** For some EXPERT_REPORT_* parameters, the buffer returned contains 
+** information relating to a specific SQL statement. In these cases that
+** SQL statement is identified by the value passed as the second argument.
+** SQL statements are numbered from 0 in the order in which they are parsed.
+** If an out-of-range value (less than zero or equal to or greater than the
+** value returned by sqlite3_expert_count()) is passed as the second argument
+** along with such an EXPERT_REPORT_* parameter, NULL is always returned.
+**
+** EXPERT_REPORT_SQL:
+**   Return the text of SQL statement iStmt.
+**
+** EXPERT_REPORT_INDEXES:
+**   Return a buffer containing the CREATE INDEX statements for all recommended
+**   indexes for statement iStmt. If there are no new recommeded indexes, NULL 
+**   is returned.
+**
+** EXPERT_REPORT_PLAN:
+**   Return a buffer containing the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN output for SQL query
+**   iStmt after the proposed indexes have been added to the database schema.
+**
+** EXPERT_REPORT_CANDIDATES:
+**   Return a pointer to a buffer containing the CREATE INDEX statements 
+**   for all indexes that were tested (for all SQL statements). The iStmt
+**   parameter is ignored for EXPERT_REPORT_CANDIDATES calls.
+*/
+const char *sqlite3_expert_report(sqlite3expert*, int iStmt, int eReport);
+
+/*
+** Values for the third argument passed to sqlite3_expert_report().
+*/
+#define EXPERT_REPORT_SQL        1
+#define EXPERT_REPORT_INDEXES    2
+#define EXPERT_REPORT_PLAN       3
+#define EXPERT_REPORT_CANDIDATES 4
+
+/*
+** Free an (sqlite3expert*) handle and all associated resources. There 
+** should be one call to this function for each successful call to 
+** sqlite3-expert_new().
+*/
+void sqlite3_expert_destroy(sqlite3expert*);
+
+#endif  /* !defined(SQLITEEXPERT_H) */

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/ext/expert/test_expert.c

@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+/*
+** 2017 April 07
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+
+#include "sqlite3expert.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined(INCLUDE_SQLITE_TCL_H)
+#  include "sqlite_tcl.h"
+#else
+#  include "tcl.h"
+#  ifndef SQLITE_TCLAPI
+#    define SQLITE_TCLAPI
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+
+/*
+** Extract an sqlite3* db handle from the object passed as the second
+** argument. If successful, set *pDb to point to the db handle and return
+** TCL_OK. Otherwise, return TCL_ERROR.
+*/
+static int dbHandleFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *pObj, sqlite3 **pDb){
+  Tcl_CmdInfo info;
+  if( 0==Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, Tcl_GetString(pObj), &info) ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no such handle: ", Tcl_GetString(pObj), 0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  *pDb = *(sqlite3 **)info.objClientData;
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Tclcmd:  $expert sql SQL
+**          $expert analyze
+**          $expert count
+**          $expert report STMT EREPORT
+**          $expert destroy
+*/
+static int SQLITE_TCLAPI testExpertCmd(
+  void *clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  sqlite3expert *pExpert = (sqlite3expert*)clientData;
+  struct Subcmd {
+    const char *zSub;
+    int nArg;
+    const char *zMsg;
+  } aSub[] = {
+    { "sql",       1, "TABLE",        }, /* 0 */
+    { "analyze",   0, "",             }, /* 1 */
+    { "count",     0, "",             }, /* 2 */
+    { "report",    2, "STMT EREPORT", }, /* 3 */
+    { "destroy",   0, "",             }, /* 4 */
+    { 0 }
+  };
+  int iSub;
+  int rc = TCL_OK;
+  char *zErr = 0;
+
+  if( objc<2 ){
+    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "SUBCOMMAND ...");
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  rc = Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, 
+      objv[1], aSub, sizeof(aSub[0]), "sub-command", 0, &iSub
+  );
+  if( rc!=TCL_OK ) return rc;
+  if( objc!=2+aSub[iSub].nArg ){
+    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, aSub[iSub].zMsg);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  switch( iSub ){
+    case 0: {      /* sql */
+      char *zArg = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
+      rc = sqlite3_expert_sql(pExpert, zArg, &zErr);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case 1: {      /* analyze */
+      rc = sqlite3_expert_analyze(pExpert, &zErr);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case 2: {      /* count */
+      int n = sqlite3_expert_count(pExpert);
+      Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(n));
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case 3: {      /* report */
+      const char *aEnum[] = {
+        "sql", "indexes", "plan", "candidates", 0
+      };
+      int iEnum;
+      int iStmt;
+      const char *zReport;
+
+      if( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &iStmt) 
+       || Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], aEnum, "report", 0, &iEnum)
+      ){
+        return TCL_ERROR;
+      }
+
+      assert( EXPERT_REPORT_SQL==1 );
+      assert( EXPERT_REPORT_INDEXES==2 );
+      assert( EXPERT_REPORT_PLAN==3 );
+      assert( EXPERT_REPORT_CANDIDATES==4 );
+      zReport = sqlite3_expert_report(pExpert, iStmt, 1+iEnum);
+      Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(zReport, -1));
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default:       /* destroy */
+      assert( iSub==4 );     
+      Tcl_DeleteCommand(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[0]));
+      break;
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=TCL_OK ){
+    if( zErr ){
+      Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(zErr, -1));
+    }else{
+      extern const char *sqlite3ErrName(int);
+      Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(sqlite3ErrName(rc), -1));
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(zErr);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static void SQLITE_TCLAPI testExpertDel(void *clientData){
+  sqlite3expert *pExpert = (sqlite3expert*)clientData;
+  sqlite3_expert_destroy(pExpert);
+}
+
+/*
+** sqlite3_expert_new DB
+*/
+static int SQLITE_TCLAPI test_sqlite3_expert_new(
+  void * clientData,
+  Tcl_Interp *interp,
+  int objc,
+  Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
+){
+  static int iCmd = 0;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  char *zCmd = 0;
+  char *zErr = 0;
+  sqlite3expert *pExpert;
+  int rc = TCL_OK;
+
+  if( objc!=2 ){
+    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "DB");
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( dbHandleFromObj(interp, objv[1], &db) ){
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  zCmd = sqlite3_mprintf("sqlite3expert%d", ++iCmd);
+  if( zCmd==0 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "out of memory", (char*)0);
+    return TCL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  pExpert = sqlite3_expert_new(db, &zErr);
+  if( pExpert==0 ){
+    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, zErr, (char*)0);
+    rc = TCL_ERROR;
+  }else{
+    void *p = (void*)pExpert;
+    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, zCmd, testExpertCmd, p, testExpertDel);
+    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(zCmd, -1));
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(zCmd);
+  sqlite3_free(zErr);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif  /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+int TestExpert_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  struct Cmd {
+    const char *zCmd;
+    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *xProc;
+  } aCmd[] = {
+    { "sqlite3_expert_new", test_sqlite3_expert_new },
+  };
+  int i;
+
+  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aCmd)/sizeof(struct Cmd); i++){
+    struct Cmd *p = &aCmd[i];
+    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, p->zCmd, p->xProc, 0, 0);
+  }
+#endif
+  return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+#endif

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/ext/fts1/README.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+This folder contains source code to the first full-text search
+extension for SQLite.

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/ext/fts1/ft_hash.c

@@ -0,0 +1,404 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables used in SQLite.
+** We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone hash table
+** implementation for the full-text indexing module.
+*/
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "ft_hash.h"
+
+void *malloc_and_zero(int n){
+  void *p = malloc(n);
+  if( p ){
+    memset(p, 0, n);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
+** fields of the Hash structure.
+**
+** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
+** keyClass is one of the constants HASH_INT, HASH_POINTER,
+** HASH_BINARY, or HASH_STRING.  The value of keyClass 
+** determines what kind of key the hash table will use.  "copyKey" is
+** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
+** false if it should just use the supplied pointer.  CopyKey only makes
+** sense for HASH_STRING and HASH_BINARY and is ignored
+** for other key classes.
+*/
+void HashInit(Hash *pNew, int keyClass, int copyKey){
+  assert( pNew!=0 );
+  assert( keyClass>=HASH_STRING && keyClass<=HASH_BINARY );
+  pNew->keyClass = keyClass;
+#if 0
+  if( keyClass==HASH_POINTER || keyClass==HASH_INT ) copyKey = 0;
+#endif
+  pNew->copyKey = copyKey;
+  pNew->first = 0;
+  pNew->count = 0;
+  pNew->htsize = 0;
+  pNew->ht = 0;
+  pNew->xMalloc = malloc_and_zero;
+  pNew->xFree = free;
+}
+
+/* Remove all entries from a hash table.  Reclaim all memory.
+** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
+** to the empty state.
+*/
+void HashClear(Hash *pH){
+  HashElem *elem;         /* For looping over all elements of the table */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  elem = pH->first;
+  pH->first = 0;
+  if( pH->ht ) pH->xFree(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = 0;
+  pH->htsize = 0;
+  while( elem ){
+    HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
+    if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+      pH->xFree(elem->pKey);
+    }
+    pH->xFree(elem);
+    elem = next_elem;
+  }
+  pH->count = 0;
+}
+
+#if 0 /* NOT USED */
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is HASH_INT
+*/
+static int intHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  return nKey ^ (nKey<<8) ^ (nKey>>8);
+}
+static int intCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  return n2 - n1;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if 0 /* NOT USED */
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is HASH_POINTER
+*/
+static int ptrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  uptr x = Addr(pKey);
+  return x ^ (x<<8) ^ (x>>8);
+}
+static int ptrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( pKey1==pKey2 ) return 0;
+  if( pKey1<pKey2 ) return -1;
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is HASH_STRING
+*/
+static int strHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+  int h = 0;
+  if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = (int) strlen(z);
+  while( nKey > 0  ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *z++;
+    nKey--;
+  }
+  return h & 0x7fffffff;
+}
+static int strCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+  return strncmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is HASH_BINARY
+*/
+static int binHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  int h = 0;
+  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+  while( nKey-- > 0 ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++);
+  }
+  return h & 0x7fffffff;
+}
+static int binCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+  return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some 
+** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
+**
+** The name of the function is "hashFunction".  The function takes a
+** single parameter "keyClass".  The return value of hashFunction()
+** is a pointer to another function.  Specifically, the return value
+** of hashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters
+** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int".
+*/
+static int (*hashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){
+#if 0  /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */
+  switch( keyClass ){
+    case HASH_INT:     return &intHash;
+    case HASH_POINTER: return &ptrHash;
+    case HASH_STRING:  return &strHash;
+    case HASH_BINARY:  return &binHash;;
+    default: break;
+  }
+  return 0;
+#else
+  if( keyClass==HASH_STRING ){
+    return &strHash;
+  }else{
+    assert( keyClass==HASH_BINARY );
+    return &binHash;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition,
+** see the header comment on the previous function.
+*/
+static int (*compareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){
+#if 0 /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */
+  switch( keyClass ){
+    case HASH_INT:     return &intCompare;
+    case HASH_POINTER: return &ptrCompare;
+    case HASH_STRING:  return &strCompare;
+    case HASH_BINARY:  return &binCompare;
+    default: break;
+  }
+  return 0;
+#else
+  if( keyClass==HASH_STRING ){
+    return &strCompare;
+  }else{
+    assert( keyClass==HASH_BINARY );
+    return &binCompare;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Link an element into the hash table
+*/
+static void insertElement(
+  Hash *pH,              /* The complete hash table */
+  struct _ht *pEntry,    /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
+  HashElem *pNew         /* The element to be inserted */
+){
+  HashElem *pHead;       /* First element already in pEntry */
+  pHead = pEntry->chain;
+  if( pHead ){
+    pNew->next = pHead;
+    pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
+    if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
+    else             { pH->first = pNew; }
+    pHead->prev = pNew;
+  }else{
+    pNew->next = pH->first;
+    if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
+    pNew->prev = 0;
+    pH->first = pNew;
+  }
+  pEntry->count++;
+  pEntry->chain = pNew;
+}
+
+
+/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
+** "new_size" must be a power of 2.  The hash table might fail 
+** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails.
+*/
+static void rehash(Hash *pH, int new_size){
+  struct _ht *new_ht;            /* The new hash table */
+  HashElem *elem, *next_elem;    /* For looping over existing elements */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
+
+  assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 );
+  new_ht = (struct _ht *)pH->xMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) );
+  if( new_ht==0 ) return;
+  if( pH->ht ) pH->xFree(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = new_ht;
+  pH->htsize = new_size;
+  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
+    int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
+    next_elem = elem->next;
+    insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
+  }
+}
+
+/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
+** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key has
+** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
+*/
+static HashElem *findElementGivenHash(
+  const Hash *pH,     /* The pH to be searched */
+  const void *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
+  int nKey,
+  int h               /* The hash for this key. */
+){
+  HashElem *elem;                /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */
+  int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int);  /* comparison function */
+
+  if( pH->ht ){
+    struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+    elem = pEntry->chain;
+    count = pEntry->count;
+    xCompare = compareFunction(pH->keyClass);
+    while( count-- && elem ){
+      if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 
+        return elem;
+      }
+      elem = elem->next;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
+** element and a hash on the element's key.
+*/
+static void removeElementGivenHash(
+  Hash *pH,         /* The pH containing "elem" */
+  HashElem* elem,   /* The element to be removed from the pH */
+  int h             /* Hash value for the element */
+){
+  struct _ht *pEntry;
+  if( elem->prev ){
+    elem->prev->next = elem->next; 
+  }else{
+    pH->first = elem->next;
+  }
+  if( elem->next ){
+    elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
+  }
+  pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+  if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
+    pEntry->chain = elem->next;
+  }
+  pEntry->count--;
+  if( pEntry->count<=0 ){
+    pEntry->chain = 0;
+  }
+  if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+    pH->xFree(elem->pKey);
+  }
+  pH->xFree( elem );
+  pH->count--;
+  if( pH->count<=0 ){
+    assert( pH->first==0 );
+    assert( pH->count==0 );
+    HashClear(pH);
+  }
+}
+
+/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
+** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
+** found, or NULL if there is no match.
+*/
+void *HashFind(const Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  int h;             /* A hash on key */
+  HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
+
+  if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
+  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  assert( xHash!=0 );
+  h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey);
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1));
+  return elem ? elem->data : 0;
+}
+
+/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey,nKey
+** and the data is "data".
+**
+** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
+** element is created.  A copy of the key is made if the copyKey
+** flag is set.  NULL is returned.
+**
+** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
+** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
+** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
+** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
+**
+** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
+** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
+*/
+void *HashInsert(Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *data){
+  int hraw;             /* Raw hash value of the key */
+  int h;                /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
+  HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  assert( xHash!=0 );
+  hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey);
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
+  if( elem ){
+    void *old_data = elem->data;
+    if( data==0 ){
+      removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h);
+    }else{
+      elem->data = data;
+    }
+    return old_data;
+  }
+  if( data==0 ) return 0;
+  new_elem = (HashElem*)pH->xMalloc( sizeof(HashElem) );
+  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
+  if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
+    new_elem->pKey = pH->xMalloc( nKey );
+    if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){
+      pH->xFree(new_elem);
+      return data;
+    }
+    memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey);
+  }else{
+    new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey;
+  }
+  new_elem->nKey = nKey;
+  pH->count++;
+  if( pH->htsize==0 ){
+    rehash(pH,8);
+    if( pH->htsize==0 ){
+      pH->count = 0;
+      pH->xFree(new_elem);
+      return data;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){
+    rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2);
+  }
+  assert( pH->htsize>0 );
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+  insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
+  new_elem->data = data;
+  return 0;
+}

ReactNativeClient/lib/sql-extensions/sqlite/ext/fts1/ft_hash.h

@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implementation
+** used in SQLite.  We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone
+** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module.
+**
+*/
+#ifndef _HASH_H_
+#define _HASH_H_
+
+/* Forward declarations of structures. */
+typedef struct Hash Hash;
+typedef struct HashElem HashElem;
+
+/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
+** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
+** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
+** directly.  Change this structure only by using the routines below.
+** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
+** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
+** this structure opaque.
+*/
+struct Hash {
+  char keyClass;          /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
+  char copyKey;           /* True if copy of key made on insert */
+  int count;              /* Number of entries in this table */
+  HashElem *first;        /* The first element of the array */
+  void *(*xMalloc)(int);  /* malloc() function to use */
+  void (*xFree)(void *);  /* free() function to use */
+  int htsize;             /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
+  struct _ht {            /* the hash table */
+    int count;               /* Number of entries with this hash */
+    HashElem *chain;         /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
+  } *ht;
+};
+
+/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following 
+** structure.  All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
+**
+** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
+** be opaque because it is used by macros.
+*/
+struct HashElem {
+  HashElem *next, *prev;   /* Next and previous elements in the table */
+  void *data;              /* Data associated with this element */
+  void *pKey; int nKey;    /* Key associated with this element */
+};
+
+/*
+** There are 4 different modes of operation for a hash table:
+**
+**   HASH_INT         nKey is used as the key and pKey is ignored.
+**
+**   HASH_POINTER     pKey is used as the key and nKey is ignored.
+**
+**   HASH_STRING      pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
+**                           (including the null-terminator, if any).  Case
+**                           is respected in comparisons.
+**
+**   HASH_BINARY      pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. 
+**                           memcmp() is used to compare keys.
+**
+** A copy of the key is made for HASH_STRING and HASH_BINARY
+** if the copyKey parameter to HashInit is 1.  
+*/
+/* #define HASH_INT       1 // NOT USED */
+/* #define HASH_POINTER   2 // NOT USED */
+#define HASH_STRING    3
+#define HASH_BINARY    4
+
+/*
+** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
+*/
+void HashInit(Hash*, int keytype, int copyKey);
+void *HashInsert(Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
+void *HashFind(const Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
+void HashClear(Hash*);
+
+/*
+** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
+** like this:
+**
+**   Hash h;
+**   HashElem *p;
+**   ...
+**   for(p=HashFirst(&h); p; p=HashNext(p)){
+**     SomeStructure *pData = HashData(p);
+**     // do something with pData
+**   }
+*/
+#define HashFirst(H)  ((H)->first)
+#define HashNext(E)   ((E)->next)
+#define HashData(E)   ((E)->data)
+#define HashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey)
+#define HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)
+
+/*
+** Number of entries in a hash table
+*/
+#define HashCount(H)  ((H)->count)
+
+#endif /* _HASH_H_ */